paper

profilebak1414
Week4-SouthwestPeopleoftheSilence.zip

Week 4 - Southwest, People of the Silence/Crown and Hurst 2009 - Evidence of cacao use.pdf

Evidence of cacao use in the Prehispanic American Southwest Patricia L. Crowna,1 and W. Jeffrey Hurstb

aDepartment of Anthropology, University of New Mexico, MSC01 1040, Albuquerque, NM 87131-1086; and bThe Hershey Center for Health and Nutrition, P.O. Box 805, Hershey, PA 17033

Communicated by Bruce D. Smith, National Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, DC, December 16, 2008 (received for review December 4, 2008)

Chemical analyses of organic residues in fragments of ceramic vessels from Pueblo Bonito in Chaco Canyon, New Mexico, reveal theobromine, a biomarker for cacao. With an estimated 800 rooms, Pueblo Bonito is the largest archaeological site in Chaco Canyon and was the center of a large number of interconnected towns and villages spread over northwestern New Mexico. The cacao residues come from pieces of vessels that are likely cylinder jars, special containers occurring almost solely at Pueblo Bonito and deposited in caches at the site. This first known use of cacao drinks north of the Mexican border indicates exchange with cacao cultivators in Mesoamerica in a time frame of about A.D. 1000–1125. The association of cylinder jars and cacao beverages suggests that the Chacoan ritual involving the drinking of cacao was tied to Me- soamerican rituals incorporating cylindrical vases and cacao. The importance of Pueblo Bonito within the Chacoan world likely lies in part with the integration of Mesoamerican ritual, including critical culinary ingredients.

archaeology � Chaco Canyon � ritual � chemistry � organic residues

Organic residue analysis of ceramics from Pueblo Bonito, thelargest site in Chaco Culture National Historical Park, reveals the presence of theobromine, a marker for Theobroma cacao or chocolate. Here, we analyze dry residue samples using HPLC coupled to MS, and show that cacao was consumed in the American Southwest circa A.D. 1000–1125. The ceramics used for this study are fragments of pitchers or cylindrical jars. This is the first demonstrated use of cacao north of the Mexican border and provides evidence for a specific ritual activity in Chaco Canyon.

Chaco Canyon lies in northwestern New Mexico. Although occupied for millennia, the florescence of Chaco culture began about A.D. 900 with the construction of multiple large masonry villages within the canyon. Villages with similar architecture and material culture occur in a large area outside the canyon, and archaeologists argue that extensive exchange and ritual cohesion characterized this regional system of pueblos. Pueblo Bonito is the largest site in Chaco Canyon (1). With an estimated 800 rooms in the multistoried masonry pueblo, tree-ring dates reveal construction between about A.D. 860 and 1128 (2). Archaeol- ogists excavated Pueblo Bonito in two major projects. The Hyde Exploring Expedition (1896–1899) and the National Geographic Society Expedition (1920–1927) investigated most of the rooms in the site and portions of the two trash mounds just south of the pueblo (3, 4). Hundreds of thousands of artifacts from these excavations are housed primarily at the American Museum of Natural History and the Smithsonian Institution.

Among the many unusual objects from Pueblo Bonito are ceramic cylinder jars, vessels typically 2.4 times as tall as they are wide (Fig. 1). Most are painted with black designs on a white background, but red jars and white jars occur as well. Fewer than 200 cylinder jars are known from the American Southwest and 166 of these come from Pueblo Bonito. Excavation revealed 111 cylinder jars in a single large cache in one room at the site (5). While archaeologists generally agree that the vessels had a ritual

use, they disagree about the nature of this ritual and the specific use of the vessels in ritual (6–8). Various arguments for their specific use in ritual have included holding exotic items such as turquoise (6) or, with a skin cover, serving as drums (9). Ceramic pitchers come from the same contexts as the cylinder jars but are more common both at Pueblo Bonito and throughout the Chacoan region. The pitchers differ from the cylinder jars in having a large vertical handle and a bulbous base. Fragments from cylinder jars and pitchers are difficult to distinguish. Although pitchers occur more frequently than cylinder jars, their recovery in identical locations, including the large cache in Pueblo Bonito, suggests that they may have had similar or related functions.

Recent University of New Mexico re-excavation of trenches originally dug in the trash middens directly south of Pueblo Bonito in the 1920s recovered hundreds of thousands of fragmentary artifacts. For this analysis, we selected sherds from these contexts representing 5 different vessels that were either cylinder jars or pitchers. Three were characterized as probable cylinder jars, one as a definite pitcher, and one as an indefinite cylinder jar/pitcher. The selected sherds date be- tween A.D. 1000 and 1125 based on decorative styles.

We used HPLC coupled to MS to analyze each of the samples. There were no visible residues on the sherds, so we extracted absorbed residues from the paste of the sherds. The procedure involved burring the surface from each 10 g sherd

Author contributions: P.L.C. designed research; W.J.H. performed research; P.L.C. and W.J.H. analyzed data; and P.L.C. and W.J.H. wrote the paper.

The authors declare no conflict of interest.

1To whom correspondence should be addressed. E-mail: [email protected].

© 2009 by The National Academy of Sciences of the USA

Fig. 1. Twelve cylinder jars from Pueblo Bonito housed in the Smithsonian Institution Department of Anthropology. Vessel in left center is 21.5 cm in height (Marianne Tyndall, photographer). [Reproduced with permission from Crown and Wills (8) (Copyright 2003, Society for American Archaeology).]

2110–2113 � PNAS � February 17, 2009 � vol. 106 � no. 7 www.pnas.org�cgi�doi�10.1073�pnas.0812817106

and crushing the sample in a degreased agate mortar. We used about 500 mg of the powder and added 3 ml of distilled water at 80 °C to solubilize the materials. Before analysis, we passed each sample through membrane filters to eliminate particulate matter.

Cacao has a unique chemical composition of more than 500 different compounds, including members of the methylxanthine class (primarily theobromine, with a lower concentration of caffeine). Theobromine is used as a marker of cacao in organic residues studies of ceramics from Mesoamerica because T. cacao is the only Mesoamerican plant that contains theobromine as the primary methylxanthine. HPLC coupled to MS has previously revealed cacao residues in ceramics vessels from sites in Belize, Guatemala, and Honduras (10–14).

The MS was operated in positive-ion mode with MS/MS in Enhanced Product Ionization (EPI) mode to monitor for the major peak at m/z � 181 (theobromine) and other fragments using authentic theobromine as a standard. The results of the HPLC MS confirmed the existence of theobromine in 3 of the 5 samples analyzed. These 3 samples were those characterized as probable cylinder jars. The sherds from the pitcher and indefi- nite cylinder jar/pitcher did not show the peaks characteristic of theobromine. Peaks from the extract of the residue from Sample 2001 were evident in the mass spectrum of the sample (Fig. 2), which confirms the existence of theobromine.

There are 4 important implications of this research that we explore more fully below. First, it documents the presence of cacao north of the Mexican border, far outside the area of cultivation. Second, it shows the likely function of the ceramic cylinder jars found at Pueblo Bonito. Third, it reveals a specific ritual performed at Pueblo Bonito with possible ties to Me- soamerican ritual. Finally, it enhances our understanding of Pueblo Bonito as the center of the Chacoan ritual world.

This is the first recovery of cacao in a Prehispanic context north of the Mexican border. The presence of cacao in the sherds from Pueblo Bonito indicates exchange in cacao from Me- soamerica. T. cacao is a neotropical tree requiring a shaded humid atmosphere, deep alluvial soils, high rainfall, and high average temperatures for survival. Evidence for the distribution of cacao in Mesoamerica for the period around Spanish contact (or about 400 years later than the Chacoan vessels) is recon- structed from tribute lists (15, 16). Relative to the Chaco area, the closest cacao cultivation at contact was in Central Mexico (Fig. 3), including portions of northern Veracruz and Colima (15). Larger cultivation areas occurred farther south in Mexico and Central America. Other Mesoamerican goods, including copper bells; cloisonné; and Scarlet Macaws, a species native to the humid lowlands of Mexico, occur at Pueblo Bonito, so cacao may have come to Pueblo Bonito through exchange or acquisi- tion that included additional exotic items from Mesoamerica.

Fig. 2. Mass Spectrum of Sample 2001 (top) and Theobromine Standard (bottom).

Crown and Hurst PNAS � February 17, 2009 � vol. 106 � no. 7 � 2111

A N

TH RO

PO LO

G Y

T. cacao produces large seed pods. Either the pulp or seeds may be prepared into beverages or foods, but the seeds alone were exchanged long distances (14, 16). Preparation of seeds for long distance exchange required some processing, including fermenting the seeds in the pulp, removing the pulp, and drying the seeds (16). Seeds might have been roasted before transport. In Mesoamerica, cacao seeds were ground and combined with cold water, ground corn, ground chile pepper, and some fla- vorants to create beverages consumed largely by the elite class and in rituals (15, 16). The stimulant properties of cacao beverages made them highly desirable.

Cacao seeds were highly prized throughout Mesoamerica and were a form of currency among the Aztec. Cacao beverages were consumed in parts of Mesoamerica before 1500 B.C. (14, 17), became an integral part of ritual and rites of passage in much of Mesoamerica and remain important aspects of ritual activity in some areas today (12). During the time represented by the Chacoan pottery analyzed here (ca. A.D. 1000–1125), there were several competing polities in Mesoamerica that may have been involved in cacao exchange, so the exact source (or sources) for the cacao used in Chaco is not known.

This is not only evidence for cacao use north of the Mexican border, but, if these sherds are indeed from cylinder jars, it is evidence for how cylinder jars were used in rituals in Pueblo Bonito. At least on some occasions, the jars held a drink made from cacao seeds brought from a great distance. Creating froth by stirring the drink or by pouring it from one vessel held high above another was important in Mesoamerica. A Late Classic Maya image shows a woman pouring a cacao beverage from one cylinder vase to another (18). Because the organic residues analyzed on the Pueblo Bonito sherds were absorbed residues, they probably derived from a cacao beverage rather than the storage of cacao seeds. It is possible that the cylinder jars were used for frothing the beverage in a manner similar to the Maya. The restricted distribution of the cylinder jars particularly sug-

gests that, as in Mesoamerica, this beverage was consumed by only a small portion or subset of the population, perhaps ritual specialists or the elite.

Recovery of evidence for cacao in the American Southwest provides further evidence for ties between this area and Me- soamerica. The likely association of cacao with cylinder jars at Pueblo Bonito suggests that knowledge concerning the proper preparation, serving, and consumption of cacao beverages ac- companied the seeds from Mesoamerica. Chacoan ritual prac- titioners imported or acquired both the ingredients and the culinary knowledge to incorporate elements of Mesoamerican ritual activity into the Chaco world. The stimulant properties likely heightened the sensory aspects of the ritual, while the exotic nature of the cacao tied the ritual and its practitioners to foreign cultures far to the south. The specialized knowledge and equipment required to prepare and serve the beverage would have set some individuals apart. It is possible that the growth of Chaco Canyon, particularly Pueblo Bonito, was coupled to the ability of some individuals to acquire Mesoamerican objects, cacao, and macaws, and perhaps their esoteric knowledge of Mesoamerican ritual activity. While we have known for more than a century that Mesoamerican items occurred in the South- western United States, the recovery of cacao in association with specialized ceramic forms indicates that during the 11th century, some aspects of Mesoamerican ritual, including cacao, were a part of ritual practice at the center of the Chacoan world. Whether Chacoan ritual practitioners appropriated and adapted the use of cacao and cylinder vessels to existing ritual in a way that was uniquely southwestern or adopted a Mesoamerican ritual remains an open question.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS. The Pueblo Bonito trash mound trenches were re- opened with funding to W. H. Wills from NSF (BCS-0408720), National Geo- graphic Society (8011–06) and the University of New Mexico. The trash mound artifacts are being analyzed with funding to P. L. C. from NSF (BCS-0710733) and

Fig. 3. The distribution of cacao cultivation in Central America and Mexico in A.D. 1502, relative to Chaco Canyon. (Adapted from ref. 12.)

2112 � www.pnas.org�cgi�doi�10.1073�pnas.0812817106 Crown and Hurst

the University of New Mexico Research Allocation Committee. The Hershey’s Technical Center supported the organic residue analysis. Mass Spectrometric analyses were performed by Jenny Dai using an MDS Sciex 4000 QTrap located in the Mass Spectrometry/Proteomics facility at the Penn State College of Medicine. LewisBorckpreparedthesamplesforanalysis.WethanktheNationalParkService for permission to conduct the field work, and the other participants in the project

for their contributions to the excavations and artifact analysis. We also thank the Smithsonian Institution Department of Anthropology for permission to use the photograph in Fig. 1 and Adam Nazaroff for drafting Fig. 3. Special thanks to Dorie Reents-Budet and Keith Prufer for conversations with P. L. C. that led to the current collaboration. We thank W. H. Wills, Bruce Smith, and two anonymous reviewers for helpful comments on earlier drafts of this paper.

1. Neitzel J (2003) in Pueblo Bonito, ed Neitzel J (Smithsonian Institution, Washington), pp 1–9.

2. Windes TC (2003) in Pueblo Bonito, ed Neitzel J (Smithsonian Institution, Washington), pp 14–32.

3. Pepper G (1920) Pueblo Bonito (American Museum of Natural History, New York), Vol. XXVII Anthropological Papers of the American Museum of Natural History.

4. Judd N (1954) The Material Culture of Pueblo Bonito (Smithsonian Museum, Wash- ington), Vol 124 Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collection.

5. Neitzel J (2003) in Pueblo Bonito, ed Neitzel J (Smithsonian Institution, Washington), pp 107–126.

6. Washburn W (1980) The Mexican connection: Cylinder jars from the valley of Oaxaca. Trans Illinois State Acad Sci 72:70–85.

7. Toll W (1990) in Clues to the Past: Papers in Honor of William M. Sundt, ed Duran M and Kirkpatrick D (Archaeological Society of New Mexico, Albuquerque, NM), Archae- ological Society of New Mexico 16, pp 273–306.

8. Crown P, Wills WH (2003) Modifying pottery and kivas at Chaco: Pentimento, resto- ration, or renewal? Am Antiquity 68:511–532.

9. Lekson S (1999) The Chaco Meridian (Altamira, Walnut Creek, CA).

10. Hurst WJ, Tarka S, Powis T, Valdez F, Hester T (2002) Cacao usage by the earliest Maya civilization. Nature 418:289–290.

11. Hurst WJ, Martin J, Tarka S, Hall G (1989) Authentication of cocoa in Maya vessels using high-performance liquid chromatographic techniques. J Chromatogr 466:279–289.

12. Prufer K, Hurst WJ (2007) Chocolate in the underworld space of death: Cacao seeds from an arly Classic mortuary cave. Ethnohistory 54:273–301.

13. Hurst WJ (2007) in Chocolate in Mesoamerica: A Cultural History of Cacao, ed McNeil CL (Univ Press of Florida, Gainesville, FL), pp 105–113.

14. Henderson JS, Joyce RA, Hall GR, Hurst WJ, McGovern PE (2007) Chemical and archae- ological evidence for the earliest cacao beverages. Proc Natl Acad Sci 104:18937–18940.

15. Bergmann J (1969) The Distribution of Cacao Cultivation in Pre-Columbian America. Ann Assoc Am Geogr 59:85–96.

16. McNeil CL (2007) in Chocolate in Mesoamerica: A Cultural History of Cacao, ed McNeil CL (Univ. Press of Florida, Gainesville, FL), pp 1–28.

17. Powis T, et al. (2007) Oldest chocolate in the New World Antiquity 81. Available at http://antiquity.ac.uk/ProjGall/[314].html.

18. Dreiss ML, Greenhill, SE (2008) Chocolate: Pathway to the Gods (Univ of Arizona Press, Tucson) p 109.

Crown and Hurst PNAS � February 17, 2009 � vol. 106 � no. 7 � 2113

A N

TH RO

PO LO

G Y

Week 4 - Southwest, People of the Silence/Discussion for Chaco Canyon.docx

Anthropology P363/P663 Professor Laura L. Scheiber

North American Prehistory through Fiction Spring, 2018

In-Class Discussion

April 5: Discussion of Chaco Canyon and People of the Silence

Be prepared to present your group’s discussion to the class in a cohesive summary.

For all Groups

The introduction to People of the Silence deals with contemporary issues surrounding the use of Chaco Canyon today. Discuss this debate in your group. How would you characterize the different opinions? What do the people in your group think the best policy should be?

What are the main points of the Mills (2002) article? What are the conclusions? What are the major debates about the Chaco Phenomenon today? What issues were emphasized in the article and what issues were emphasized in the book? How do these two formats come together to give you a more complete understanding of the Chaco Phenomenon and why are they both important?

Question Group 1

Why is it difficult to estimate how many people lived in the Great Houses of Chaco and why is this important? According to the archaeological evidence, why did people leave the Great Houses at Chaco Canyon? Why call the decline of Chaco “reorganization” instead of “collapse”? What explanation is given for the abandonment in People of the Silence?

Question Group 2

When was Chaco Canyon occupied? When did the first occupants leave the Great Houses? Why is the term abandonment an inaccurate description of these events? What are the theories that have been proposed to explain why this happened? How would you advance the story in People of the Silence to account for abandonment of Talon Town?

Question Group 3

Describe the different models of political organization that have been suggested for Chaco Canyon. Which one of these models seems most plausible? Which one is suggested by People of the Silence?

Question Group 4

What does the archaeological evidence tell us about the economic organization of the people living in Chaco Canyon? How does this compare to People of the Silence?

Question Group 5

What is the archaeological evidence for differences in social status among the inhabitants of Chaco Canyon? What does the evidence suggest about social organization more generally? How does this compare to People of the Silence?

Question Group 6

How does Naranjo (1995) tie together and counterbalance the information you read in the Mills (2002) article and People of the Silence? According to Fagan (2005), what does Puebloan oral tradition tell us about Chaco? What and where is the White House and why is it a metaphor for early Pueblo history? To what factor does Fagan attribute the Chaco abandonment?

1

Week 4 - Southwest, People of the Silence/Folb 1986 - Hopi Handbook.pdf

Week 4 - Southwest, People of the Silence/Elsie Clews Parsons 1996 - Pueblo Indian Religion excerpts.pdf

  • CCF03072013_00000
  • CCF03072013_00001
  • CCF03072013_00002
  • CCF03072013_00003
  • CCF03072013_00004

Week 4 - Southwest, People of the Silence/Fagan 2005 - The White House.pdf

-; I m

~ I -; m I o CC/) m

NN0\

NN 'I

N N 00

N N \0

tV a a U1

c» < ., CD n (J):r

oo CD -+->0 0- :Jc8 » U;o :J- n

(J)

-0 mCD x ~~ (/')0

o ., n CD-0 _ CD:r

-.<"CD

""Tl » G) » z

()

I » ()

o () » z -< o z

.. .

.. .

. ..

  • page 1
    • Images
      • Image 1
      • Image 2
      • Image 3
      • Image 4
      • Image 5
      • Image 6
    • Titles
      • I
  • page 2
    • Images
      • Image 1
      • Image 2
      • Image 3
      • Image 4
      • Image 5
  • page 3
    • Images
      • Image 1
      • Image 2
      • Image 3
      • Image 4
      • Image 5
      • Image 6
    • Titles
      • :J-
      • ""Tl
      • »

Week 4 - Southwest, People of the Silence/Mills 2002 - Recent Research on Chaco, Changing Views.pdf

P1: GDX/GDB/GVG/GVM

Journal of Archaeological Research [jar] pp381-jare-366028 March 7, 2002 8:37 Style file version Nov. 19th, 1999

Journal of Archaeological Research, Vol. 10, No. 1, March 2002 (C© 2002)

Recent Research on Chaco: Changing Views on Economy, Ritual, and Society

Barbara J. Mills 1

Current research on Chaco Canyon and its surrounding outlier communities is at an important juncture. Rather than trying to argue for the presence or absence of complexity, archaeologists working in the area are asking different questions, especiallyhowChacoan political, economic, ritual, and social organization were structured. These lines of inquiry do not attempt to pigeonhole Chaco into tradi- tional neoevolutionary types, but instead seek to understand the historical trajec- tory that led to the construction of monumental architecture in Chaco Canyon and a large part of the northern Southwest in the 10th through 12th centuries. This re- view discusses the conclusions of current research at Chaco including definitions of the Chaco region, recent fieldwork, histories of Chaco archaeology, chronology, paleoenvironmental reconstruction, demography, political organization, outlier communities, economic organization, social organization, ritual, violence, and the post-Chacoan reorganization. Although many issues are hotly debated, there is a growing concensus that power was not based in a centralized political organi- zation and that ritual organization was a key factor in the replication of Chacoan architecture across a vast regional landscape. Exactly how ritual, social, and political organization intersected is a central question for Chaco scholars. The resolution of this problem will prove to be of interest to all archaeologists working with intermediate societies across the globe.

KEY WORDS: Chaco Canyon; complexity; political organization; ritual; social organization; economy; Southwest archaeology.

INTRODUCTION

Chaco Canyon is generally considered an enigma in the archaeology of the Greater Southwest. It contains large structures or great houses that are bigger than any other structures in the contemporaneous Ancestral Pueblo world. The large

1Department of Anthropology, Haury Building, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona 85721-0030.

65

1059-0161/02/0300-0065/0C© 2002 Plenum Publishing Corporation

P1: GDX/GDB/GVG/GVM

Journal of Archaeological Research [jar] pp381-jare-366028 March 7, 2002 8:37 Style file version Nov. 19th, 1999

66 Mills

size, degree of planning, expertise, and complexity shown in great house construc- tion is very different from that found among the ethnographic Pueblos. Except for a few unusual burials, however, the construction of great houses was not accom- panied by obvious signs of status and hierarchy, such as social ranking, palaces, limited access to long-distance goods, or a means of controlling the staple econ- omy. A high proportion of materials consumed at Chaco were transported over long distances, but there is little evidence for what went out in exchange. The stark land- scape appears too inhospitable to have supported a large, aggregated population. And finally, Chaco Canyon was physically and culturally linked to communities with Chacoan-style great houses throughout the San Juan Basin (if not beyond), forming a “phenomenally” large regional system, but without clear-cut evidence of precisely how interaction was structured between outlying communities and the central canyon.

The above statements about Chaco can be found in the popular and profes- sional literature on Chaco Canyon of the past couple of decades. However, the most recent literature shows that considerable progress has been made in understand- ing how these seemingly contradictory statements about Chaco fit together. These interpretations do not result from an increased pace of new field research. Instead, there has been a considerable amount of reinterpretation and synthesis of older excavations coupled with an expanded view of the overarching method and theory used by Southwestern, and other, archaeologists to interpret the past. These new interpretations have begun to rewrite the Chacoan past. This essay reviews current research at Chaco at what is an important juncture, pointing out how the standard interpretations have begun to change, problems with some of the new interpreta- tions, and new research directions that might be taken. My task was to review the recent literature of the last 5 years, but because of the publication of several piv- otal volumes in the early 1990s (Crown and Judge, 1991; Doyel, 1992a; Sebastian, 1992a; Vivian, 1990), I have included these works and those that postdate them. Earlier work on Chaco is voluminous, and I have of necessity been more selective in including earlier literature on Chaco, concentrating on those publications that help situate current research.

DEFINING THE CHACO REGION

A vast amount of the Colorado Plateau is generally considered to be part of the Chacoan regional system during the 10th through 12th centuries (Crown and Judge, 1991; Doyel and Lekson, 1992; Fig. 1), potentially encompassing an area of 120,000 km2 (Lekson, 1996a, p. 82). This area includes the San Juan Basin in north- western New Mexico and its surrounding uplands in northwestern New Mexico, northeastern Arizona, southeastern Utah, and southwestern Colorado. However, considerable variation is present among archaeologists in how the boundaries of the Chaco region are drawn. One of the most widely used maps is that of Doyel

P1: GDX/GDB/GVG/GVM

Journal of Archaeological Research [jar] pp381-jare-366028 March 7, 2002 8:37 Style file version Nov. 19th, 1999

Changing Views on Chacoan Economy, Ritual, and Society 67

Fig. 1. Location of Chaco Canyon within the San Juan Basin. (After Mathien, 1997, Figure 1.1) (NPS Archives)

and Lekson (1992). This map provides a maximum extent, and the authors even refer to it as the “Anasazi Regional System” (see also Lekson, 1991). It has been used by most scholars studying outliers (e.g., Kantner, 1996, 1999; Mahoney and Kantner, 2000, Figure 1.2; Wilcox, 1999), and a version even hangs in the Visitor Center at Chaco Culture National Historical Park.

However the boundaries of the Chaco area are drawn, they are based on the regional distribution of roads, great houses, and great kivas. Chaco roads are different from trails in that they are both straighter and wider, ranging from 8 to 12 m in width. In addition, they were intentionally constructed with raised beds, berms, borders, bridges, gates, grooves, stairways, ramps, and landings, rather than

P1: GDX/GDB/GVG/GVM

Journal of Archaeological Research [jar] pp381-jare-366028 March 7, 2002 8:37 Style file version Nov. 19th, 1999

68 Mills

simply being the result of repeated use over the same route (Vivian, 1997a). Great houses are variously defined, but the one attribute that stands out most is that they are bigger than other sites and most are multistoried (Lekson, 1991). They also evidence a higher degree of planning and distinctive masonry styles. Great kivas in the Chaco area are circular, suprahousehold subterranean or semisubterranean structures that are at least 10 m in width, with many exceeding 20 m in width.

Unfortunately, critical evaluation of the data on which these outlier maps de- pend has not been done, resulting in an overly large distribution of things Chacoan. The Chaco region is indisputably greater than the San Juan Basin, but arguments abound about the edges. Great houses and great kivas have long been known from southwestern Colorado, but only recently have they been recognized in southeast- ern Utah (Jalbert and Cameron, 2000). Dean (1996) is quick to refute the idea that Chaco was ever a part of Kayenta-area social, political, or economic organization. Great kivas are absent in the Kayenta area (Dean, 1996, p. 40), and the western extent of great house construction appears to be in the Puerco West and Chinle valleys (Gilpin and Purcell, 2000; Stein and Fowler, 1996). Circular great kivas are present at sites in the Mogollon Rim region of east-central Arizona (Herr, 1999), but great houses are absent and the great kivas there are distinctive enough from Chacoan great kivas to argue for a frontier area rather than direct participation in a Chacoan regional system, however it may be defined. Possible Chacoan roads as far south as the Quemado area in west-central New Mexico have been shown to be historic Pueblo trails and wagon roads (Berlinet al., 1993; Hart and Othole, 1993), although indisputable great houses do occur in the area (Fowleret al., 1987). Thus many of the differences in how the Chacoan region is defined depend on whether great houses, great kivas, or roads are used. The differences in definition also are dependent on the kinds of models used by archaeologists to understand the so- cial and political organization of Chaco Canyon proper, especially the degree of centralization in power and authority. These issues are addressed below.

RECENT FIELD PROJECTS

Despite the importance of Chaco, very little new archaeological fieldwork has taken place within the boundaries of the Chaco Culture National Historic Park (Fig. 2) in over two decades. As Wills (2000) points out, Chaco scholars are inevitably working with the same collections and publications, many of which were produced in the early to mid-20th century. A major exception is the University of New Mexico/National Park Service’s (UNM/NPS) Chaco Project excavations in the 1970s that included large-scale excavations at one great house, Pueblo Alto, and several smaller sites within the canyon. Descriptive summaries of this excavation program are now largely complete (Mathien, 1991a, 1992a, 1997; Mathien and Windes, 1987; McKenna, 1984; McKenna and Truell, 1986; Truell, 1992; Windes, 1987a,b, 1993a,b). A grand synthesis of the Chaco Project work is in progress,

P1: GDX/GDB/GVG/GVM

Journal of Archaeological Research [jar] pp381-jare-366028 March 7, 2002 8:37 Style file version Nov. 19th, 1999

Changing Views on Chacoan Economy, Ritual, and Society 69

F ig

.2 .

Lo ca

tio n

of ke

y ar

ch ae

ol og

ic al

si te

s w

ith in

C ha

co C

an yo

n. (A

fte r

M at

hi en

,1 99

7, F

ig ur

e 1.

2) (N

P S

A rc

hi ve

s)

P1: GDX/GDB/GVG/GVM

Journal of Archaeological Research [jar] pp381-jare-366028 March 7, 2002 8:37 Style file version Nov. 19th, 1999

70 Mills

and papers presented at a series of symposia funded by the National Park Service have begun to appear in print (e.g., Cameron, 2001; Cameron and Toll, 2000, 2001; Cordell and Judge, 2000, 2001; Cordellet al., 2001; Earle, 2001; Hagstrum, 2001; Lekson, 2000a,b; Mahoney, 2000a, 2001; Mathien, 2001; Peregrine, 2001; Renfrew, 2001; Toll, 2001; Varien, 2001; Vivian, 2000a; Windes, 2001; Windes and McKenna, 2001). Thomas Windes of the NPS has conducted extensive new cor- ing of architectural wood at numerous great houses (including Pueblo Bonito, Pueblo del Arroyo, and Aztec), a few small houses, and a few early Navajo sites (Windes and Ford, 1996). In addition, NPS staff have conducted extensive surveys of Chacoan communities lying just outside the park or in areas that were added to the park (Van Dyke, in press; Windes, in press; Windeset al., 2000).

Instead of new fieldwork within Chaco Canyon, the recent literature empha- sizes work conducted in the surrounding San Juan Basin or on reinterpretations of older excavations within the canyon. Much of this research has been conducted through cultural resources management (CRM) projects and is not widely avail- able except in regional repositories or through government agencies. In the early 1990s, two large pipelines—the ENRON Pipeline Project and the El Paso Natural Gas Project—were constructed across the San Juan Basin and impacted many sites contemporaneous with the period of great house construction in Chaco Canyon. Excavations and analyses are published in multivolume reports that include exten- sive descriptive information and useful summary volumes (Kearns and McVickar, 1996; Winter, 1994).

Other CRM projects in the area include a number of road improvement projects sponsored by the Navajo Nation (the major landholder of areas surround- ing Chaco Canyon), the State of Arizona, and the State of New Mexico (Billman and Rupp´e, 1996; Damp, 1999; Fletcher, 1994; McKenna and Toll, 1992). One of the largest of these was the widening of the La Plata Highway, which impacted a number of Chacoan and post-Chacoan sites in the Totah area just north of the San Juan River in the Animas-La Plata region (McKenna and Toll, 1992). Many recent dissertations have been completed on Chaco Canyon architecture (Bustard, 1996; Cooper, 1995; Durand, 1992; Kievit, 1998; Kovacik, 1996, 1999), and Chaco out- lier subsistence, architecture, and community organization (Kantner, 1999; Meyer, 1999; Roler, 1999; Van Dyke, 1998). Finally, two university-based excavation projects have been conducted at Chaco outlier communities in the 1990s, one by the University of Colorado at the Bluff Great House in southeast Utah (Jalbert and Cameron, 2000) and the other by Fort Lewis College at Puzzle House in the Lowry area of southwest Colorado (Kendrick and Judge, 2000).

HISTORIES OF CHACO ARCHAEOLOGY

Archaeological research has been conducted at Chaco long enough to have generated several historians of Chaco archaeology. Marietta Wetherill lived with

P1: GDX/GDB/GVG/GVM

Journal of Archaeological Research [jar] pp381-jare-366028 March 7, 2002 8:37 Style file version Nov. 19th, 1999

Changing Views on Chacoan Economy, Ritual, and Society 71

her husband, Richard Wetherill, at Chaco from 1896 to 1910 and her biography (Gabriel, 1992 [1997]) contains firsthand accounts of the Hyde Expedition exca- vations at Pueblo Bonito. A highly readable account of Neil Judd’s excavations at Pueblo Bonito in the 1920s appears in Melinda Elliott’sGreat Excavations(Elliott, 1995). Florence Lister’s autobiography describes her participation in the UNM Field School at Chaco as well as the contributions of her husband, Robert Lister, who directed the UNM/NPS Chaco Project in its earliest years (Lister, 1997).

Two historical works on the UNM Field School at Chaco Canyon have been published (Joiner, 1992; Mathien, 1992b). The latter compares the participation of women in the School of American Research/UNM Field School (1929–1937) to that of the UNM/NPS Chaco Project (1971–1978). Mathien’s research shows that Chaco was an important training ground for female archaeologists in the early part of the 20th century, even more so than later projects in the area. Most recently, James Snead (1999, 2001) discusses the social context of excavations conducted by the Hyde Exploring Expedition at Chaco, emphasizing the importance of pa- tronage and the pivotal role of private museums in the sponsorship of Southwestern archaeology. Both Snead (2001) and Fowler (1999, 2000) point out how profes- sional competition over who would conduct excavations at Chaco created personal and institutional rivalries that affected all Southwestern archaeology in the early 20th century.

CHRONOLOGY

Although periods and phases are problematic, they are still widely used for regional comparisons and are especially useful for the analysis of surface materials. Subdivisions of periods into phases differ slightly from project to project and even within single projects through time (Fig. 3). The Bonito phase (A.D. 920– 1220) generally refers to the time of Chaco great house construction and is the phase emphasized in this essay. This phase covers the entire Pueblo II period of the Pecos classification and parts of the Pueblo I and III periods. Important contributions to the earlier archaeology of the Basketmaker II (Matson and Dohm, 1994) and Basketmaker III (Reed, 2000) periods have been recently published. Vivian’s summary chapter in the latter volume points out that the architectural and social variability seen in the Bonito Phase was not createdde novo, but has strong foundations in Basketmaker III architecture, including the construction and use of great kivas (Vivian, 2000b).

A variety of dating techniques has been used to develop the Chacoan chronology. Tree-ring dating was pioneered at Chaco Canyon, and to date over 16,000 pieces of wood have been documented from Chaco area structures (Windes and Ford, 1996, p. 295). These samples are particularly valuable for understand- ing great house construction sequences (Lekson, 1983; Wills, 2000; Windes and Ford, 1996), cross-dating of ceramics (Goetze and Mills, 1993; Toll and McKenna,

P1: GDX/GDB/GVG/GVM

Journal of Archaeological Research [jar] pp381-jare-366028 March 7, 2002 8:37 Style file version Nov. 19th, 1999

72 Mills

Fig. 3. Chronologies of Chaco Canyon. (After Figure 1.1 fromGreat House Communities Across the Chacoan Landscape, edited by Kantner and Mahoney. CopyrightC© 2000 The Arizona Board of Regents. Reprinted by permission of the University of the Arizona Press.)

1997; Windes, 1993b), and verification of other chronometric techniques such as archaeomagnetic dating (Doyel and Eighmy, 1994). Radiocarbon dating is not as widely used for known post-Archaic deposits. Ceramic cross-dating in the Chaco area allows relative chronological placement of Chaco area assemblages to as short as 50-year intervals, but more usually to about 100 years (Goetze and Mills, 1993; Reedet al., 1998; Toll and McKenna, 1997; Van Dyke, 1997). The excellent stratigraphic data collected by NPS excavation at Pueblo Alto provided a means of verifying ceramic technological and stylistic changes. Multiple data sets from the Chaco area, analyzed with both absolute and relative techniques, now provide the basis for one of the best-known chronological sequences in the Southwest.

P1: GDX/GDB/GVG/GVM

Journal of Archaeological Research [jar] pp381-jare-366028 March 7, 2002 8:37 Style file version Nov. 19th, 1999

Changing Views on Chacoan Economy, Ritual, and Society 73

Nonetheless, there are many problems with the dating of specific and often piv- otal features and deposits because of mixed assemblages, excavation prior to the development of chronometric techniques, uneven wood preservation, and, in the case of tree-ring samples, the reuse of beams by NPS stabilization crews in sites other than the ones that the wood originally came from (Windes and Ford, 1996).

Within the canyon, the construction histories of the great houses of Pueblo Bonito (Lekson, 1984; Neitzel, in press-a; Windes and Ford, 1996), Pueblo Alto (Windes, 1987a,b), and Chetro Ketl (Dean and Warren, 1983; Lekson, 1983) are the best-known. Recent tree-ring resampling of architectural elements at several Chacoan area sites, including Pueblo Bonito, has been the goal of the NPS’s Chaco Wood Project directed by Thomas Windes and Dabney Ford. Their project refines the work of Lekson (1984), showing that the earliest construction at Pueblo Bonito dates to theA.D. 800s (Windes and Ford, 1996). Construction histories for great houses outside the canyon are not well known, and only a few have been excavated with modern methods. Both relative and absolute dates suggest, however, that even though some initial great house construction outside of Chaco Canyon occurred in the A.D. 900s, and perhaps as early as theA.D. 800s, it was not as intensive as within the canyon until the mid- to lateA.D. 1000s. This contrast is significant because it demonstrates that great houses in outliers had very different occupational and social histories than those in the central canyon.

PALEOENVIRONMENTAL RECONSTRUCTIONS

Chaco Canyon and the surrounding San Juan Basin often strike visitors as highly inhospitable. Indeed, portions of the San Juan Basin are desolate, but springs and the availability of seasonal runoff create a patchy environment. Dean (1992) provides an excellent overview of the stability, variation, and change in the Chaco environmental record. Although environment was only one of many factors that affected Chacoan communities, long- and short-term trends are discernible in the paleoclimatic record. Some, but certainly not all, of these trends have been correlated to great house construction additions and even sociopolitical change at Chaco (e.g., Schelberg, 1992; Sebastian, 1992a; Windes, 1993a; Windes and Ford, 1996). Sebastian (1992a) used decadal precipitation averages in her simulation of production potential, which may have masked some more fine-grained variation. Windes (1993a) used extreme deviations from Palmer Drought Severity Indices, with 3-year moving averages, and known great house construction events to show some important correlations (Fig. 4). The excellent paleoclimatic record generated from tree rings could be further exploited using time-series analyses and short moving averages.

Stream entrenchment is another environmental factor that archaeologists have used to look at the potential for farming in Chaco Canyon because of the impor- tance of runoff for agricultural production. Seasonal runoff from the mesa tops

P1: GDX/GDB/GVG/GVM

Journal of Archaeological Research [jar] pp381-jare-366028 March 7, 2002 8:37 Style file version Nov. 19th, 1999

74 Mills

F ig

.4 .

Y ea

rly pr

ec ip

ita tio

n in

th e

S an

Ju an

B as

in fr

omA .D

.9 00

to 10

50 on

th e

ba si

s of

3- ye

ar ru

nn in

g av

er ag

es of

th e

P al

m er

D ro

ug ht

S ev

er ity

In de

x, co

m pa

re d

to co

ns tr

uc tio

n ep

is od

es at

m aj

or C

ha co

C an

yo n

gr ea

t ho

us es

. S

tip pl

ed pe

ak s

an d

bl ac

k ba

rs sh

ow de

ca de

-lo ng

w et

pe rio

ds .

(A fte

r W

in de

s, 19

93 a,

F ig

ur e

2. 6)

(N P

S A

rc hi

ve s)

P1: GDX/GDB/GVG/GVM

Journal of Archaeological Research [jar] pp381-jare-366028 March 7, 2002 8:37 Style file version Nov. 19th, 1999

Changing Views on Chacoan Economy, Ritual, and Society 75

to the north and south was clearly distributed to agricultural fields, as evidenced by an extensive system of agricultural features (Vivian, 1992). That the earliest great houses in the canyon (Pueblo Bonito, Una Vida, Kin Nahasbas, and Pe˜nasco Blanco) are all located at the confluences of large tributaries with the Chaco Wash is further evidence that water control was an important factor (Dean, 1992, p. 38; Lekson, 1991; Vivian, 1991). However, the timing of stream aggradation and en- trenchment is a crucial factor in farming in Chaco Canyon and is undergoing some revision. Although Kirk Bryan’s reconstruction of a period of aggradation in the 10th century that continued until a major period of arroyo cutting in the 12th cen- tury (Bryan, 1954) has been widely accepted (e.g., Gillespie, 1985, p. 35), new research by Eric Force, Gwinn Vivian, Tom Windes, and Jeffrey Dean suggests that the pattern may have been more variable (Force, 2002). They suggest that at the time that great house construction was initiated in the lateA.D. 800s, a short period of aggradation began, which was followed by arroyo cutting in the late 900s and then filling during the middle 1000s. The period of entrenchment corresponds with Lekson’s hiatus in architectural construction at Chaco Canyon great houses betweenA.D. 960 and 1020 (Lekson, 1984, p. 66). The 11th century aggradation may have invigorated the construction and use of water control features on the north side of the canyon. In addition to these new conclusions, Force’s research suggests that a large dune on the western end of the canyon may have formed a dam and that a lake was present during some portions of the Bonito phase. The breaching of this dam may have had important implications for arroyo cutting and filling in the canyon.

A severe downturn in environmental conditions clearly took place between A.D. 1130 and 1180. This period corresponds to the end of great house construction in the canyon and is generally thought to be a contributing factor to the reorgani- zation of the regional system at this time (Deanet al., 1994, p. 66).

DEMOGRAPHY

Current reconstructions for the peak population within Chaco Canyon range between 2000 and 3000 persons (Adler, 1996, p. 104; Deanet al., 1994, Figure 4.6; Lekson, 1999a, p. 21; but see Wilcox, 1999). This low figure contrasts sharply with estimates for the entire San Juan Basin at about 55,000 people, ca.A.D. 1000 (Dean et al., 1994, Figure 4.6). This regional population estimate may be in need of some revision. As Cordell and Judge (2001) recently argued, the occupational histories of all Chacoan structures in the region need to be taken into account before accurate estimates can be made.

Windes’s research was instrumental in the downsizing of population estimates for Chaco Canyon great houses and, hence, the canyon as a whole (Windes, 1984, 1987a). Based on the low number of rooms with hearths and other domestic features at Pueblo Bonito, Pueblo del Arroyo, and Pueblo Alto, he suggested that the number

P1: GDX/GDB/GVG/GVM

Journal of Archaeological Research [jar] pp381-jare-366028 March 7, 2002 8:37 Style file version Nov. 19th, 1999

76 Mills

of residential suites and corresponding populations were low. Four major problems are present with the demographic reconstructions. First, only a few Chaco great houses have been professionally excavated. Second, many upper story rooms in great houses that could have been living rooms have now collapsed and not counted in room estimates. Third, many hearths in Chaco Canyon structures are more ephemeral than those found in other Ancestral Pueblo living rooms and may have been missed in earlier excavations. In fact, Vivian (in press) argues that heating pits, which average half the volume of fire pits, replaced the latter “in wood-poor and winter-chilled Chaco Canyon.” And last, if room block kivas at great houses were ever used for residential purposes, population estimates have been underestimated because these rooms are not figured into the equation. As Varien (2001) points out, we simply cannot estimate great house population sizes in the same way that we can at other sites.

To avoid some of the above problems, Bernardini (1999) suggested that room suites could be identified based on historic Hopi analogs of vertical stacking of living rooms over storage rooms. He analyzed each construction phase at Pueblo Bonito and concluded that the number of families never exceeded 12 households and 72 people: slightly smaller than Windes’s estimate of 18 households and 100 people, but still emphasizing both the small size of the residential population as well as the overabundance of storage rooms at the site. Although the use of the Hopi architectural analog can be debated, the convergence of population estimates at the lower end of the scale and the close spacing of sites in Chaco Canyon supports the interpretation that canyon residents were part of a single community (Lekson et al., 1988; Vivian, 1990; Wilcox, 1999). The presence of a single community does not rule out that different groups of people with different social identities might have been present (e.g., Vivian, 1990).

Population size is an important linchpin to arguments for the complexity of Chacoan social and political organization. Kosse (1990, 1994, 1996) and Lekson (1985, 1990, 1996a) both conducted cross-cultural research on population size and the size of the largest settlement to argue that Chaco must have been on the cusp of something more complex than an egalitarian village. Their research fits within the same general demographic approach as presented in Johnson’s influential and much cited commentary on the Southwest (Johnson, 1989). He argued that the pop- ulation size of Chaco implied a hierarchy, but that in comparison to Mesopotamian towns, leadership positions were more likely to have been sequential rather than simultaneous.

Although it is clear that certain population thresholds can be tied to changes in sociopolitical complexity (Feinman, 1995; Feinman and Neitzel, 1984), several problems are present with demographically based arguments for the presence, degree, and kind of complexity at Chaco. First, such arguments tell us that there has been a possible societal shift or threshold reached, but they do not tell us how this shift occurred other than in functional terms. That is, the models suggest that

P1: GDX/GDB/GVG/GVM

Journal of Archaeological Research [jar] pp381-jare-366028 March 7, 2002 8:37 Style file version Nov. 19th, 1999

Changing Views on Chacoan Economy, Ritual, and Society 77

new leadership positions developed because there was a need for more nodes in the information-processing hierarchy (Sebastian, 1992a, pp. 65–68), but not how the hierarchy was structured. A high degree of variation can be present in both sequential and simultaneous hierarchies, and none of the demographic models can be used to explain why or how alternative forms of sociopolitical organization were adopted. These problems lead to broader consideration of models of leadership and authority at Chaco.

MODELS OF CHACO POLITICAL ORGANIZATION

Models of social evolutionary theory have undergone considerable change in the last decade, commensurate with archaeologists’ discomfort with traditional neoevolutionary frameworks. These newer models point to a diversity of trajec- tories of change in political organization (Blantonet al., 1996; Hayden, 1995; McIntosh, 1999a; Mills, in press; Price and Feinman, 1995; Yoffee, 1993, 2001) and reject categories such as tribes and chiefdoms to describe the variation in so- cial formations between small-scale foragers and states. Above all, these models have prioritized the need to explain the tremendous diversity in nonstate societies. Instead of focusing on the presence or absence of complexity, researchers, includ- ing those working on Chaco, are now asking “How were they complex?” (Nelson, 1995, p. 599; see also Sebastian, 1992a, p. 68). Especially important is the decou- pling of scale, centralization, and hierarchy, and the varying emphasis placed on the role of human agency in understanding how sociopolitical complexity arises. The archaeology of Chaco Canyon and its surrounding communities frequently looms large in these discussions. Chacoan society defies simplistic use of ethnographic analogy from any of the historic Pueblos and challenges researchers, Southwestern and non-Southwestern alike, to consider alternative models of social, political, and economic organization.

Nearly all summaries of Chacoan archaeology address the topic of politi- cal organization, but few explicitly decouple the different dimensions mentioned above. Most early explanations for Chacoan political organization hinged on inter- pretations that assumed linkages between leadership, centralization, and hierarchy. These linkages were the legacy of earlier neoevolutionary typologies as well as the many ethnographic descriptions of Pueblos characterizing them as autonomous, egalitarian societies (see Wilcox, 1981, for an early critique of the latter). Hierar- chical leadership, where it did exist, was often viewed as the imposition of Western political institutions, especially those of the Spanish and American governments. “Revisionist” interpretations of Puebloan society provided alternative reconstruc- tions that point to much greater complexity and hierarchy in the ethnographic Pueblos than previously acknowledged (e.g., Brandt, 1994; Eggan, 1991; Levy, 1992; Upham, 1982; Whiteley, 1988), and opened up the possibility of greater complexity in the past. Some models assumed linkages between hierarchy and

P1: GDX/GDB/GVG/GVM

Journal of Archaeological Research [jar] pp381-jare-366028 March 7, 2002 8:37 Style file version Nov. 19th, 1999

78 Mills

centralization, but recent decoupling of these two dimensions has provided the ba- sis for new approaches to Ancestral Pueblo political organization (Feinman, 2000; Feinmanet al., 2000; Kintigh, 2000; McGuire and Saitta, 1996; Mills, 2000a; Plog, 1995).

Sebastian’s book-length work (Sebastian, 1992a) was the first contribution to move away from neoevolutionary typologies as a framework for discussing politi- cal organization at Chaco (see also Sebastian, 1991, 1992b). She asked the funda- mental question of how leaders achieved and maintained their authority. Sebastian brought focus to the possibility of competitive leadership funded by surplus pro- duction at Chaco during highly productive climatic periods. Her simulation model showed that construction peaks did not always correlate with higher-than-normal precipitation (but see Windes, 1993a) and, therefore, that leadership likely drew on more than simple economic sources of power.

Sebastian’s research contrasts with the dominant model developed by the NPS Chaco Center archaeologists, which has become more widely known as the pil- grimage fair model (Judge, 1989; Leksonet al., 1988; Toll, 1985). The pilgrimage fair model was developed because the classic redistribution model earlier proposed by Judge (1979) could not be supported with the extant evidence: there was no evidence of materials going out of Chaco Canyon (but see Lekson, 1999a, and Tainter and Plog, 1994, for holdouts for a redistributive model). In the pilgrimage fair model, Chaco Canyon is interpreted as a relatively empty ceremonial cen- ter that received periodic influxes of population from the surrounding San Juan Basin. Although those in charge did gain some economic benefits and may have controlled the flow of some rare resources such as turquoise, this model replaced economic leaders with ritual leaders. As Wills (2000, p. 21) points out, most sub- sequent models also see Chaco leadership as centered in ritual authority, much like ethnographic descriptions of Pueblo society—revisionist and nonrevisionist alike.

Major exceptions to these interpretations are those who still see Chaco as a complex, centralized political system that was close to statelike in its organization (LeBlanc, 1999; Wilcox, 1993, 1999). In this view, great houses are not empty centers, but the residences of elites who wield power throughout the region by a combination of economic and military authority, including standing armies and exaction of tribute. In a shift away from his earlier coauthorship of the pilgrimage fair model, Lekson (1999a) describes a scenario that is more similar in its theoret- ical underpinnings to statelike models than to the pilgrimage fair model because it depends on a highly hierarchical leadership system and regional hegemony by the Chaco Canyon community. Such reconstructions are difficult to square with the low population size in Chaco Canyon (especially in contrast to the large re- gional population), and the overwhelming lack of evidence for such state-level accoutrements as a record-keeping system and standardized units of weights and measures. In addition, current research on Chaco outliers does not suggest direct control by a centralized polity (see below).

P1: GDX/GDB/GVG/GVM

Journal of Archaeological Research [jar] pp381-jare-366028 March 7, 2002 8:37 Style file version Nov. 19th, 1999

Changing Views on Chacoan Economy, Ritual, and Society 79

Critics of the pilgrimage fair model compare the situation to Mesoamerican archaeology, where notions of empty ceremonial centers were later dispelled after pedestrian surveys revealed much higher residential populations in the centers (Feinman, 1992; Tainter and Plog, 1994). However, intensive surveys in Chaco Canyon have been conducted (Hayeset al., 1981; Van Dyke, in press), and, as noted above, estimates for the population size of the Chaco Canyon community have actually declined. The strong contrast in the population size between Chaco Canyon proper and the surrounding San Juan Basin provides demographic support for Chaco being some kind of empty ceremonial center. The question remains as to the social and political scope of Chaco relative to the surrounding region, which only research on Chacoan outliers can answer.

Proponents of the ritual center model dominate the recent literature on Chaco. However, within this general model are those who view leaders as obtaining fol- lowers through competitive action (Kantner, 1996; Van Dyke, 1998, 1999a) and those who see hierarchically organized ritual leaders who cooperatively manage the labor of others (e.g., Nelson, 1995; Saitta, 1997, 1999; Vivian, 1989, 1990). Vivian (1990; see also Wilcox, 1999) proposes that small and great houses were the residences of ethnically distinct social groups, one with dualistically based lead- ership in a rotating sequential hierarchy (living in great houses), the other more lineage-based (in small houses). Saitta’s dialectical approach describes a “commu- nal mode of production” that highlights the potential complexity of the competitive and overlapping social relationships subsumed within the otherwise homogeneous concept of corporate groups (Saitta, 1997, 1999). Nelson (1995, p. 615) charac- terizes Chaco as a collaborative chiefdom (sensuRenfrew, 1974), contrasting it to the competitive or exclusionary chiefdom that he infers at the site of La Quemada in Zacatecas. Interestingly, Renfrew (2001) himself has recently commented on Chacoan political economy and considers Chaco to be a “location of high devo- tional expression.” But unlike most other ritual center models, Renfrew explicitly regards Chaco as an egalitarian enterprise. The emphasis on ritual also resonates in Yoffee’s characterization of Chaco as a “rituality” (Yoffee, 2001), a term from Robert Drennan (Yoffeeet al., 1999; see also Drennan, 1999). In using this term Yoffee underscores that ritual organization was “the fundamental component of the existence of Chaco” and that “the ritual nature of Chaco cannot be reduced to its being the handmaiden of economic and/or political institutions” (Yoffeeet al., 1999, p. 266). Still others specify the power of ritual, but do not talk about how that ritual authority was organized, except spatially (e.g., Stein and Lekson, 1992).

The major dissenter from a ritually based model for leadership is Wills (2000, 2001), who points out several flaws with the ritual-specialist-as-leader model. First, he points out that ceremonial goods are relatively rare and are found largely in Pueblo Bonito (but see Vivianet al., 1978). Second, the leaders-as-ritual-specialist model depends on structural analogies with ethnographic Pueblos, yet ritual spe- cialists who can marshal large labor pools are rare in Pueblo society and tend to manage scarcity, not surplus (see also Levy, 1992; McGuire and Saitta, 1996).

P1: GDX/GDB/GVG/GVM

Journal of Archaeological Research [jar] pp381-jare-366028 March 7, 2002 8:37 Style file version Nov. 19th, 1999

80 Mills

Instead, Wills suggests that labor for architectural construction is pivotal (see also Dean, 1992) and that leadership likely revolved around the construction of non- ritual architecture on an annual basis. The presence of suprahousehold leadership is evident in the scale of construction units and the degree of advanced planning required. If the resident population of Pueblo Bonito was as low as both Windes (1984, 1987a) and Bernardini (1999) suggest (see above), then it is clear that this labor had to have drawn from more than the Bonito residential population. Wills suggests that this cooperative leadership was organized at the lineage or residential group level.

Thus, although there is still little agreement about the political organization of Chaco communities, few archaeologists care to argue about whether Chaco was a tribe or a chiefdom and instead are looking into the ways in which political leader- ship was organized. There are several interesting axes of variability in the proposed models: ritual and secular leadership, competitive and communal power, and the extent of canyon control over regionwide populations. This reflects the wide range of alternative models and approaches to political organization now present in the general archaeological literature. Models that consider how societies with a high degree of nucleation are organized without institutionalized hierarchies, but whose governance is through associations, assemblies, councils, and other horizontally structured organizations (e.g., McIntosh, 1999b, p. 77), will likely be the most informative for understanding Chaco political organization. Such interpretations are consistent with models that posit the importance of corporate leadership within either hierarchically or nonhierarchically organized polities (e.g., Blantonet al., 1996; Feinman, 1995, 2000; Feinmanet al., 2000), and which decouple central- ization from complexity (Blanton, 1998). For example, Mahoney (2001) points out that centralized political structures are not necessary for large-scale irrigation systems or the construction of monumental architecture. Monumental architecture such as great houses, could instead be the result of materialization of collective decision-making organizations. Nonetheless, all of these models are difficult to apply to Chaco without understanding how Chaco Canyon relates to the region as a whole and how the different dimensions of social, economic, and ritual organi- zation were structured.

CHACO OUTLIER COMMUNITIES

As the above discussion indicates, most interpretations of political organiza- tion in Chaco Canyon hinge on the relationship of the canyon community with the region as a whole. Since the 1970s, archaeologists have realized that Bonito phase population in the San Juan Basin was clustered into what are known as Chacoan outlier communities. Chaco outlier communities are usually composed of a great house surrounded by a number of small pueblos, also known as “Prudden units.” Roads and great kivas may help identify Chacoan structures outside of Chaco

P1: GDX/GDB/GVG/GVM

Journal of Archaeological Research [jar] pp381-jare-366028 March 7, 2002 8:37 Style file version Nov. 19th, 1999

Changing Views on Chacoan Economy, Ritual, and Society 81

Canyon, but alone are insufficient criteria. The single most important attribute of a Bonito phase Chacoan outlier is the presence of a great house, which is identified on the basis of one or more of the following attributes: larger building size and labor investment than contemporary structures within its community, multistoried construction, symmetry of layout, evidence of planning in the form of large-scale foundation units, core-and-veneer wall construction, and banded masonry. Many of these attributes were not characteristic of the earliest great houses, i.e., pre-A.D. 1000. However, nearly all great houses have surrounding small houses that are used to define an outlier community. Although the designation of “outliers” has recently been called into question because it implies that these communities were peripheral to Chaco Canyon (Kantner and Mahoney, 2000, p. 6; Wilcox, 1993, 1999), this term is still useful for expressing the discontinuous, clustered pattern of communities with structures that are similar to Chaco Canyon great houses.

Research on the regional distribution of features of the Chaco built envi- ronment across the Southwestern landscape has intensified in the past decade, at least in part because of the difficulties in conducting excavations within the Chaco Culture National Historical Park. Recent studies build on the now classic works of the 1970s and 1980s, when archaeologists working in the San Juan Basin and its surrounding upland areas documented the distribution of Chacoan great house communities, great kivas, and roads (Kincaid, 1983; Marshallet al., 1979; Nials et al., 1987; Powerset al., 1983). Although the locations of most outlier commu- nities are now known (and perhaps too generously drawn as noted above), few have been accurately mapped, still fewer excavated, and many road segments have yet to be verified on the ground. Systematic examination of ceramic assemblages has only been done at a few communities. Thus considerable effort has been spent by a new generation of Chacoan scholars on these outlier communities (Kantner, 1999; Kantneret al., 2000; Mahoney, 2000b; Meyer, 1999; Van Dyke, 1997, 1998, 1999a,b,c, 2000). A recent Chaco conference on outlier communities yielded a database that describes variation in a number of subareas of the Chaco region (Mahoney, 2000a). However, because many site locations surrounding the great houses have not been verified, systematically sampled, mapped, or even relatively dated, considerable work remains to be done at even a descriptive level to make these data comparable.

Cumulative data on the production and distribution of goods as well as many new studies investigating Chacoan outlier architectural variability have contributed to greater understanding of how outliers related to each other and how they were connected to the Chaco Canyon community. From this research it is clear that some outlier communities were more connected to Chaco than others and these patterns shifted through time (Cordell, 1996, p. 229; Cordell and Judge, 2001; Meyer, 1999; Toll, 1991; Van Dyke, 1998, 1999a; Varien, in press; Wilcox, 1999; Windes, 2001). Varien (2001) points out that the density and distribution of nor- thern outlier communities is underappreciated and that depending on what time period one is interested in, Chaco Canyon may not even be at the center

P1: GDX/GDB/GVG/GVM

Journal of Archaeological Research [jar] pp381-jare-366028 March 7, 2002 8:37 Style file version Nov. 19th, 1999

82 Mills

of the region. All Chaco scholars are aware of the dense distribution of outlier communities on the eastern slope of the Chuska Mountains, but except for limited surface mapping (Marshallet al., 1979) this area is not well investigated. The reg- ularity or periodicity of interactions between Chaco Canyon and its outliers and in what social, political, and economic contexts they took place are currently issues being debated by Chaco scholars.

An oft-cited basis for considering Chaco as a system was the vast network of roads that connected Chacoan outliers within a regionwide system. As Vivian’s review of Chaco roads research indicates, however, this interpretation was based on out-of-date and incomplete data (Vivian, 1997a,b). Both he (Vivian, 1997a) and Roney (1992) note that only three roads can be shown to extend outside the Chaco core area: the Great North Road, the South Road, and the Coyote Canyon Road. Thus the roads are neither a network nor are they regional in scale, because most extend away from Chacoan great houses and other community features in short segments. The majority of roads connect different portions of outlier communities with great houses, great kivas, or even prominent landforms such as Hosta Butte (Kantner, 1997). Roads that connect structures to great kivas or that lead to natural features of the landscape support an interpretation of cosmological significance or perhaps their use as ritual pathways (Fowler and Stein, 1992; Kantner, 1996, p. 84, 1997; Marshall, 1997; Stein and Lekson, 1992; Vivian, 1997b). Those roads that connect great houses with other community structures are suggested to have served an integrative function, linking populations over relatively small areas (Kantner, 1997, p. 57; Roney, 1992). Both the ritual and integrative interpretations challenge traditional assumptions that roads had a predominantly economic function, as in the transport of nonlocal materials (Kantner, 1997; Vivian, 1997b). Thus multiple functions for roads are suggested and their use in defining a unified political or economic “system” is inappropriate.

Wilcox (1993, 1996a, 1999) approaches the regional organization of Chacoan great house communities by mapping circular territories with 22-mile radii around each great house. He bases this figure on Drennan’s estimate that a person with a pack can travel up to 22 miles (36 km) a day (Drennan, 1984). Overlapping circles are interpreted as greater social and economic interconnectivity. Because of the overlap in inferred territories between Chaco and outliers to the south and west, these are argued to have been a single integrated polity. Different polities are argued to have been present in other areas, where communities are separated by more than 22 miles. Although only meant as a heuristic device, problems with this approach include the effects of topography, the assumption that settlement size indicates political importance, and the lack of sufficient excavation data to accurately assess the chronology and size of each great house and its community. Indeed, characterization of the Chacoan regional system is made difficult because connectivities shifted through time.

Other scholars investigating the regional distribution of Chacoan outliers em- phasize their architectural diversity (Kantner, 1996, 1999; Meyer, 1999; Van Dyke,

P1: GDX/GDB/GVG/GVM

Journal of Archaeological Research [jar] pp381-jare-366028 March 7, 2002 8:37 Style file version Nov. 19th, 1999

Changing Views on Chacoan Economy, Ritual, and Society 83

1998, 1999a). A consensus is emerging that this diversity indicates a lack of di- rect control in the construction of outliers by the Chaco Canyon community. Even within the southern San Juan Basin, Kantner (1996) shows that community layout was highly varied with differences in the number, size, and relationships of great houses, great kivas, and small kivas. Meyer’s detailed analysis of masonry iden- tified three major syntaxes for the construction of Chacoan walls (Meyer, 1999). Several important conclusions result from his work, including the demonstration that Styles I–IV did not follow in strict chronological order. More importantly, he dismantles the idea that outlier great houses were constructed by the same ma- sons working in the same masonry tradition as those who built great houses in Chaco Canyon. One criticism of his conclusions might be that differences in raw materials could condition the way that stones might be shaped, but his analyses show that there are differences within areas with similar sandstone types. Van Dyke (1999a) also took a technological style approach, but her units of analysis were whole sites, including their layout and incidence of banded masonry, rather than Meyer’s detailed analysis of wall construction. She found striking differences between southern and northern outliers in her sample of 61 great houses in 55 out- lier communities. Her results parallel Meyer’s, and it is clear that great house architecture during the Classic Bonito phase was constructed differently among different subareas of the Chaco region. As Meyer notes (1999, p. 360), the spread of ideas, rather than people, accounts for structural similarities between outliers and between outliers and Chaco Canyon, “assuming functional equivalency.”

ECONOMIC ORGANIZATION

Ever since Anna Shepard (1939) noted that there was an unusually high proportion of nonlocally produced ceramics in Pueblo Bonito assemblages, great attention has been paid to the kinds, proportions, and significance of nonlocal goods in Chaco Canyon. This attention overshadows the production and distribution of local resources and makes Chaco seem like a magnet for nonsubsistence goods, and without the means for either local subsistence or craft production. In fact, canyon residents would have had access to relatively large amounts of runoff that could have been diverted for agricultural production. Agricultural production technology is well documented at Chaco Canyon community through the recording of a variety of agricultural features, including check dams, gridded gardens, ditches, and gates (Vivian, 1991, 1992). This is also true of the closest outliers, often referred to as those in the “Chaco Halo” (Doyelet al., 1984). These sites include the large site of Kin Bineola, with its dams and canals, and the smaller site of Kin Klizhin, with its well-known dam. Nonetheless, reconstructions of subsistence production that combine information on soils, storm patterns, crop types, yearly rainfall have yet to be conducted for the central canyon, much less Chaco’s outlier communities.

There is little question that vast quantities of nonlocally produced materials were brought into Chaco Canyon. Considerable research has been conducted to

P1: GDX/GDB/GVG/GVM

Journal of Archaeological Research [jar] pp381-jare-366028 March 7, 2002 8:37 Style file version Nov. 19th, 1999

84 Mills

determine what items were imported to Chaco and where they were made, including ceramics (Bubemyre and Mills, 1993; Millset al., 1997; Neitzel and Bishop, 1990; Reedet al., 1998; Stoltman, 1999; Toll, 1985, 2001; Toll and McKenna, 1997; Toll et al., 1980; Zede˜no and Mills, 1993), chipped stone (Cameron, 2001), turquoise and other ornaments (Bradley, 1993; Mathien, 1992c, 2001), wood (Cordell and Durand, 2000; Durandet al., 1999; Englishet al., 2001; Hatch, 1994), fauna (Akins, 1984), and even corn (Cordellet al., in press). Several of these material classes appear to have been produced in the same areas at the same time in an embedded or nested pattern that indicates either intensive production by outlier communities, task groups from Chaco, or both. During the Bonito phase, the directionality of these trends in imports appears to have shifted from the southern San Juan Basin, then to the west (especially the Chuskas), and finally to the north.

The procurement of architectural wood has been well studied. An estimated 200,000 or more trees were procured for great house construction in Chaco Canyon (Betancourtet al., 1986). Dean (1992; see also Betancourt and Van Devender, 1981) suggests that when the earliest Chaco great houses were begun, pinyon and juniper trees were present in the area immediately surrounding the canyon to harvest for architectural construction and for pottery firing, and that wood cutting outstripped local resources as early as theA.D. 910s. He proposes that the organizational means of procuring construction timbers from the upland areas that ring the San Juan Basin was a major factor in the amplification of differences between great houses and small sites at Chaco at this time. However, pinyon and juniper may never have been adequate for roofing the large rooms at Chacoan great houses, and longer timbers were required from the outset. Wills’s recent reanalysis of the tree-ring data from Chetro Ketl shows that felling activity was on an annual basis, with probable stockpiling of timbers for large construction units (Wills, 2000). The distances these trees were moved indicate planning and specialized silviculture (Wills, 2000; Windes and Ford, 1996; Windes and McKenna, 2001). Changing patterns of wood species use and tree ages demonstrate that procurement distances increased afterA.D. 1050 and again in the 1100s as wood resources were diminished by cutting activity (Windes and Ford, 1996).

Archaeologists working in the San Juan Basin generally agree that the con- struction wood used in Chaco Canyon came from the uplands that ring the basin. The Chuska Mountains is the favored source of many researchers (Windes and Ford, 1996, p. 305; Windes and McKenna, 2001), although Mt. Taylor and south- ern Colorado are other possible sources. Anecdotal data indicate that there is an expectedly large number of axes in the Chuskan area (Windes and McKenna, 2001). A promising new direction is the trace element analysis of geological formations and contemporary trees in several upland areas (Cordell and Durand, 2000; Durand et al., 1999). Although the original study by Durandet al. (1999) did not include samples from the Chuska Mountains, and used two different labs for the analysis of architectural elements versus the modern tree and bedrock samples, the more

P1: GDX/GDB/GVG/GVM

Journal of Archaeological Research [jar] pp381-jare-366028 March 7, 2002 8:37 Style file version Nov. 19th, 1999

Changing Views on Chacoan Economy, Ritual, and Society 85

recent analysis did include samples from the Chuskas (Cordell and Durand, 2000). Trace element analysis has the potential for definitively identifying procurement locations once larger samples from architectural elements in Chaco Canyon have been included and systematically compared to trees from a wide range of upland areas. Englishet al. (2001) have done just that using 87Sr/86Sr ratios. Their re- sults show that both the Chuskas and Mt. Taylor were sources of Chaco wood and, moreover, that trees from both locations occur in the same rooms built at the same times. This indicates that beams were stockpiled and the multiple communities collaborated in the procurement of wood.

The above temporal patterns for construction wood procurement can also be extended to pottery production. Wood for firing pottery was probably scarce in Chaco Canyon (Millset al., 1997; Stoltman, 1999; Toll, 1985, 1991), and locations of ceramic production may have been chosen near procurement areas for construc- tion wood. During the Bonito Phase, nonlocal ceramics were brought into Chaco in frequencies that vastly outnumbered local production. Toll estimates that by the lateA.D. 1000s, 90% of the gray ware and 50% of the white ware was made outside of Chaco Canyon (Toll, 2001). The best data relate to Chuskan wares because of their easy identification, but other areas also contributed extensively to Chacoan domestic and nondomestic assemblages. These trends, based on temper types, are supported by decreases in pottery production tools within Chaco Canyon sites (Toll and McKenna, 1997). Pinpointing specific locations of production outside of Chaco Canyon is hampered by a number of problems, including the apparent absence of kilns or firing locations. In addition, there are a number of problems related to chemical and petrographic provenance analyses such as the widespread use of sand and sherd tempers, large areas of geochemically similar clay resources, and the use of some tempers (e.g., the famous trachyte temper of the Chuskas) that swamp possible distinctions among clay sources when bulk analyses are used. Alternative techniques of chemical techniques that are not based on bulk analy- ses of samples, combined with petrographic analysis, still hold potential for more fine-grained identifications of production sources.

Increased road construction in the mid-A.D. 1000s, based on their association with great house construction, corresponds both to the shift to younger and more consistently aged trees and to the increased import of ceramics. The use of roads for transporting large quantities of beams seems so logical that the wider use of roads was not questioned until recently. Conversely, formal roads may not have been the only routes along which other goods, and perhaps even beams, were transported across the landscape. Kantner (1997) applied a trend surface analysis and GIS, and unexpectedly found that when he calculated the least-cost paths between communities in the southern San Juan Basin, the paths intersected at the locations of isolated structures and hamlets. He therefore suggested that these architectural features were waystations that were used during intensified exchange in the Lobo Mesa area of the southern San Juan Basin. GIS approaches to the

P1: GDX/GDB/GVG/GVM

Journal of Archaeological Research [jar] pp381-jare-366028 March 7, 2002 8:37 Style file version Nov. 19th, 1999

86 Mills

distribution of features such as small stone circles and isolated hamlets throughout the entire San Juan Basin might also reveal economically useful pathways if the appropriate survey data could be acquired.

An interesting question is the identity and scale of social groups who procured or produced nonlocal materials and brought them to Chaco: whether Chaco Canyon residents, residents of outlier communities, or both. Small work parties could have accomplished tree felling, preparation, and even transport of most architectural elements (Windes and McKenna, 2001). Similarly, ceramic production could have been done within the context of specialized household production, a pattern found in many areas of the Southwest (Hagstrum, 1995, 2001; Mills, 2000b; Mills and Crown, 1995). Because these different tasks may have been highly gendered activi- ties (Hagstrum, 2001; Mills, 2000b), a particular household may have participated in both beam procurement and ceramic production. Snygg and Windes (1998) suggest that larger groups were involved in the procurement of supports for great kiva roofs. Elsewhere, surplus subsistence production is argued to be necessary to support the labor involved in tree procurement (Windes and Ford, 1996). The use of small work parties from Chaco Canyon on a regular basis (Wills, 2000)—at noncritical times in the agricultural cycle—would seem to get around this require- ment. Thus the intensified procurement/production of these “staple” goods can be explained by either task groups traveling to the upland areas and/or by increased production by households in these areas. The same organization of production was probably not present for some other materials, such as turquoise used in or- nament manufacture (Cameron, 2001; Earle, 2001; Mathien, 1997, 2001; Windes, 1992). Instead, these latter items were deposited differently from most ceramics and architectural elements and are better considered in the context of discussions of social identity and social status.

A final consideration in economic organization is exactly what might have gone out of Chaco Canyon in exchange for all of the material that was brought in. It seems unlikely that Chaco was producing subsistence goods in quantities great enough to produce surpluses for exchange throughout the San Juan Basin. Although Earle (2001) has recently suggested that Chaco was fueled by a system of staple finance, he does not imply that these goods were produced at Chaco, but rather, that Chaco controlled intensive agriculture throughout the Chaco region. Again, the question would have to be asked: what would compel communities throughout the San Juan Basin and beyond to bring corn to Chaco? Ceramic production increasingly was based outside of Chaco in the Bonito phase, probably because fuel for firing of ceramics was depleted relatively early in the Bonito phase, as noted above. In addition, there are only a few burials with ceramic tools of production, and few examples of potting clay have been recovered. Turquoise may have been worked by Chacoan artisans and then exchanged to other areas in the Basin, but the total quantity of turquoise ornament production debris in Chacoan sites is not large (Mathien, 2001; Peregrine, 2001). However, if these objects were

P1: GDX/GDB/GVG/GVM

Journal of Archaeological Research [jar] pp381-jare-366028 March 7, 2002 8:37 Style file version Nov. 19th, 1999

Changing Views on Chacoan Economy, Ritual, and Society 87

used in ceremonial contexts, even the small quantities that were produced may have been important, as Mathien (2001) argues. Thus, in the final assessment, it seems likely that the most important things that Chaco Canyon residents produced were relatively intangible, such as ritual knowledge, and the tangible objects used in the performance of those rituals. In addition, if periodic feasts were at the scale that many reconstructions suggest (e.g., Toll, 1985), their labor as cooks and ceremonial hosts may have been more important than the exchange of things (Hagstrum, 2001, pp. 52–53).

SOCIAL ORGANIZATION, IDENTITY, AND STATUS

Intracanyon variation in social organization, including identity and status, have been a part of research on Chaco ever since the contemporaneity of small houses and great houses was established (compare Figs. 5 and 6 for examples of each class). Vivian (1990) proposed that the architectural and locational contrasts of small and great houses began with the migration of households from differ- ent areas of the Southwest, whose varying ethnicities were perpetuated in spatial terms within the canyon. Although few archaeologists agree with Vivianen toto, regional-scale analyses support both a high degree of immigration and variation in social identity in the Pueblo I period that could be foundational inferences for un- derstanding differences in social organization within the canyon (Wilshusen and Ortman, 1999). Windeset al. (2000) discuss residential mobility in the eastern Chaco area that also added to social diversity within the region.

Differences between small and large sites have been approached through space syntax (Bustard, 1996; Cooper, 1995; Van Dyke, 1999b), bioarchaeological and faunal analyses (Akins, 1984, 1986; Akins and Schelberg, 1984), proportions of nonlocal goods (Mills, in press; Phillips, 1996; Toll, 1991, 2001), and absolute differences in the amount discarded (e.g., Toll, 1985). Great houses have propor- tionally more storage space and more restricted access to storage space (Bustard, 1996; Cooper, 1995). In the sites available for comparison, there was greater con- sumption of higher-ranked animal resources, especially deer, at the Pueblo Alto great house (the only great house excavated by the Chaco Project), than at con- temporaneous small sites (Akins, 1984). Within the burial population, individuals from great houses were taller (Akins, 1984). Greater quantities of nonlocal goods, such as turquoise and imported chipped stone, were discarded at great houses (Cameron, 1997, 2001). Burial chambers in Pueblo Bonito contained large num- bers of turquoise beads, but turquoise ornaments were manufactured in both small and large sites within the canyon (Mathien, 2001). Also of note are the caches of over 300 cylinder jars primarily recovered from two rooms within Pueblo Bonito (Toll, 2001). These caches contain unique forms that occur only rarely outside of Chaco Canyon, nearly all from great houses, and are decorated in a similar style

P1: GDX/GDB/GVG/GVM

Journal of Archaeological Research [jar] pp381-jare-366028 March 7, 2002 8:37 Style file version Nov. 19th, 1999

88 Mills

F ig

.5 .

P la

n vi

ew of

th e

P ue

bl o

A lto

gr ea

th ou

se ba

se d

on C

ha co

P ro

je ct

ex ca

va tio

ns .E

ve n

th ou

gh P

ue bl

o A

lto is

th e

on ly

gr ea

t ho

us e

ex ca

va te

d by

th e

C ha

co P

ro je

ct ,

it is

un us

ua li

n be

in g

la rg

el y

on un

us .

(A fte

r W

in de

s, 19

87 a,

F ig

ur e

1. 4)

(N P

S A

rc hi

ve s)

P1: GDX/GDB/GVG/GVM

Journal of Archaeological Research [jar] pp381-jare-366028 March 7, 2002 8:37 Style file version Nov. 19th, 1999

Changing Views on Chacoan Economy, Ritual, and Society 89

Fig. 6. Plan view of the Spadefoot Toad Site (29SJ629) in Marcia’s Rincon. After Windes, 1993a, Figure 1.3) (NPS Archives)

(Neitzel, 1995, p. 407; Toll, 1990, 2001). Toll (2001) refers to these as votive offerings to emphasize how different their discard patterns are when compared to other vessels in the canyon. These analyses all suggest that the activities conducted in great houses were quite different from those in small houses.

The interpretation of variability in the consumption of nonlocal goods be- tween great houses and small sites ranges widely. Both Neitzel (1995) and Phillips (1996, p. 336) assume that nonlocal materials represent high-status or prestige goods. In addition, the terms chiefs and chiefdoms in the archaeological literature are still found to refer to the control over and differential consumption of nonlo- cal goods at Chaco great houses (e.g., Cameron, 2001; Mathien, 2001; Neitzel, 1995). Problems with the use of this typological category discussed earlier in this essay suggest that other models are needed for understanding the differential con- sumption patterns noted here, including different models for what are often called “prestige items” (Saitta, 1999, 2000).

Although prestige-goods economies may indeed be present in some cases, we cannot assume that all social differentiation in past societies is strictly economic or

P1: GDX/GDB/GVG/GVM

Journal of Archaeological Research [jar] pp381-jare-366028 March 7, 2002 8:37 Style file version Nov. 19th, 1999

90 Mills

based on the exchange of nonlocal goods or preciosities. In particular, the model of a prestige-goods economy does not take into account the full spectrum of socially valued materials, especially those that are used in ritual contexts. We might take some cues from models of political organization that incorporate the concept of corporate leadership. In these models, goods are used to promote communal ritual and labor organization, rather than to promote individual prestige (Blantonet al., 1996; Earle, 2001; Feinman, 2000; Mills, 2000b; Peregrine, 2001; Renfrew, 2001; Wilcox, 1999; Wills, 2000). Socially valued goods are used by leaders in communal ritual in ways that are not strictly economic, and these goods are not always made of nonlocal goods.

The special kinds of discard pathways (sensuWalker, 1995, 1998; Walker et al., 2000; Walker and Lucero, 2000) for social valuables can be used to interpret the items discarded as objects of memory or inalienable possessions (Mills, 2000b, 2001; Weiner, 1992), rather than prestige goods used to enhance leadership among hierarchically organized peer polities. Further exploration of the kinds of objects with different discard pathways than that found in normal midden deposits would provide a better idea of what were considered to be social valuables, rather than concentrating exclusively on objects made of long-distance materials. Cylinder jars (Toll, 2001), altar pieces, staffs, dance wands (Vivianet al., 1978), and turquoise (Mathien, 2001) are all likely ritual items with special discard pathways that were used to promote communal identity and leadership (Mills, 2001). Many of these objects were probably used in ritual contexts, highlighting the intersection of ritual and status in ancient Chacoan society, but without having to depend on their definition as prestige goods.

The social context of communal organization at Chaco is currently debated. Many archaeologists have assumed that Chaco had a matrilineal/matrilocal pat- tern similar to ethnographic Western Pueblos. Peregrine (2001) suggests that the pithouse-to-pueblo transition, which is marked at Chaco by the early construction of great houses in the 9th century, was a transition from patrilineal to matrilineal kinship. Ware (2001a) agrees that matrilineal descent groups have a long history in the northern Southwest, but argues elsewhere (Ware, 2001b) that during the Bonito phase there was an erosion of corporately based lineages and that bilateral kin groups emerged—the very kind of social organization found ethnographically among the Eastern Pueblos.

Bioarchaeological analyses add to our understanding of social organization at Chaco. Two different burial populations were demonstrated by Akins (1986), who found that the statistical clusters were correlated with two spatially distinc- tive burial groups in the oldest areas of Pueblo Bonito. Her findings were recently reconfirmed through the analysis of morphological traits, in which one cluster was more closely related to Eastern Pueblo and the other to Western Pueblo sam- ples (Schillaciet al., in press). But, in addition to showing the presence of two different groups, Schillaci and Stojoanowski (2000) used sex-specific phenotypic

P1: GDX/GDB/GVG/GVM

Journal of Archaeological Research [jar] pp381-jare-366028 March 7, 2002 8:37 Style file version Nov. 19th, 1999

Changing Views on Chacoan Economy, Ritual, and Society 91

variation to evaluate postmarital residence patterns. Although the sample sizes are small, their analysis suggests greater variation in the female sample from each cluster, which is counter to a matrilocal residence pattern. Instead, they suggest that Chacoans practiced a bilocal residence pattern more similar to Rio Grande Pueblos. Consistent with Ware (2001b), they challenge the idea that there was a clan-based matrilineal/matrilocal system at Chaco.

These bioarchaeological studies are particularly interesting given that the burials in these groups contain multiple individuals like family crypts. Unfortu- nately, these burial clusters were excavated by Neil Judd and George Pepper in the late 19th and early 20th centuries, and fine-grained contextual data to evaluate the depositional history of the clusters are lacking. Nonetheless, because these same burials were found with greater amounts of nonlocal items and were found in the same older sections of Pueblo Bonito as the caches of cylinder jars, they sug- gest that Chaco residents marked the locations of important corporate groups, and perhaps ritual leaders within the community, during rituals of commemoration.

The intersection of gender and status in Chacoan society has only recently received concerted study. This is largely the result of a single seminar on gen- der throughout the Southwest (Crown, 2000) drawing on a number of sources, including Akins’s important bioarchaeological analysis of the burials from Chaco Canyon (Akin, 1986). Hegmon and coauthors (2000) point out that the contrast between small and great house architecture means that women living in the latter would have had greater prestige than women living in small houses. In her anal- ysis of burial assemblages, however, Neitzel (2000; see also Akins, 1986) argues that Chaco shows evidence of a male-dominated gender hierarchy, but that this is crosscut by the presence of hierarchies in both male and female burials. When analyzed alone, small sites at Chaco show more evidence for a female-dominated hierarchy than do great houses (Neitzel, 2000, p. 160). Neitzel notes the problem of small sample sizes when divided by time period, sex, and/or site type, but that there is an increasing trend for female-dominated hierarchies after ca.A.D. 1030.

Like all aggregated communities, women and men at Chaco might be expected to have had greater nutritional stress than more dispersed communities (Martin, 2000; Szuter, 2000). The overall rate of anemia and the rate of infectious diseases was, however, much lower for burials within the Chaco Canyon sample than those from contemporaneous sites outside of Chaco Canyon (Martin, 2000, p. 287). Within Chaco Canyon, male and female residents of Pueblo Bonito were taller and lived longer than male and female residents of small sites, yet women at Pueblo Bonito had lower fertility rates (Martin, 2000; Nelsonet al., 1994). The presence of large-scale consumption events at Chacoan great houses may have been one of the factors in the overall better health of those buried in Pueblo Bonito.

Production of ceramics by women and turquoise ornaments by men are sug- gested from tools in burials and the contexts of production debris (Hagstrum, 2001; Mills, 2000b). Spielmann (2000) suggests that the procurement of turquoise from

P1: GDX/GDB/GVG/GVM

Journal of Archaeological Research [jar] pp381-jare-366028 March 7, 2002 8:37 Style file version Nov. 19th, 1999

92 Mills

long-distance sources was probably done by men, as was probably the case for procurement of wood used in architectural construction. Although the tasks of fuel and clay gathering may have been shared in the Chuskas, women probably produced most of the ceramics (Mills, 2000b) and engaged in the exchange of these vessels (Spielmann, 2000). The production and exchange of Chuskan ce- ramics may have lent status to these women, especially so if brought to Chaco in the context of ritual pilgrimages and used in feasting events (Lamphere, 2000, p. 396). Gendered ideology at Chaco is reflected in the production and use of stone objects that mostly depict females and occasionally depict males (Hays-Gilpin, 2000). The female images are interpreted as evidence for fertility symbolism.

Male burials have more ritual artifacts than do female burials, suggesting that the males were responsible for ritual practice and women in the preparation of food for these ceremonies (Akins, 1986). Lamphere (2000, p. 396) suggests that this is evidence for increasing differences between small and great house kin groups, and that male ritual specialists resided in great houses, who increased the status of the rest of their families.

RITUAL AND CEREMONIALISM

Although a majority of reconstructions of Chacoan political organization have at their basis ritual leadership, very few of these actually describe how ritual was structured. Some prefer to view Chacoan great houses as ritual rather than residential or political centers (e.g., Stein and Fowler, 1996; Stein and Lekson, 1992). These interpretations rest on new perspectives on great house architectural form and how Chacoan roads may have been used (Vivian, 1997a,b). As noted above, one of the most important changes in the interpretation of Chacoan roads is the recognition that there are many short segments that emanate from the great houses but do not appear to connect to any other discernible site. At least some of these were probably used for ritual, including processions and foot races, or as ritual pathways (Kantner, 1997; Marshall, 1997; Stein and Lekson, 1992; Vivian, 1997b).

Kantner (1997) identifies two models for the ritual use of roads. In the first model, roads are part of a ritual landscape, particularly where these short segments are present and accompanied by other features of the built environment such as berms. Later post-Chacoan roads that connect noncontemporaneous Bonito phase structures have been called “roads through time” (Fowler and Stein, 1992). These roads are viewed as symbolic links to the past within the ritual landscape model. The concept of roads through time was one of the most significant in changing the way Chacoan scholars view roads. It is also one of the most important contributions for understanding the perpetuation of great house architecture after the Bonito phase (see below). Roads through time are combined with interpretations of political power in Van Dyke’s model that sees roads as one of the ways in which leaders maintained hegemonic control using competitive ritual. (Van Dyke, 1999a) They

P1: GDX/GDB/GVG/GVM

Journal of Archaeological Research [jar] pp381-jare-366028 March 7, 2002 8:37 Style file version Nov. 19th, 1999

Changing Views on Chacoan Economy, Ritual, and Society 93

also are seen as part of a “landscape of memory” that includes roads, great houses, and other features (Van Dyke, 2000).

The other model of ritual use of roads is cosmological and applies to the longer segments of roads emanating from Chaco Canyon as well as to the alignments of great houses (e.g., Marshall, 1997; Sofaer, 1997; Sofaeret al., 1989; Steinet al., 1997). The cosmological model used to interpret great house architecture depends on the identification of alignments of building walls that conform to astronomical events, especially those of lunar and solar cycles, and principles of symmetry along the cardinal directions. Some of these orientations should not be surprising for an agrarian society—what is surprising is the extent of these alignments within and outside of the canyon. They appear to include not just the alignment of walls of individual sites to solar events, but also alignments to a complex lunar cycle that would have taken nearly a generation to observe. Anna Sofaer’s Solstice Project has documented that five great houses in Chaco Canyon mark the solar equinox or solstice, and seven other buildings mark major or minor lunar standstills (Sofaer, 1997). Some of the walls that mark alignments date to the earliest phases of great house construction, indicating a long tradition in Chacoan architecture (Steinet al., 1997).

As noted earlier, several non-Southwesternists have recently commented on Chaco and favor its interpretation as a ritual center (Earle, 2001; Renfrew, 2001; Yoffee, 2001). Earle (2001) emphasizes that the economic organization was based on staple finance rather than wealth finance, and that roads and great houses marked the extent of a corporate chiefdom that organized communal ritual. Renfrew (2001, p. 18) calls Chaco “a location of high devotional expression,” and compares Chaco to Neolithic Europe, with its monuments and absence of salient ranking. He draws wider comparisons to pilgrimage centers in other areas, which are often away from population centers and that host periodic gatherings. Yoffee (2001; see also Yoffeeet al., 1999) resists categorizing Chaco in terms of any kind of chiefdom and terms it a “rituality.” These archaeologists tend to see less status and more ritual in the past of Chaco Canyon, probably because of their own previous research in areas with considerably greater sociopolitical complexity, but also because of the scale of communal ritual expressed in Chaco’s monumental ar- chitecture and evidence for feasting in the trash deposits. Like Johnson’s commen- tary over a decade ago (Johnson, 1989), the perspectives of these outsiders looking in provide important comparative viewpoints for Southwestern archaeologists.

Feasting as one expression of ritual activity is now almost universally accepted for Chaco, paralleling renewed interest in this topic in the general archaeological literature (e.g., Dietler and Hayden, 2001; Potter, 2000). The pilgrimage fair model fits well with the interpretation of large-scale feasting at Chaco (e.g., Stoltman, 1999; Toll, 1985). However, as Hayden’s overview indicates (Hayden, 1995), there are many different kinds of feasts: competitive and cooperative, calendrical and critical, and all societies practice some kind of feasting. Most current interpre- tations of Chaco favor a greater emphasis on cooperative rather than competitive

P1: GDX/GDB/GVG/GVM

Journal of Archaeological Research [jar] pp381-jare-366028 March 7, 2002 8:37 Style file version Nov. 19th, 1999

94 Mills

politics and thus, communal feasts over competitive feasts (but see Kantner, 1996). No society is strictly one or the other, but the mix at Chaco seems heavily weighted toward consensual politics and feasting.

What is important to current models for Chaco as a ritual center is the evi- dence for the scale of feasting. Large-scale feasting is based on a number of lines of evidence but none is as important as the rate of trash disposal at Chaco great houses. Toll’s analysis of ceramic discard at Pueblo Alto (Toll, 1985) and Windes’ downsized population figures (Windes, 1984) were instrumental in the construc- tion of the pilgrimage fair model proposed by the Chaco Center. This model is still popular and is supported by the scale of exchange and consumption of nonsubsis- tence goods (e.g., Stoltman, 1999), the scale of the resident population relative to architectural construction (compare Bernardini, 1999, and Wills, 2000), and the kinds of foods consumed in great houses versus small houses (Akins, 1984). Also interesting is that the number of storage rooms is in excess of residential units at Pueblo Bonito (Bernardini, 1999) and probably all other great houses. This sug- gests that storage may have been more centralized in these structures and that the scale of feasting was above that of the total site population itself.

Some cracks in the pilgrimage fair model are beginning to appear. Wills (2001), in particular, questions both the interpretation of seasonal depositional events and the basis of the original calculation of ceramic vessel accumulations that Toll (1985) made for the Pueblo Alto trash mound, both of which are critical for the ritual center model. Like Akins (1984, 1987), he does not view the many, discrete depositional events as necessarily produced on an annual basis nor the amount of fauna consumed to be exceptional in size for the number of households. Wills points out that Toll’s methods for estimating the number of vessel equivalents from sherds depended heavily on accurate estimates of mound volume, but that many of the layers are attenuated. Moreover, he argues that the beginning and end layers are not well dated, making the duration of occupation difficult to estimate, and that many of the layers are composed of construction debris. As Toll (1985, p. 190) himself acknowledged, the accurate estimation of the number of sherds and vessels recovered from the mound trench depends on accurate assessment of what percentage of the mound was excavated. Wills concludes that the accuracy cannot be assessed given the amount that was excavated and that there are too many problems to use the Pueblo Alto mound as the entire basis for the ritual feasting model.

The distribution of great kivas in Chaco outliers does argue for the partici- pation of some outlier communities in Chaco Canyon ritual organization. Those outlier communities closest to Chaco have significantly fewer great kivas (Van Dyke, 1998, 1999a). These communities traditionally have been called part of the “Chaco Halo” (Doyelet al., 1984), because of their density and the fact that many of them have equally high proportions of nonlocal materials as sites in the central canyon itself. The participation of these communities in ritual activities centered

P1: GDX/GDB/GVG/GVM

Journal of Archaeological Research [jar] pp381-jare-366028 March 7, 2002 8:37 Style file version Nov. 19th, 1999

Changing Views on Chacoan Economy, Ritual, and Society 95

in Chaco Canyon might be responsible for both the relatively low number of great kivas as well as their similarly high proportions of imported ceramics and chipped stone.

VIOLENCE

One of the topics currently receiving a great deal of public as well as pro- fessional exposure is that of violence in the Prehispanic Southwest. Conflict at Chaco is no exception. From Douglas Preston’s (1998) article on “Cannibals of the canyon” inThe New Yorkerto Discovering Archaeology’s(May/June 1999) issue on “Cannibals, witches, and wars,” the image of the peaceful Pueblos has taken another pendulum swing, in what Darling (1999a) calls “From Hobbes to Rousseau and back again.” The public seems fascinated with this darker side of life in the ancient Southwest.

Two books (LeBlanc, 1999; Turner and Turner, 1999) are largely responsible for the changing view of the Pueblos as peaceful to one of unconstrained bullies. However, the extent to which Chacoans were involved in violence depends on one’s definition of the Chaco region, evaluation of the formation processes and contexts, and how violence is recognized in the archaeological record. For example, Wilcox and Haas (1994) review evidence for conflict across the Southwest and conclude that there are only a few examples in the Chaco region, including possible palisades where berms are found encircling great houses. LeBlanc (1999) finds that the period betweenA.D. 900 and 1150 shows less evidence for warfare than earlier or later periods. He thus characterizes this period throughout the Colorado Plateau as “Pax Chaco” (after Lekson, 1992) but “with a twist” because some indicators for violence are still present. For example, some Chacoan communities are in defensible locations and have direct evidence of conflict from human remains that were thrown into rooms (LeBlanc, 1999, pp. 153–186). Burned structures also are present during this period, but clearly not as much as in earlier or later periods.

The work of Turner and Turner (1999) most explicitly addresses Chaco. Bet- ter known for its discussion of sites with a particular pattern of violence that they attribute to cannibalism, including several sites in Chaco Canyon, the heart of their argument is the origin of such violent behavior. They suggest that this pattern is the same as one seen in Mesoamerica and that its origins in the Southwest can be attributed to direct contact and colonization by Toltec “thugs” after the fall of Tula. The presence of at least one individual from Chaco with filed teeth is used to sup- port the inference that Mesoamericans imposed themselves on Chaco and incited violence. The topic of Mesoamerican contacts with Chaco have all but disappeared from the literature (but see Lekson, 1999a), and the Turners’ argument grasps at a meager straw. The filed tooth may be the result of fused teeth and for cosmetic pur- poses only (Gwinn Vivian, personal communication, 2001). Moreover, the Turners uncritically evaluate the contextual evidence for putatively cannibalized remains

P1: GDX/GDB/GVG/GVM

Journal of Archaeological Research [jar] pp381-jare-366028 March 7, 2002 8:37 Style file version Nov. 19th, 1999

96 Mills

and apply overly long time range assignments. The Chaco contexts postdate the Bonito phase and are from remodeled rooms with occupation in theA.D. 1100s and 1200s. Bustard (2000) reevaluated the contexts that the Turners’ data were based on and found that most were post-A.D. 1150 and, therefore, post-Chacoan and, moreover, that most of the cases of cannibalism were in the Mesa Verde area and not Chacoan at all. Even if they were in the Chaco area, the connection with Toltec thugs wandering into the Southwest at the fall of Tula is spurious because Tula did not fall until ca.A.D. 1200, again postdating the Bonito phase by at least several generations.

Several archaeologists provide alternative explanations for unusual treat- ments of human remains throughout the Southwest, including mutilation associ- ated with conflict (Bullock, 1991, 1992, 1998), witchcraft (Darling, 1999b; Walker, 1998), ritual violence (Walker, 1995), and gender-based slavery or violence against women (Martin, 1997; Martinet al., in press). It is clear that multiple processes were at work, including at least two cases of cannibalism in the early to mid-1100s in the general Four Corners area (Billmanet al., 2000; Marlaret al., 2000; White, 1992). Other archaeologists studying Chaco and surrounding areas in the Four Corners region recognize that violence was a force to contend with, but do not see it as extensive as the Turners and others make it out to be, nor consistently expressed through cannibalistic behavior (Dongoskeet al., 2000).

Wilcox’s model of violence (1993, 1999) argues for small standing armies that moved across the landscape using Chacoan roads. These upholders of the Chaco order were housed in rooms like those found at Pueblo Alto that open to the exterior, rather than the interior plaza spaces. LeBlanc (1999, p. 183) calls this model the “central hegemony model” and adds to it the idea that elites used terrorism to expand their territory and quell uprisings. According to LeBlanc, if resistance was met, whole communities would have been threatened with death and unceremonious consumption. The latter idea is based on LeBlanc’s uncritical acceptance of the Turners’ data (Turner and Turner, 1995, 1999)—despite his own evaluation that there is little evidence for outright violence during the period betweenA.D. 900 and 1150.

In summary, it is certain that violence took place in some areas of the South- west, that this violence often took the form of bodily mutilation and occasionally consumption, and that there was a high degree of variation in the kind and ex- pression of these violent behaviors. What is particularly interesting is that for a short while during the Bonito phase there was adecreasein the extent of violence that again picked up during the harsh environmental deterioration of the early to mid-12th century (LeBlanc, 1999). How this decrease is interpreted and the extent of cannibalistic behavior in the 1100s will be a subject of continued debate in the next decade or longer. Further contextual analyses are badly needed to understand the timing, regional extent, and kinds of violence that were present in the northern Southwest before, during, and after the Bonito phase.

P1: GDX/GDB/GVG/GVM

Journal of Archaeological Research [jar] pp381-jare-366028 March 7, 2002 8:37 Style file version Nov. 19th, 1999

Changing Views on Chacoan Economy, Ritual, and Society 97

THE POST-CHACOAN REORGANIZATION

Today, Southwestern archaeologists are more apt to call the end of occupa- tion of a particular area a reorganization or a migration, rather than a “collapse” (Cameron, 1995; Nelson, 1999, 2000; Spielmann, 1998). The reorganization of the Chaco system occurred in the mid-to-late 1100s, and new construction at great houses within the canyon ceased afterA.D. 1130 (Roney, 1996, p. 156). Several Chaco researchers attribute at least some of these changes to a period of prolonged drought that affected a large area of the San Juan Basin (Cordell, 1996, p. 228; Dean, 1992; Deanet al., 1994; Roney, 1996, p. 157; Sebastian, 1992a,b).

Chaco Canyon continued to be used by Ancestral Pueblo people after the late A.D. 1100s, but the nature and extent of this occupation are debated. Thirteenth- century ceramics are present at several sites in the canyon (Roney, 1996, pp. 156– 157). However, Wilcox’s interpretation of lateA.D. 1100s ceramics at Pueblo Bonito as evidence that “the Chaco polity continued to be a major player until at least the beginning of the thirteenth century” (Wilcox, 1996a, p. 247) overstates the degree of Chacoan centralization and hegemony and understates the scale of reorganization. The depositional contexts of late ceramics need to be looked at more closely to ascertain whether they were the result of small-scale reoccupation on a limited basis or a small remnant population.

One of the most important shifts in thinking about what happened to Chaco is based on the recognition of great house communities of theA.D. 1150–1250 period that retain many aspects of Chacoan community organization, but are distinctively different from earlier Chaco communities (Fowler and Stein, 1992; Fowleret al., 1987; Kintighet al., 1996; Stein and Fowler, 1996). Some of these post-Chacoan communities have more road segments than some Chacoan communities, great kivas that are unroofed rather than roofed, encircling walls rather than earthen berms, and are larger than many of the Chacoan era (Stein and Fowler, 1996, pp. 116–117). Post-Chacoan communities show clear continuities with earlier great house communities, especially when located close to Bonito phase structures and connected by short segments of Chacoan roads that Stein and Fowler call “roads through time” (Fig. 7). Some archaeologists prefer to emphasize continuity rather than change during this reorganization (Durand and Durand, 2000). Continuity in great house occupation after the mid-1100s occurred in many parts of the Chaco world (Lekson and Cameron, 1995). Partly because of the greater distance involved, Kintigh and his colleagues (1996) attribute the similarities in the use of Cibola area great houses and unroofed great kivas in the late 12th through 13th centuries to a process of ritual revitalization in the service of local political processes. Yet there is no question that these later great houses represent a major reorganization of Chaco society, ritual, economy, and politics.

One of the settlements with extensive post-Chacoan occupation is the Aztec community, located approximately 80 km north of Chaco Canyon. Although an

P1: GDX/GDB/GVG/GVM

Journal of Archaeological Research [jar] pp381-jare-366028 March 7, 2002 8:37 Style file version Nov. 19th, 1999

98 Mills

Fig. 7. Plan of Kin Hoco’I (Bonito Phase) and Ats’ee Nitsaa (Post-Bonito phase) components connected by a constructed road or “road through time” (After Fowler and Stein, 1992, Figure 9–11. Reproduced with the permission of The Maxwell Museum of Anthropology, University of New Mexico.)

P1: GDX/GDB/GVG/GVM

Journal of Archaeological Research [jar] pp381-jare-366028 March 7, 2002 8:37 Style file version Nov. 19th, 1999

Changing Views on Chacoan Economy, Ritual, and Society 99

earlier, Chaco period occupation is present at this community, the size and extent of the post-Chacoan occupation has only been recently appreciated, and it is clearly different from the Bonito phase occupation (McKenna and Stein, 1989; McKenna and Toll, 1992; Stein and Fowler, 1996). Lekson (1999a) has proposed an innova- tive idea that links Chaco, the post-Chacoan occupation of the Aztec community, and the still later site of Paquim´e in the Casas Grandes (Mexico) area. His sweep- ing “Chaco Meridian” theory is based on the idea that the political center of the Ancestral Pueblo world shifted from Chaco to Aztec in the late 1100s and again in the 1200s to Paquim´e. Lekson extrapolates a road connecting Aztec with Chaco, but even more significant to Lekson is that Aztec, Chaco, and Paquim´e are three points along a perfect straight line or meridian. Chaco and Paquim´e have a few architectural similarities such as bed platforms, stone disks, and so-called colon- nades; stone disks also are present at Aztec. Although there is clearly a historical connection between Chaco Canyon and Aztec, Lekson argues that after Aztec, the political capital of the Puebloan world became Paquim´e, with Puebloan people following a straight course across 630 km of rugged Southwestern landscape to found their new capital. He goes to great lengths to show that the alignment of these three sequential political centers has an extremely low probability of occur- ring by chance. Phillip Tuwaletstiwa (2000), a geodisist, agrees that it would have been possible for Chacoans to set such a course and to follow it with a low degree of error by sighting the sun at noon each clear day and adjusting the pathway accordingly.

Lekson’s reconstruction depends on several assumptions, especially the in- terpretation of all three political centers as more politically centralized than most archaeologists would grant. David Phillips’ (2000) point-by-point critique of the Chaco meridian theory includes evidence that (1) Aztec is actually 3.7 km west of the Chaco Meridian, (2) the Great North Road does not extend fully nor straight towards Aztec, (3) provisioning the migrants from Aztec to Paquim´e would have been impossible given the duration of the trip that Lekson specifies, and (4) that the Medio period at Paquim´e probably began well before a post-A.D. 1200s migration from Aztec Ruins. In addition, the requisite technological style continuities that underlie most inferences of migration currently used in the Southwest are absent from Lekson’s argument. Finally, as Vivian (in press) points out, Lekson’s theory is in need of stronger methodological linkages.

Other migration pathways out of Chaco Canyon have not been well investi- gated. Lekson and Cameron (1995) use Pueblo oral history to point out that several contemporary Pueblo groups, including Hopi, Zuni, and Acoma, have names for Chaco. They additionally suggest that “White House,” prominent in many of the migration stories of the Rio Grande Pueblos, refers to Pueblo Bonito. Even more convincing is Schillaciet al.’s reanalysis of cranial metric variability (Schillaci et al., in press) that shows that of Akins’ two population groups at Pueblo Bonito (Akin, 1986), one is more similar to Hopi and Zuni site samples while the other group clusters with Eastern Pueblo samples (especially northern Rio Grande).

P1: GDX/GDB/GVG/GVM

Journal of Archaeological Research [jar] pp381-jare-366028 March 7, 2002 8:37 Style file version Nov. 19th, 1999

100 Mills

Today, the identification of migration pathways out of Chaco has an added politi- cal importance. It will help identify culturally affiliated tribes who will determine the disposition of materials excavated from Chaco sites, as mandated by the Native American Graves Protection and Repatriation Act of 1990. As Naranjo (1995) and others pursuing migration research in the Southwest have noted (e.g., Cameron, 1995; Duff, 1998; Herr and Clark, 1997; Nelson, 1999; Wilshusen and Ortman, 1999), mobility was a constant process in the Prehispanic and Colonial periods of the Southwest. The movement of populations at all social scales, from individual to community, and at various spatial scales can be regarded as a given. Understand- ing the specific migration pathways will give archaeologists and Native Americans even more reason for intensive consultation and consideration in the coming years.

CONCLUSIONS

At the beginning of this essay I made several statements about Chaco to under- score seemingly contradictory archaeological patterns. With new theories and new methods, these patterns can now be approached in ways that could not have been envisioned a decade or more ago. Nonetheless, as several researchers have pointed out, archaeologists interested in Chaco are working mostly with the same field data and collections that have been available for the past 20 years. The changes can be attributed to several factors, including increased work outside of Chaco Canyon and reevaluations of existing collections, data, and models using new intellectual frameworks. Within these frameworks, it is not implausible for Ancestral Pueblo people to have constructed immense, planned structures incorporating large labor pools; for some individuals and families to have greater access to subsistence and nonsubsistence resources; or for community organization to be replicated across a vast landscape without evidence of political hegemony or political centralization.

The apparent intensification in outlier construction during the 11th century produced a more complicated—and more complex—Chacoan society, with multi- ple webs of social, economic, and ritual interrelationships. It also became, at least for a time, a paradigm for community organization across the landscape of the San Juan Basin as other communities replicated some of the social and ritual or- ganization seen in Chaco Canyon. Regional boundedness and integration changed through time at Chaco, as it does in all regional systems (Kowalewskiet al., 1983), and an understanding of the relationships between the Chaco Canyon community, communities in its “halo,” and more distant communities within the Chaco region is still much needed. How different groups established and maintained great houses at Chaco and across the Chacoan region will continue to be one of the areas for future research. Chaco Canyon was not politically, economically, or socially au- tonomous from the surrounding region, but how these connections were structured will need to be explored using models that do not assume centralization of all of these dimensions by Chaco Canyon residents.

P1: GDX/GDB/GVG/GVM

Journal of Archaeological Research [jar] pp381-jare-366028 March 7, 2002 8:37 Style file version Nov. 19th, 1999

Changing Views on Chacoan Economy, Ritual, and Society 101

What is particularly interesting in the new interpretations is that they have allowed new lines of research to be pursued. The idea of ritual landscapes, pil- grimages, roads through time, and landscapes of memory might once have seemed difficult to pursue—in any area. Yet these are at the very cusp of new research on Chaco. New research that looks at social identity, leadership, status, and ritual or- ganization is just beginning. In particular, the model of Chaco as a ritual center will require more definition and critical evaluation. Debates now center on the sources of power that leaders drew upon, whether ritual or social (orboth), how families maintained their authority, and whether they were communally or competitively structured. These debates are not unique to research on Chaco, but Chaco provides an excellent case study to test these theories in the future.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

Producing an overview of any region that has been worked on as extensively as Chaco means depending on a number of colleagues for their input and advice. Many, many thanks to Cathy Cameron, Linda Cordell, John Kantner, Stephen Lekson, Daniel Meyer, Paul Reed, Michael Schillaci, Philip Tuwaletstiwa, Ruth Van Dyke, Gwinn Vivian, John Ware, Chip Wills, Tom Windes, and Norman Yoffee for generously providing copies of works in press or just plain hard to get. I am particularly indebted to the many individuals, including four JAR reviewers, who provided invaluable comments on an earlier version of this manuscript: Linda Cordell, T. J. Ferguson, Stephen Lekson, Michael Schiffer, Lynne Sebastian, Philip Tuwaletstiwa, Ruth Van Dyke, Gwinn Vivian, David Wilcox, Chip Wills, and Tom Windes. JAR coeditor Gary Feinman provided excellent comments and editorial direction, and I thank him for providing me with a daunting, yet stimulating, assignment.

REFERENCES CITED

Adler, M. (1996). Fathoming the scale of Anasazi communities. In Fish, P. R., and Reid, J. J. (eds.), Interpreting Southwestern Diversity: Underlying Principles and Overarching Patterns, Anthro- pological Research Papers, No. 48, Arizona State University, Tempe, pp. 97–105.

Akins, N. J. (1984). Temporal variability in faunal assemblages from Chaco Canyon. In Judge, W. J., and Schelberg, J. D. (eds.),Recent Research on Chaco Prehistory, Reports of the Chaco Center 8, National Park Service, Santa Fe, pp. 225–235.

Akins, N. J. (1986).A Biocultural Approach to Human Burials From Chaco Canyon, New Mexico, Reports of the Chaco Center 9, National Park Service, Santa Fe.

Akins, N. J. (1987). Faunal remains from Pueblo Alto. In Mathien, F. J., and Windes, T. C. (eds.),Inves- tigations at the Pueblo Alto Complex, Chaco Canyon, Vol. III, Part 2, Publications in Archaeology 18F, National Park Service, Santa Fe, pp. 445–650.

Akins, N. J., and Schelberg, J. D. (1984). Evidence for organizational complexity as seen from the mortuary practices at Chaco Canyon. In Judge, W. J., and Schelberg, J. D. (eds.),Recent Research on Chaco Prehistory, Reports of the Chaco Center 8, National Park Service, Santa Fe, pp. 89–102.

P1: GDX/GDB/GVG/GVM

Journal of Archaeological Research [jar] pp381-jare-366028 March 7, 2002 8:37 Style file version Nov. 19th, 1999

102 Mills

Berlin, G. L., Ferguson, T. J., and Hart, E. R. (1993). Photointerpretation of Native American trails in the Zuni Salt Lake region of New Mexico and Arizona. In Hart, E. R., and Ferguson, T. J. (eds.), Traditional Cultural Properties of Four Tribes: The Fence Lake Mine Project, Prepared for the Salt River Project by the Institute of the North American West, Ms. on file, Salt River Project, Phoenix, pp. 1–103.

Bernardini, W. (1999). Reassessing the scale of social action at Pueblo Bonito, Chaco Canyon, New Mexico.Kiva 64: 447–470.

Betancourt, J. L., Dean, J. S., and Hull, H. M. (1986). Prehistoric long-distance transport of construction beams, Chaco Canyon, New Mexico.American Antiquity51: 370–375.

Betancourt, J. L., and Van Devender, T. R. (1981). Holocene vegetation in Chaco Canyon, New Mexico. Science214: 658.

Billman, B. R., Lambert, P. M., and Leonard, B. L. (2000). Cannibalism, warfare, and drought in the Mesa Verde region during the twelfth century A.D.American Antiquity65: 145–178.

Billman, B., and Rupp´e, P. (1996).Phase I and II Data Recovery at Four Sites Near the Sanders Rural Community High School, Sanders, Arizona, Zuni Cultural Resource Enterprise Report 442, Pueblo of Zuni.

Blanton, R. E. (1998). Beyond centralization: Steps toward a theory of egalitarian behavior in archaic states. In Feinman, G. M., and Marcus, J. (eds.),Archaic States, School of American Research, Santa Fe, pp. 135–177.

Blanton, R. E, Feinman, G. M., Kowalewski, S. A., and Peregrine, P. N. (1996). A dual-processual theory for the evolution of Mesoamerican civilization.Current Anthropology37: 1–14.

Bradley, R. J. (1993). Marine shell exchange in Northwest Mexico and the Southwest. In Ericson, J. E., and Baugh, T. G. (eds.),The American Southwest and Mesoamerica: Systems of Prehistoric Exchange, Plenum Press, New York, pp. 121–152.

Brandt, E. A. (1994). Egalitarianism, hierarchy, and centralization in the Pueblos. In Wills, W. H., and Leonard, R. D. (eds.),The Ancient Southwestern Community: Models and Methods for the Study of Prehistoric Social Organization, University of New Mexico Press, Albuquerque, pp. 9–23.

Bryan, K. (1954).The Geology of Chaco Canyon, New Mexico, in Relation to the Life and Remains of the Prehistoric Peoples of Pueblo Bonito, Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections 122, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, DC.

Bubemyre, T., and Mills, B. J. (1993). Clay oxidation analysis. In Mills, B. J., Goetze, C. E., and Zedeño, M. N., Across the Colorado Plateau: Anthropological Studies for the Transwestern Pipeline Expansion Project, Vol. XVI, Office of Contract Archeology and Maxwell Museum of Anthropology, University of New Mexico, Albuquerque, pp. 235–277.

Bullock, P. Y. (1991). A reappraisal of Anasazi cannibalism.Kiva 57: 5–16. Bullock, P. Y. (1992). A return to the question of cannibalism.Kiva 58: 203–206. Bullock, P. Y. (1998). Does the reality of Anasazi violence prove the myth of Anasazi cannibalism? In

Bullock, P. Y. (ed),Deciphering Anasazi Violence, With Regional Comparisons to Mesoamerican and Woodland Cultures, HRM Books, Santa Fe, pp. 35–51.

Bustard, W. (1996).Space as Place: Small and Great House Spatial Organization in Chaco Canyon, New Mexico, A.D. 1000–1150, PhD Dissertation, Department of Anthropology, University of New Mexico, Albuquerque.

Bustard, W. (2000). Chaco at the new millennium: Nasty and brutish? Paper presented at the65th Annual Meeting of the Society for American Archaeology, Philadelphia.

Cameron, C. M. (1995). Migration and the movement of Southwestern peoples.Journal of Anthropo- logical Archaeology14: 104–124.

Cameron, C. M. (1997). The chipped stone of Chaco Canyon. In Mathien, F. J. (ed.),Ceramics, Lithics, and Ornaments of Chaco Canyon, Vol. II, Publications in Archaeology 18G, Chaco Canyon Studies, National Park Service, Santa Fe, pp. 531–658.

Cameron, C. M. (2001). Pink chert, projectile points, and the Chacoan regional system.American Antiquity66: 79–101 .

Cameron, C. M., and Toll, H. W. (2000). Organization of production.Archaeology Southwest14: 8–9.

Cameron, C. M., and Toll, H. W. (2001). Deciphering the organization of production in Chaco Canyon. American Antiquity66: 5–13.

P1: GDX/GDB/GVG/GVM

Journal of Archaeological Research [jar] pp381-jare-366028 March 7, 2002 8:37 Style file version Nov. 19th, 1999

Changing Views on Chacoan Economy, Ritual, and Society 103

Cooper, L. M. (1995).Space Syntax Analysis of Chacoan Great Houses, PhD Dissertation, Department of Anthropology, University of Arizona, Tucson.

Cordell, L. S. (1996). Big sites, big questions: Pueblos in transition. In Adler, M. A. (ed.),The Prehistoric Pueblo World A.D. 1150–1350, University of Arizona Press, Tucson, pp. 228–240.

Cordell, L. S., and Durand, S. R. (2000). Better living through chemistry in Pueblo archaeology. Paper presented at the65th Annual Meeting of the Society for American Archaeology, Philadelphia.

Cordell, L. S., Durand, S. R., Antweiler, R. C., and Taylor, H. E. (in press). Toward linking maize chemistry to archaeological agricultural sites in the North American Southwest.Journal of Archaeological Science.

Cordell, L. S., and Judge, W. J. (2000). Society and polity.Archaeology Southwest14(1): 18–19. Cordell, L. S., and Judge, W. J. (2001). Perspectives on Chaco society and polity. In Cordell, L. S.,

Judge, W. J., and Piper, J. (eds.),Chaco Society and Polity: Papers From the 1999 Conference, Special Publication, No. 4, New Mexico Archaeological Society, Albuquerque, pp. 1–12.

Cordell, L. S., Judge, W. J., and Piper, J. (eds.). (2001).Chaco Society and Polity: Papers From the 1999 Conference, Special Publication, No. 4, New Mexico Archaeological Society, Albuquerque.

Crown, P. L. (ed.). (2000).Women and Men in the Prehispanic Southwest: Labor, Power, and Prestige, School of American Research Press, Santa Fe.

Crown, P. L., and Judge, W. J. (eds.). (1991).Chaco & Hohokam: Prehistoric Regional Systems in the American Southwest, School of American Research Press, Santa Fe.

Damp, J. E. (1999).Chuska Chronologies, Houses, and Hogans: Archaeological and Ethnographic Inquiry along N30–N31 between Mexican Springs and Navajo, McKinley County, New Mexico, Vols. I–IV, Zuni Cultural Resource Enterprise Report 466, Research Series 10, Pueblo of Zuni.

Darling, J. A. (1999a). From Hobbes to Rousseau and back again.Science285: 537–536. Darling, J. A. (1999b). Mass inhumation and the execution of witches in the American Southwest.

American Anthropologist100: 732–752. Dean, J. S. (1992). Environmental factors in the evolution of the Chacoan sociopolitical system.

In Doyel, D. E. (ed.),Anasazi Regional Organization and the Chaco System, Anthropological Papers, No. 5, Maxwell Museum of Anthropology, University of New Mexico, Albuquerque, pp. 35–43.

Dean, J. S. (1996). Kayenta Anasazi settlement transformations in northeastern Arizona, A.D. 1150 to 1350. In Adler, M. A. (ed.),The Prehistoric Pueblo World A.D. 1150–1350, University of Arizona Press, Tucson, pp. 29–47.

Dean, J. S., Doelle, W. H., and Orcutt, J. D. (1994). Adaptive stress, environment, and demography. In Gumerman, G. J. (ed.),Themes in Southwest Prehistory, School of American Research Press, Santa Fe, pp. 53–86.

Dean, J. S., and Warren, R. L. (1983). Dendrochronology. In Lekson, S. H. (ed.),The Architecture and Dendrochronology of Chetro Ketl, Reports of the Chaco Center 6, Division of Cultural Research, National Park Service, U.S. Department of the Interior, Albuquerque, pp. 105–240.

Dietler, M., and Hayden, B. (eds.). (2001).Feasts: Archaeological and Ethnographic Perspectives on Food, Politics, and Power, Smithsonian Institution Press, Washington, DC.

Dongoske, K. E., Martin, D. L., and Ferguson, T. J. (2000). Critique of the claim of cannibalism at Cowboy Wash.American Antiquity65: 179–190.

Doyel, D. E. (ed.). (1992a).Anasazi Regional Organization and the Chaco System, Anthropological Papers, No. 5, Maxwell Museum of Anthropology, University of New Mexico, Albuquerque.

Doyel, D. E., Breternitz, C. D., and Marshall, M. P. (1984). Chacoan community structure, Bis sa’ani Pueblo and the Chaco Halo. In Judge, W. J., and Shelberg, J. D. (eds.),Recent Research on Chaco Prehistory, Reports of the Chaco Center 8, Division of Cultural Research, National Park Service, Albuquerque, pp. 37–54.

Doyel, D. E., and Eighmy, J. L. (1994). Archaeomagnetic dating and the Bonito phase chronology. Journal of Archaeological Science21: 651–658.

Doyel, D. E., and Lekson, S. H. (1992). Regional organization in the American Southwest. In Doyel, D. E., (ed.),Anasazi Regional Organization and the Chaco System, Anthropological Papers, No. 5, Maxwell Museum of Anthropology, University of New Mexico, Albuquerque, pp. 15– 22.

Drennan, R. D. (1984). Long-distance transport cost in Pre-Hispanic Mesoamerica.American Anthro- pologist86: 105–112.

P1: GDX/GDB/GVG/GVM

Journal of Archaeological Research [jar] pp381-jare-366028 March 7, 2002 8:37 Style file version Nov. 19th, 1999

104 Mills

Drennan, R. D. (1999). Analytical scales, building blocks, and comparisons. In Neitzel, J. E. (ed.),Great Towns and Regional Polities in the Prehistoric American Southwest and Southeast, University of New Mexico Press, Albuquerque, pp. 255–259.

Duff, A. I. (1998). The process of migration in the late prehistoric Southwest. In Spielmann, K. A. (ed.), Migration and Reorganization: The Pueblo IV Period in the American Southwest, Anthropological Research Papers, No. 51, Arizona State University, Tempe, pp. 31–52.

Durand, S. R. (1992).Architectural Change and Chaco Prehistory, PhD Dissertation, Department of Anthropology, University of Washington, Seattle.

Durand, S. R., and Durand, K. R. (2000). Notes from the edge: Settlement pattern changes at the Guadelupe Community. In Kantner, J., and Mahoney, N. M. (eds.),Great House Communities Across the Chacoan Landscape, Anthropological Papers of the University of Arizona, No. 64, University of Arizona Press, Tucson, pp. 101–109.

Durand, S. R., Shelley, P. H., Antweiler, R. C., and Taylor, H. E. (1999). Trees, chemistry, and prehistory in the American Southwest.Journal of Archaeological Science26: 185–203.

Earle, T. (2001). Economic support of Chaco Canyon society.American Antiquity66: 26–46. Eggan, F. (1991). Review ofThe Sociopolitical Structure of Prehistoric Southwestern Societies(edited

by S. Upham, K. G. Lightfoot, and R. A. Jewett).Ethnohistory38: 106–108. Elliott, M. (1995).Great Excavations: Tales of Early Southwestern Archaeology, 1888–1939, School

of American Research Press, Santa Fe. English, N. M., Betancourt, J. L., Dean, J. S., and Quade, J. (2001). Strontium isotopes reveal distant

sources of architectural timber in Chaco Canyon, New Mexico.Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences98: 11891–11896.

Feinman, G. M. (1992). An outside perspective on Chaco Canyon. In Doyel, D. E. (ed.),Anasazi Regional Organization and the Chaco System, Anthropological Papers, No. 5, Maxwell Museum of Anthropology, University of New Mexico, Albuquerque, pp. 177–182.

Feinman, G. M. (1995). The emergence of inequality. In Price, T. D., and Feinman, G. M. (eds.), Foundations of Social Inequality, Plenum, New York, pp. 255–279.

Feinman, G. M. (2000). Dual-processual theory and social formations in the Southwest. In Mills, B. J. (ed.),Alternative Leadership Strategies in the Prehispanic Southwest, University of Arizona Press, Tucson, pp. 207–224.

Feinman, G. M., Lightfoot, K. G., and Upham, S. (2000). Political hierarchies and organizational strategies in the Puebloan Southwest.American Antiquity65: 449–470.

Feinman, G. M., and Neitzel, J. (1984). Too many types: An overview of sedentary prestate societies in the Americas.Advances in Archaeological Method and Theory7: 39–102.

Fletcher, T. F. (ed.). (1994).Archaeological Data Recovery Excavations at the Sanders Great House and Six Other Sites along US Highway 191 South of Sanders, Apache County, Arizona, Zuni Archaeology Program Report 471, Research Series 9, Pueblo of Zuni.

Force, E. R., Vivian, R. G., Windes, T. C., and Dean, J. S. (2002).The relation of “Bonito” Paleo- channels and base-level variations to Anasazi, occupation in Chaco Canyon, New Mexico, Ar- chaeological Series No. 194, Arizona State Museum, University of Arizona, Tucson.

Fowler, A. P., and Stein, J. R. (1992). The Anasazi great house in space, time, and paradigm. In Doyel, D. E. (ed.),Anasazi Regional Organization and the Chaco System, Anthropological Papers, No. 5, Maxwell Museum of Anthropology, University of New Mexico, Albuquerque, pp. 102–122.

Fowler, A. P., Stein, J. R., and Anyon, R. (eds.). (1987). An archaeological reconnaissance of west- central New Mexico: The Anasazi monuments project, Report prepared for the New Mexico State Historic Preservation Division, Santa Fe.

Fowler, D. D. (1999). Harvard vs. Hewett: The contest for control of Southwestern archaeology, 1904–1930. In Kehoe, A. B., and Emmerichs, M. B. (eds.),Assembling the Past: Studies in the Professionalization of Archaeology, University of New Mexico Press, Albuquerque, pp. 165–211.

Fowler, D. D. (2000).A Laboratory for Anthropology: Science and Romanticism in the American Southwest, 1846–1930, University of New Mexico Press, Albuquerque.

Gabriel, K. (1992).Marietta Wetherill: Life With the Navajos in Chaco Canyon, Johnson Books, Boulder, CO. Reprinted, 1997, University of New Mexico Press, Albuquerque.

Gillespie, W. B. (1985). Holocene climate and environment of Chaco Canyon. In Mathien, F. J. (ed.), Environment and Subsistence of Chaco Canyon, Publications in Archeology 18E, Chaco Canyon Studies, National Park Service, Albuquerque, pp. 13–45.

P1: GDX/GDB/GVG/GVM

Journal of Archaeological Research [jar] pp381-jare-366028 March 7, 2002 8:37 Style file version Nov. 19th, 1999

Changing Views on Chacoan Economy, Ritual, and Society 105

Gilpin, D., and Purcell, D. E. (2000). Peach Springs revisited: Surface recording and excavation on the south Chaco Slope, New Mexico. In Kantner, J., and Mahoney, N. M. (eds.),Great House Communities Across the Chacoan Landscape, Anthropological Papers of the University of Arizona, No. 64, University of Arizona Press, Tucson, pp. 28–38.

Goetze, C. E., and Mills, B. J. (1993). Ceramic chronometry. In Mills, B. J., Goetze, C. E., and Zede˜no, M. N. (eds.),Across the Colorado Plateau: Anthropological Studies for the Transwestern Pipeline Expansion Project, Interpretation of Ceramic Artifacts, Vol. XVI, Office of Contract Archeology and Maxwell Museum of Anthropology, University of New Mexico, Albuquerque, pp. 87–150.

Hagstrum, M. B. (1995). Creativity and craft: Household pottery traditions in the Southwest. In Mills, B. J., and Crown, P. L. (eds.),Ceramic Production in the American Southwest, University of Arizona Press, Tucson, pp. 281–299.

Hagstrum, M. (2001). Household production in Chaco Canyon society. American Antiquity66: 47–55. Hart, E. R., and Othole, A. L. (1993). The Zuni Salt Lake area: Potential impacts to Zuni traditional

cultural properties by the proposed Fence Lake Mine. In Hart, E. R., and Ferguson, T. J. (eds.), Traditional Cultural Properties of Four Tribes: The Fence Lake Mine Project, prepared for the Salt River Project by the Institute of the North American West, Ms. on file, Salt River Project, Phoenix, pp. 1–185.

Hatch, S. K. (1994).A Wood Sourcing Study at the Chimney Rock Archaeological Area, Southwest Colorado, MA Thesis, Department of Anthropology, Northern Arizona University, Flagstaff.

Hayden, B. (1995). Pathways to power: Principles for creating socioeconomic inequalities. In Price, T. D., and Feinman, G. M. (eds.),Foundations of Social Inequality, Plenum, New York, pp. 15–86.

Hayes, A. C., Brugge, D. M., and Judge, W. J. (1981).Archaeological Surveys of Chaco Canyon, New Mexico, Publications in Archeology 18A, Chaco Canyon Studies, National Park Service, Washington, DC.

Hays-Gilpin, K. (2000). Gender ideology and ritual activities. In Crown, P. L. (ed.),Women and Men in the Prehispanic Southwest: Labor, Power, and Prestige, School of American Research Press, Santa Fe, pp. 91–135.

Hegmon, M., Ortman, S. G., and Mobley-Tanaka, J. L. (2000). Women, men, and the organization of space. In Crown, P. L. (ed.),Women and Men in the Prehispanic Southwest: Labor, Power, and Prestige, School of American Research Press, Santa Fe, pp. 43–90.

Herr, S. A. (1999).The Organization of Migrant Communities on a Pueblo Frontier, PhD Dissertation, Department of Anthropology, University of Arizona, Tucson.

Herr, S. A., and Clark, J. J. (1997). Patterns in the pathways: Early historic migrations in the Rio Grande Pueblos.Kiva 62: 365–389.

Jalbert, J. P., and Cameron, C. (2000). Chacoan and local influences in three great house communities in the northern San Juan region. In Kantner, J., and Mahoney, N. M. (eds.),Great House Communities Across the Chacoan Landscape, Anthropological Papers of the University of Arizona, No. 64, University of Arizona Press, Tucson, pp. 79–90.

Johnson, G. (1989). Dynamics of Southwestern prehistory, far outside—looking in. In Cordell, L., and Gumerman, G. (eds.),Dynamics of Southwest Prehistory, Smithsonian Institution Press, Washington, DC. pp. 371–389.

Joiner, C. (1992). The boys and girls of summer: The University of New Mexico Archaeological Field School in Chaco Canyon.Journal of Anthropological Research48: 49–66.

Judge, W. J. (1979). The development of a complex cultural ecosystem in the Chaco Basin, New Mexico. In Linn, R. M. (ed.),Proceedings of the First Conference on Scientific Research in the National Parks, 3, National Park Service Transactions and Proceedings Series 5, pp. 901–906.

Judge, W. J. (1989). Chaco Canyon – San Juan Basin. In Cordell, L., and Gumerman, G. (eds.), Dynamics of Southwest Prehistory, Smithsonian Institution Press, Washington, DC, pp. 209–261.

Kantner, J. (1996). Political competition among the Chaco Anasazi of the American Southwest.Journal of Anthropological Archaeology15: 41–105.

Kantner, J. (1997). Ancient roads, modern mapping: Evaluating Chaco Anasazi roadways using GIS Technology.Expedition39(3): 49–61.

Kantner, J. (1999).The Influence of Self-Interested Behavior on Sociopolitical Change: The Evolution of the Chaco Anasazi in the Prehistoric American Southwest, PhD Dissertation, Department of Anthropology, University of California, Santa Barbara.

P1: GDX/GDB/GVG/GVM

Journal of Archaeological Research [jar] pp381-jare-366028 March 7, 2002 8:37 Style file version Nov. 19th, 1999

106 Mills

Kantner, J., Bower, N., Ladwig, J., Perlitz, J., Hata, S., and Greve, D. (2000). Interaction among great house communities: An elemental analysis of Cibolan ceramics. In Kantner, J., and Mahoney, N. M. (eds.),Great House Communities Across the Chacoan Landscape, Anthropological Papers of the University of Arrizona, No. 64, University of Arizona Press, Tucson, pp. 130–146.

Kantner, J., and Mahoney, N. M. (eds.). (2000).Great House Communities Across the Chacoan Land- scape, Anthropological Papers of the University of Arizona, No. 64, University of Arizona Press, Tucson.

Kearns, T. M., and McVickar, J. L. (compilers). (1996).Time, Place, and Society: Project Synthesis. Pipeline Archaeology 1990–1993: The El Paso Natural Gas North System Expansion Project, New Mexico and Arizona, Vol. XIII, Ms. on file, Western Cultural Resource Management, Inc., Farmington, NM.

Kendrick, J. W., and Judge, W. J. (2000). Household economic autonomy and great house development in the Lowry area. In Kantner, J., and Mahoney, N. M. (eds.),Great House Communities Across the Chacoan Landscape, Anthropological Papers of the University of Arizona, No. 64, University of Arizona Press, Tucson, pp. 111–129.

Kievit, K. A. (1998). Seeing and reading the architecture of the Chaco Anasazi at A.D. 1100, PhD Dissertation, Department of Anthropology, University of Colorado, Boulder.

Kincaid, C. (ed.). (1983).Chaco Roads Project, Phase I: A Reappraisal of Prehistoric Roads in the San Juan Basin, United States Department of the Interior, Bureau of Land Management, Albuquerque.

Kintigh, K. W. (2000). Leadership strategies in historic Zuni towns. In Mills, B. J. (ed.),Alternative Leadership Strategies in the Prehispanic Southwest, University of Arizona Press, Tucson, pp. 95– 116.

Kintigh, K. W., Howell, T., and Duff, A. I. (1996). Post-Chacoan social integration at the Hinkson Site, New Mexico.Kiva 61: 257–274.

Kosse, K. (1990). Group size and societal complexity: Thresholds in the long-term memory.Journal of Anthropological Archaeology9: 275–303.

Kosse, K. (1994). The evolution of large complex groups: A hypothesis.Journal of Anthropological Archaeology13: 35–50.

Kosse, K. (1996). Middle-range societies from a scalar perspective. In Fish, P. R., and Reid, J. J. (eds.),Interpreting Southwestern Diversity: Underlying Principles and Overarching Patterns, Anthropological Research Papers, No. 48, Arizona State University, Tempe, pp. 87–96.

Kovacik, J. J. (1996).A Social/Contextual Archaeology of Chaco Canyon, New Mexico: Collective Memory and Material Culture amongst the Chaco Anasazi, PhD Dissertation, Faculty of Archae- ology and Anthropology, Cambridge University.

Kovacik, J. J. (1999). Memory and pueblo space. In Br¨uck, J., and Goodman, M. (eds.),Making Places in the Prehistoric World: Themes in Settlement Archaeology, UCL Press, London, pp. 160– 177.

Kowalewski, S. A., Blanton, R. E., Feinman, G., and Finsten, L. (1983). Boundaries, scale, and internal organization.Journal of Anthropological Archaeology2: 32–56.

Lamphere, L. (2000). Gender models in the Southwest: A sociocultural perspective. In Crown, P. L. (ed.), Women and Men in the Prehispanic Southwest: Labor, Power, and Prestige, School of American Research Press, Santa Fe, pp. 379–401.

LeBlanc, S. A. (1999).Prehistoric Warfare in the American Southwest, University of Utah Press, Salt Lake City.

Lekson, S. H. (ed.). (1983).The Architecture and Dendrochronology of Chetro Ketl. Reports of the Chaco Center 6, Division of Cultural Research, National Park Service, Albuquerque.

Lekson, S. H. (1984).Great Pueblo Architecture of Chaco Canyon, Publications in Archaeology 18B, Chaco Canyon Studies, National Park Service, Albuquerque. Reprinted in 1986 by the University of New Mexico Press, Albuquerque.

Lekson, S. H. (1985). Largest settlement size and socio-political complexity at Chaco Canyon. In Haliksa’i: UNM Contributions to Anthropology, Vol. 4, Department of Anthropology, University of New Mexico, Albuquerue, pp. 68–75.

Lekson, S. H. (1990). Cross-cultural perspectives on the community. In Turan, M. (ed.),Vernacular Architecture: Paradigms of Environmental Response, Aldershot, Avebury, pp. 122–145.

Lekson, S. H. (1991). Settlement patterns and the Chaco region. In Crown, P. L., and Judge, W. J. (eds.),Chaco & Hohokam: Prehistoric Regional Systems in the American Southwest, School of American Research Press, Santa Fe, pp. 31–55.

P1: GDX/GDB/GVG/GVM

Journal of Archaeological Research [jar] pp381-jare-366028 March 7, 2002 8:37 Style file version Nov. 19th, 1999

Changing Views on Chacoan Economy, Ritual, and Society 107

Lekson, S. H. (1992). Salado of the east. In Lange, R. C., and Germick, S. (eds.),Proceedings of the Second Salado Conference, Occasional Paper of the Arizona Archaeological Society, Phoenix, pp. 17–21.

Lekson, S. H. (1996a). Scale and process in the American Southwest. In Fish, P. R., and Reid, J. J. (eds.),Interpreting Southwestern Diversity: Underlying Principles and Overarching Patterns, Anthropological Research Papers, No. 48, Arizona State University, Tempe, pp. 81–86.

Lekson, S. H. (1999a).The Chaco Meridian: Centers of Political Power in the Ancient Southwest, Altamira Press, Walnut Creek, CA.

Lekson, S. H. (2000a). Ancient Chaco’s new history.Archaeology Southwest14(1): 1–4. Lekson, S. H. (2000b). Architecture.Archaeology Southwest14(1): 12–14. Lekson, S. H., and Cameron, C. M. (1995). The abandonment of Chaco Canyon, the Mesa Verde

migrations, and the reorganization of the Pueblo world.Journal of Anthropological Archaeology 14: 184–202.

Lekson, S. H., Windes, T. C., Stein, J. R., and Judge, W. J. (1988). The Chaco Canyon community. Scientific American256(7): 100–109.

Levy, J. E. (1992).Orayvi Revisited: Social Stratification in an “Egalitarian” Society, School of American Research Press, Santa Fe.

Lister, F. C. (1997).Pot Luck: Adventures in Archaeology, University of New Mexico Press, Albuquerque.

Mahoney, N. (2000a). Chaco World.Archaeology Southwest14(1): 15–17. Mahoney, N. M. (2000b). Redefining the scale of Chacoan communities. In Kantner, J., and Mahoney,

N. M. (eds.),Great House Communities Across the Chacoan Landscape, Anthropological Papers of the University of Arizona, No. 64, University of Arizona Press, Tucson, pp. 19–27.

Mahoney, N. M. (2001). Monumental architecture as conspicuous display in Chaco Canyon. In Cordell, L. S., Judge, W. J., and Piper, J. (eds.),Chaco Society and Polity: Papers From the 1999 Conference, Special Publication, No. 4, New Mexico Archaeological Society, Albuquerque, pp. 13–29.

Mahoney, N. M., and Kantner, J. (2000). Chacoan archaeology and great house communities. In Kantner, J., and Mahoney, N. M. (eds.),Great House Communities Across the Chacoan Landscape, Anthropological Papers of the University of Arizona, No. 64, University of Arizona Press, Tucson, pp. 1–15.

Marlar, R. A., Leonard, B. L., Billman, B. R., Lambert, P. M., and Marlar, J. E. (2000). Biochemical evi- dence of cannibalism at a prehistoric Puebloan site in southwestern Colorado.Nature407: 74–78.

Marshall, M. P. (1997). The Chacoan roads – A cosmological interpretation. In Morrow, B. H., and Price, V. B. (eds.),Anasazi Architecture and American Design, University of New Mexico Press, Albuquerque, pp. 62–74.

Marshall, M. P., Stein, J. R., Loose, R. W., and Novotny, J. E. (eds.). (1979).Anasazi Communities of the San Juan Basin, Public Service Company of New Mexico, Albuquerque and New Mexico Historic Preservation Bureau, Santa Fe.

Martin, D. L. (1997). Violence against women in the La Plata River Valley (A.D. 1000–1300). In Martin, D. L., and Frayer, D. W. (eds.),Troubled Times: Violence and Warfare in the Past, Gordon and Breach Publishers, Amsterdam, pp. 45–76.

Martin, D. L. (2000). Bodies and lives: Biological indicators of health differentials and division of labor by sex. In Crown, P. L. (ed.),Women and Men in the Prehispanic Southwest: Labor, Power, and Prestige, School of American Research Press, Santa Fe, pp. 267–300.

Martin, D. L., Akins, N. J., Goodman, A. H., and Swedlund, A. C. (in press).Harmony and Discord: Bioarchaeology of the La Plata Valley, Museum of New Mexico Press, Santa Fe.

Mathien, F. J. (ed.). (1991a).Excavations at 29SJ 633: The Eleventh Hour Site, Chaco Canyon, New Mexico, Reports of the Chaco Center 10, Branch of Cultural Research, National Park Service, Santa Fe.

Mathien, F. J. (ed.). (1992a).Excavations at 29SJ 627, Chaco Canyon, New Mexico, Vol. II: The Artifact Analyses, Reports of the Chaco Center 11, Branch of Cultural Research, National Park Service, Santa Fe.

Mathien, F. J. (1992b). Women of Chaco: Then and now. In Reyman, J. E. (ed.),Rediscovering our Past: Essays on the History of American Archaeology, Aldershot, Avebury, pp. 103–130.

Mathien, F. J. (1992c). Exchange systems and social stratification among the Chaco Anasazi. In Ericson, J. E., and Baugh, T. G. (eds.),The American Southwest and Mesoamerica: Systems of Prehistory Exchange, Plenum, New York, pp. 27–63.

P1: GDX/GDB/GVG/GVM

Journal of Archaeological Research [jar] pp381-jare-366028 March 7, 2002 8:37 Style file version Nov. 19th, 1999

108 Mills

Mathien, F. J. (ed.). (1997).Ceramics, Lithics, and Ornaments of Chaco Canyon: Analyses of Artifacts From the Chaco Project, 1971–1978, Chaco Canyon Studies, Publications in Archeology 18G, National Park Service, Santa Fe.

Mathien, F. J. (2001). The organization of turquoise production and consumption by the prehistoric Chacoans.American Antiquity66: 103–118.

Mathien, F. J., and Windes, T. C. (eds.). (1987).Investigations at the Pueblo Alto Complex, Chaco Canyon, New Mexico, 1975–1979, Vol. III: Artifactual and Biological Analyses, Publications in Archeology 18F, Chaco Canyon Studies, National Park Service, Santa Fe.

Matson, R. G., and Dohm, K. M. (1994). Anasazi origins: Recent research on the Basketmaker II (Introduction).Kiva 60: 159–163.

McGuire, R. H., and Saitta, D. J. (1996). Although they have petty captains they obey them badly: The dialectics of Prehispanic Western Pueblo social organization.American Antiquity61: 197–216.

McIntosh, S. K. (1999a). Pathways to complexity: An African perspective. In McIntosh, S. K. (ed.), Beyond Chiefdoms: Pathways to Complexity in Africa, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, pp. 1–30.

McIntosh, S. K. (1999b). Modeling political organization in large-scale settlement clusters: A case study from the Inland Niger Delta. In McIntosh, S. K. (ed.),Beyond Chiefdoms: Pathways to Complexity in Africa, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, pp. 66–79.

McKenna, P. J. (1984).The Architecture and Material Culture of 29SJ1360, Chaco Canyon, New Mexico, Reports of the Chaco Center 7, Division of Cultural Research, National Park Service, Albuquerque.

McKenna, P. J., and Stein, J. R. (1989).An Archaeological Reconnaissance of a Late Bonito Phase Occupation near Aztec Ruins National Monument, New Mexico, Division of Anthropology, Branch of Cultural Resources Management, National Park Service, Santa Fe.

McKenna, P. J., and Toll, H. W. (1992). Regional patterns of great house development among the Totah Anasazi, New Mexico. In Doyel, D. E. (ed.),Anasazi Regional Organization and the Chaco System, Anthropological Papers, No. 5, Maxwell Museum of Anthropology, University of New Mexico, Albuquerque, pp. 133–143.

McKenna, P. J., and Truell, M. L. (1986).Small Site Architecture of Chaco Canyon, Publications in Archeology 18D, Chaco Canyon Studies, National Park Service, Santa Fe, NM.

Meyer, D. (1999).Masonry and Social Variability in the Chaco System, PhD Dissertation, Department of Archaeology, University of Calgary, Calgary.

Mills, B. J. (2000a). Alternative models, alternative strategies: Leadership in the Prehispanic Southwest. In Mills, B. J. (ed.),Alternative Leadership Strategies in the Prehispanic Southwest, University of Arizona Press, Tucson, pp. 3–18.

Mills, B. J. (2000b). Gender, craft production, and inequality. In Crown, P. L. (ed.),Women and Men in the Prehispanic Southwest: Labor, Power, and Prestige, School of American Research Press, Santa Fe, pp. 301–343.

Mills, B. J. (in press). Analysis of ceramics from the Chaco Additions Survey. In Van Dyke, R. M. (ed.), An Archaeological Survey of the Additions to Chaco Culture National Historic Park, Publications in Archaeology, Chaco Center, National Park Service, Santa Fe.

Mills, B. J. (2001). The archaeology of inalienable possessions: Social valuables and the formation of collective prestige structures in the Greater Southwest. Paper presented at the 66th annual Meeting of the Society for American Archaeology, New Orleans.

Mills, B. J., Carpenter, A., and Grimm, W. (1997). Sourcing Chuskan ceramic production: Petrographic and experimental approaches.Kiva 62: 261–282.

Mills, B. J., and Crown, P. L. (eds.). (1995).Ceramic Production in the American Southwest, University of Arizona Press, Tucson.

Naranjo, T. (1995). Thoughts on migration by Santa Clara Pueblo.Journal of Anthropological Archae- ology14: 247–250.

Neitzel, J. E. (1995). Elite styles in hierarchically organized societies: The Chacoan regional system. In Carr, C., and Neitzel, J. (eds.),Style, Society, and Person: Archaeological and Ethnological Perspectives, Plenum, New York, pp. 393–417.

Neitzel, J. E. (2000). Gender hierarchies: A comparative analysis of mortuary data. In Crown, P. L. (ed.), Women and Men in the Prehispanic Southwest: Labor, Power, and Prestige, School of American Research Press, Santa Fe, pp. 137–168

P1: GDX/GDB/GVG/GVM

Journal of Archaeological Research [jar] pp381-jare-366028 March 7, 2002 8:37 Style file version Nov. 19th, 1999

Changing Views on Chacoan Economy, Ritual, and Society 109

Neitzel, J. E., (ed.). (in press-a).Pueblo Bonito: Center of the Chacoan World, Smithsonian Institution Press, Washington, DC.

Neitzel, J. E., and Bishop, R. L. (1990). Neutron activation of Dogoszhi style ceramics: Production and exchange in the Chacoan regional system.Kiva 56: 67–85.

Nelson, B. A. (1995). Complexity, hierarchy, and scale: A controlled comparison between Chaco Canyon, New Mexico, and La Quemada, Zacatecas.American Antiquity60: 597–618.

Nelson, B. A., Martin, D. L., Swedlund, A. C., Fish, P. R., and Armelagos, G. J. (1994). Studies in disruption: Demography and health in the prehistoric American Southwest. In Gumerman, G., and Gell-Mann, M. (eds.),Understanding Complexity in the Prehistoric Southwest, Addison, Wesley, New York, pp. 59–112.

Nelson, M. C. (1999).Mimbres During the Twelfth Century, University of Arizona Press, Tucson. Nelson, M. C. (2000). Abandonment: Conceptualization, representation, and social change. In Schiffer,

M. B. (ed.),Social Theory in Archaeology, University of Utah Press, Salt Lake City, pp. 52– 62.

Nials, F. L., Stein, J. R., and Roney, J. R. (1987).Chacoan Roads in the Southern Periphery: Results of Phase II of the BLM Chaco Roads Project, Cultural Resources Series, No. 1, U.S. Department of the Interior, Bureau of Land Management, Albuquerque.

Peregrine, P. N. (2001). Matrilocality, corporate strategy, and the organization of production in the Chacoan world.American Antiquity66: 36–46.

Phillips, D. A. (1996). Rethinking Chaco. In Meyer, D. A., Dawson, P. C., and Hanna, D. T. (eds.), Debating Complexity: Proceedings of the 26th Annual Chacmool Conference, The Archaeological Association of the University of Calgary, Calgary, pp. 333–338.

Phillips, D. A. (2000). The Chaco Meridian: A skeptical analysis. Poster presented at the 65th Annual Meeting of the Society for American Archaeology, Philadelphia, on file at http:// www.unm.edu/∼dap.

Plog, S. (1995). Equality and hierarchy: Holistic approaches to understanding social dynamics in the Pueblo Southwest. In Price, T. D., and Feinman, G. M. (eds.),Foundations of Social Inequality, Plenum, New York, pp. 189–206.

Potter, J. (2000). Pots, parties, and politics: Communal feasting in the American Southwest.American Antiquity65: 471–492.

Powers, R. P., Gillespie, W. B., and Lekson, S. H. (1983).The Outlier Survey: A Regional View of Settlement in the San Juan Basin, Reports of the Chaco Center 3, Division of Cultural Research, National Park Service, Albuquerque.

Preston, D. (1998). Cannibals of the Canyon.The New Yorker, Nov. 30, pp. 76–89. Price, T. D., and Feinman, G. M. (eds.). (1995).Foundations of Social Inequality, Plenum, New York. Reed, P. F. (ed.). (2000).Foundations of Anasazi Culture: The Basketmaker–Pueblo Transition, Uni-

versity of Utah Press, Salt Lake City. Reed, L. S., Goff, J., and Hensler, K. N. (1998).Exploring Ceramic Production, Distribution, and

Exchange in the Southern Chuska Valley: Analytical Results From the El Paso Natural Gas North System Expansion Project, Vol. XI, Pipeline Archaeology 1990–1993: The El Paso Natural Gas North System Expansion Project, New Mexico and Arizona, Western Cultural Resource Management, Inc., Farmington, NM.

Renfrew, C. (1974). Beyond a subsistence economy: The evolution of social organization in prehistoric Europe. In C. B. Moore (ed.),Reconstructing Complex Societies: An Archaeological Colloquium, Supplement to the American Schools of Oriental Research 20, Cambridge, MA, pp. 69–84.

Renfrew, C. (2001). Production and consumption in a sacred economy: The material correlates of high devotational expression at Chaco Canyon.American Antiquity66: 14–25.

Roler, K. L. (1999).The Chaco Phenomenon: A Faunal Perspective From the Peripheries, PhD Dis- sertation, Department of Anthropology, Arizona State University, Tempe.

Roney, J. R. (1992). Prehistoric roads and regional integration in the Chacoan system. In Doyel, D. E. (ed.),Anasazi Regional Organization and the Chaco System, Anthropological Papers, No. 5, Maxwell Museum of Anthropology, University of New Mexico, Albuquerque, pp. 123– 131.

Roney, J. R. (1996). The Pueblo III period in the eastern San Juan Basin and Acoma–Laguna areas. In Adler, M. A. (ed.),The Prehistoric Pueblo World, A.D. 1150–1350, University of Arizona Press, Tucson, pp. 145–169.

P1: GDX/GDB/GVG/GVM

Journal of Archaeological Research [jar] pp381-jare-366028 March 7, 2002 8:37 Style file version Nov. 19th, 1999

110 Mills

Saitta, D. J. (1997). Power, labor, and the dynamics of change in Chacoan political economy. American Antiquity62: 7–26.

Saitta, D. J. (1999). Prestige, agency, and change in middle-range societies. In Robb, J. E. (ed.), Material Symbols: Culture and Economy in Prehistory, Occasional Paper, No. 26, Center for Archaeological Investigations, Southern Illinois University, Carbondale, pp. 135– 149.

Saitta, D. J. (2000). Theorizing the political economy of Southwestern exchange. In Hegmon, M. (ed.), The Archaeology of Regional Interaction: Religion, Warfare, and Exchange Across the American Southwest, University Press of Colorado, Boulder, pp. 151–166.

Schelberg, J. D. (1992). Hierarchical organization as a short-term buffering strategy in Chaco Canyon. In Doyel, D. E. (ed.),Anasazi Regional Organization and the Chaco System, Anthropological Papers, No. 5, Maxwell Museum of Anthropology, University of New Mexico, Albuquerque, pp. 59–74.

Schillaci, M. A., Ozolins, E. G., and Windes, T. C. (in press). A multivariate assessment of biological relationships among prehistoric Southwest Amerindian populations. In Wiseman, R., Snow, C., and O’Laughlin, T. (eds.),Collected Papers in Honor of Phyllis S. Davis, Papers No. 27, Archae- ological Society of New Mexico, Albuquerque.

Schillaci, M. A., and Stojanowksi, C. M. (2000). Postmarital residence and biological variation at Pueblo Bonito, Ms. in possession of the authors, Department of Anthropology, University of New Mexico, Albuquerque.

Sebastian, L. (1991). Sociopolitical complexity and the Chaco system. In Crown, P. L., and Judge, W. J. (eds.),Chaco and Hohokam: Prehistoric Regional Systems in the American Southwest, School of American Research Press, Santa Fe, pp. 109–134.

Sebastian, L. (1992a).The Chaco Anasazi: Sociopolitical Evolution in the Prehistoric Southwest, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.

Sebastian, L. (1992b). Chaco Canyon and the Anasazi Southwest: Changing views of sociopolitical organization. In Doyel, D. E. (ed.),Anasazi Regional Organization and the Chaco System, An- thropological Papers, No. 5, Maxwell Museum of Anthropology, University of New Mexico, Albuquerque, pp. 23–31.

Shepard, A. O. (1939). Technology of La Plata pottery. In Morris, E. H.,Archaeological Studies in the La Plata District, Publication No. 519, Carnegie Institution of Washington, Washington, DC, pp. 249–287.

Snead, J. E. (1999). Science, commerce, and control: Patronage and the development of anthropological archaeology in the Americas.American Anthropologist101: 256–271.

Snead, J. E. (2001).Ruins and Rivals: The Making of Southwest Archaeology, University of Arizona Press, Tucson.

Snygg, J., and Windes, T. C. (1998). Long, wide roads and great kiva roofs.Kiva 64: 7–25. Sofaer, A. (1997). The primary architecture of the Chacoan culture: A cosmological expression. In

Morrow, B. H., and Price, V. B. (eds.),Anasazi Architecture and American Design, University of New Mexico Press, Albuquerque, pp. 88–132.

Sofaer, A., Marshall, M. P., and Sinclair, R. M. (1989). The Great North Road: A cosmographic expression of the Chaco Culture of New Mexico. In Aveni, A. F. (ed.),World Archaeoastronomy, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, pp. 365–376.

Spielmann, K. A. (ed.) (1998).Migration and Reorganization: The Pueblo IV Period in the American Southwest, Anthropological Research Papers No. 51, Arizona State University, Tempe.

Spielmann, K. A. (2000). Gender and exchange. In Crown, P. L. (ed.),Women and Men in the Pre- hispanic Southwest: Labor, Power, and Prestige, School of American Research Press, Santa Fe, pp. 345–377.

Stein, J. R., and Fowler, A. P. (1996). Looking beyond Chaco in the San Juan Basin and its peripheries. In Adler, M. A. (ed.),The Prehistoric Pueblo World A.D. 1150–1350, University of Arizona Press, Tucson, pp. 114–130.

Stein, J. R., and Lekson, S. H. (1992). Anasazi ritual landscapes. In Doyel, D. E. (ed.),Anasazi Regional Organization and the Chaco System, Anthropological Papers, No. 5, Maxwell Museum of Anthropology, University of New Mexico, Albuquerque, pp. 87–100.

Stein, J. R., Suiter, J. E., and Ford, D. (1997). High noon at old Bonito: Sun, shadow, and geometry in the Chaco complex. In Morrow, B. H., and Price, V. B. (eds.),Anasazi Architecture and American Design, University of New Mexico Press, Albuquerque, pp. 133–148.

P1: GDX/GDB/GVG/GVM

Journal of Archaeological Research [jar] pp381-jare-366028 March 7, 2002 8:37 Style file version Nov. 19th, 1999

Changing Views on Chacoan Economy, Ritual, and Society 111

Stoltman, J. (1999). The Chaco-Chuska connection: In defense of Anna Shepard. In Skibo, J. M., and Feinman, G. M. (eds.),Pottery and People: A Dynamic Interaction, University of Utah Press, Salt Lake City, pp. 9–24.

Szuter, C. R. (2000). Gender and animals: Hunting technology, ritual, and subsistence in the Greater Southwest. In Crown, P. L. (ed.),Women and Men in the Prehispanic Southwest: Labor, Power, and Prestige, School of American Research Press, Santa Fe, pp. 197–220.

Tainter, J. A., and Plog, F. (1994). Strong and weak patterning in Southwestern prehistory: The formation of Puebloan archaeology. In Gumerman, G. J. (ed.),Themes in Southwestern Prehistory, School of American Research Press, Santa Fe, pp. 165–181.

Toll, H. W. (1985).Pottery, Production, Public Architecture, and the Chaco Anasazi System, PhD Dissertation, Department of Anthropology, University of Colorado, Boulder.

Toll, H. W. (1990). A reassessment of Chaco cylinder jars. In Duran, M. S., and Kirkpatrick, D. T. (eds.), Clues to the Past: Papers in Honor of William M. Sundt, Papers of the Archaeological Society of New Mexico, No. 16, Albuquerque Archaeological Society, Albuquerque, pp. 273–305.

Toll, H. W. (1991). Material distributions and exchange in the Chaco system. In Crown, P. L., and Judge, W. J. (eds.),Chaco & Hohokam: Prehistoric Regional Systems in the American Southwest, School of American Research Press, Santa Fe, pp. 77–107.

Toll, H. W. (2001). Making and breaking pots in the Chaco world.American Antiquity66: 56–78. Toll, H. W., and McKenna, P. J. (1997). Chaco ceramics. In Mathien, F. J. (ed.),Ceramics, Lithics,

and Ornaments of Chaco Canyon: Analyses of Artifacts from the Chaco Project 1971–1978, Publications in Archeology 18G, Chaco Canyon Studies, National Park Service, Santa Fe, pp. 17– 530.

Toll, H. W., Windes, T. C., and McKenna, P. J. (1980). Late ceramic patterns in Chaco Canyon: The pragmatics of modeling ceramic exchange. In Fry, R. E. (ed.),Models and Methods in Regional Exchange, Society for American Archaeology Papers, No. 1, Washington, DC, pp. 95–117.

Truell, M. L. (1992).Excavations at 29SJ 627, Chaco Canyon, New Mexico, Vol. I: The Architecture and Stratigraphy, Reports of the Chaco Center 11, Branch of Cultural Research, National Park Service, Santa Fe.

Turner, C. G., II, and Turner, J. A. (1995). Cannibalism in the prehistoric American Southwest: Occur- rence, taphonomy, explanation, and suggestions for standardized world definition.Anthropological Science(Tokyo) 103: 1–22.

Turner, C. G., II, and Turner, J. A. (1999).Man Corn: Cannibalism and Violence in the Prehistoric American Southwest, University of Utah Press, Salt Lake City.

Tuwaletstiwa, P. J. (2000). A critique on extending the 107◦ 57′ 25′′ meridian from Chaco Canyon to Aztec to Paquime. Paper presented at theChaco Synthesis Project’s Chaco Architecture confer- ence, Ms. on file with the author, Kykotsmovi, AZ.

Upham, S. (1982).Polities and Power: An Economic and Political History of the Western Pueblo, Academic Press, New York.

Van Dyke, R. M. (1997). The Andrews Great House community: A ceramic chronometric perspective. Kiva 63: 137–154.

Van Dyke, R. M. (1998).The Chaco Connection: Bonito Style Architecture in Outlier Communities, PhD Dissertation, Department of Anthropology, University of Arizona, Tucson.

Van Dyke, R. M. (1999a). The Chaco connection: Evaluating Bonito style architecture in outlier communities.Journal of Anthropological Archaeology18: 471–506.

Van Dyke, R. M. (1999b). Space syntax analysis at the Chacoan outlier of Guadalupe.American Antiquity64: 461–473.

Van Dyke, R. M. (1999c). The Andrews community: A Chacoan outlier in the Red Mesa Valley, New Mexico.Journal of Field Archaeology26: 55–67.

Van Dyke, R. M. (2000). Chacoan ritual landscapes: The view from the Red Mesa Valley. In Kantner, J., and Mahoney, N. M. (eds.),Great House Communities Across the Chacoan Landscape, Anthropological Papers of the University of Arizona, No. 64, University of Arizona Press, Tucson, pp. 91–100.

Van Dyke, R. M. (ed.). (in press).An Archaeological Survey of the Additions to Chaco Culture National Historic Park, Publications in Archaeology, Chaco Center, National Park Service, Santa Fe.

Varien, M. (2001). We have learned a lot, but we still have more to learn. In Cordell, L. S., Judge, W. J., and Piper, J. (eds.),Chaco Society and Polity: Papers From the 1999 Conference, Special Publication, No. 4, New Mexico Archaeological Society, Albuquerque, pp. 47–61.

P1: GDX/GDB/GVG/GVM

Journal of Archaeological Research [jar] pp381-jare-366028 March 7, 2002 8:37 Style file version Nov. 19th, 1999

112 Mills

Vivian, R. G. (1989). Kluckhohn reappraised: The Chacoan system as egalitarian enterprise. Journal of Anthropological Research45: 101–113.

Vivian, R. G. (1990).The Chacoan Prehistory of the San Juan Basin. Academic Press, New York. Vivian, R. G. (1991). Chacoan subsistence. In Crown, P. L., and Judge, W. J. (eds.),Chaco & Hohokam:

Prehistoric Regional Systems in the American Southwest, School of American Research Press, Santa Fe, pp. 57–75.

Vivian, R. G. (1992). Chacoan water use and managerial decision making. In Doyel, D. E. (ed.),Anasazi Regional Organization and the Chaco System, Anthropological Papers, No. 5, Maxwell Museum of Anthropology, University of New Mexico, Albuquerque, pp. 45–57.

Vivian, R. G. (1996). “Chaco” as a regional system. In Fish, P. R., and Reid, J. J. (eds.),Interpreting Southwest Diversity: Underlying Principles and Overarching Patterns, Anthropological Research Papers, No. 48, Arizona State University, Tempe, pp. 45–53.

Vivian, R. G. (1997a). Chacoan roads: Morphology.Kiva 63: 7–34. Vivian, R. G. (1997b). Chacoan roads: Function.Kiva 63: 35–67. Vivian, R. G. (2000a). Economy and ecology.Archaeology Southwest14(1): 5–7. Vivian, R. G. (2000b). Basketmaker archaeology at the millennium: New answers to old questions. In

Reed, P. F. (ed.),Foundations of Anasazi Culture: The Basketmaker–Pueblo Transition, University of Utah Press, Salt Lake City, pp. 251–257.

Vivian, R. G. (in press). Review ofThe Chaco Meridian: Centers of Political Power in the Ancient Southwest, by Stephen H. Lekson.Cambridge Archaeological Journal.

Vivian, R. G., Dodgen, D. N., and Hartmann, G. H. (1978).Wooden Ritual Artifacts From Chaco Canyon, New Mexico, Anthropological Papers of the University of Arizona, No. 32, University of Arizona Press, Tucson.

Walker, W. H. (1995). Ceremonial trash? In Skibo, J. M., Walker, W. H., and Nielsen, A. E. (eds.), Expanding Archaeology, University of Utah Press, Salt Lake City, pp. 67–79.

Walker, W. H. (1998). Where are the witches in prehistory?Journal of Archaeological Method and Theory5(3): 245–308.

Walker, W. H., LaMotta, V. M., and Adams, E. C. (2000). Katsinas and kiva abandonment at Homol’ovi: A deposit-oriented perspective on religion in Southwest prehistory. In Hegmon, M. (ed.),The Archaeology of Regional Interaction: Religion, Warfare, and Exchange Across the American Southwest and Beyond, University Press of Colorado, Boulder, pp. 341–360.

Walker, W. H., and Lucero, L. (2000). The depositional history of ritual and power. In Dobres, M., and Robb, J. (ed.),Agency in Archaeology, Routledge, London, pp. 139–147.

Ware, J. A. (2001a). Why is a kiva? Paper presented at the66th Annual Meeting of the Society for American Archaeology, New Orleans.

Ware, J. A. (2001b). Chaco social organization: A peripheral view. In Cordell, L. S., Judge, W. J., and Piper, J. (eds.),Chaco Society and Polity: Papers From the 1999 Conference, Special Publication, No. 4, New Mexico Archaeological Society, Albuquerque, pp. 79–93.

Weiner, A. B. (1992).Inalienable Possessions: The Paradox of Keeping-While-Giving, University of California Press, Berkeley.

White, T. D. (1992).Prehistoric Cannibalism at Mancos 5MTUMR-2346, Princeton University Press, Princeton.

Whiteley, P. M. (1988).Deliberate Acts: Changing Hopi Culture Through the Oraibi Split, University of Arizona Press, Tucson.

Wilcox, D. R. (1981). Changing perspectives on the Protohistoric Pueblos, A.D. 1450–1700. In Wilcox, D. R., and Masse, W. B. (eds.),The Protohistoric Period in the North American Southwest, A.D. 1450–1750, Anthropological Research Papers, No. 24, Arizona State University, Tempe, pp. 378– 409.

Wilcox, D. R. (1993). The evolution of the Chacoan polity. In Malville, J. M., and Matlock, G. (eds.), The Chimney Rock Archaeological Symposium, General Technical Report No. RM-227, U.S.D.A. Forest Service, Fort Collins, CO, pp. 76–90.

Wilcox, D. R. (1996a). Pueblo III people and polity in relational context. In Adler, M. A. (ed.),The Prehistoric Pueblo World, A.D. 1150–1350, University of Arizona Press, Tucson, pp. 241–254.

Wilcox, D. R. (1999). A peregrine view of macroregional systems in the North American South- west, A.D. 750–1250. In Neitzel, J. E. (ed.),Great Towns and Regional Polities in the American Southwest and Southeast, University of New Mexico Press, Albuquerque, pp. 115–141.

P1: GDX/GDB/GVG/GVM

Journal of Archaeological Research [jar] pp381-jare-366028 March 7, 2002 8:37 Style file version Nov. 19th, 1999

Changing Views on Chacoan Economy, Ritual, and Society 113

Wilcox, D. R., and Haas, J. (1994). The scream of the butterfly: Competition and conflict in the prehistoric Southwest. In Gumerman, G. J. (ed.),Themes in Southwest Prehistory, School of American Research Press, Santa Fe, pp. 211–238.

Wills, W. H. (2000). Political leadership at Chaco Canyon, New Mexico, AD 1020–1140. In Mills, B. J. (ed.),Alternative Leadership Strategies in the Prehispanic Southwest, University of Arizona Press, Tucson, pp. 19–44.

Wills, W. H. (2001). Mound building in Chaco Canyon.American Antiquity66: 433–451. Wilshusen, R. H., and Ortman, S. G. (1999). Rethinking the Pueblo I period in the San Juan drainage:

Aggregation, migration, and cultural diversity.Kiva 64: 369–399. Windes, T. C. (1984). A new look at population in Chaco Canyon. In Judge, W. J., and Schelberg,

J. D. (eds.),Recent Research on Chaco Prehistory, Reports of the Chaco Center No. 8, Division of Cultural Research, National Park Service, Albuquerque, pp. 75–87.

Windes, T. C. (1987a).Investigations at the Pueblo Alto Complex, Chaco Canyon, New Mexico, 1975– 1979, Vol. I: Summary of Tests and Excavations at the Pueblo Alto Community, Publications in Archeology 18F, Chaco Canyon Studies, National Park Service, Santa Fe.

Windes, T. C. (1987b).Investigations at the Pueblo Alto Complex, Chaco Canyon, New Mexico, 1975– 1979, Vol. II: Architecture and Stratigraphy, Publications in Archeology 18F, Chaco Canyon Studies, National Park Service, Santa Fe.

Windes, T. C. (1992). Blue notes: The Chacoan turquoise industry in the San Juan Basin. In Doyel, D. E. (ed.),Anasazi Regional Organization and the Chaco System, Anthropological Papers, No. 5, Maxwell Museum of Anthropology, University of New Mexico, Albuquerque, pp. 159–168.

Windes, T. C. (1993a).The Spadefoot Toad Site: Investigations at 29SJ 629 in Marcia’s Rincon and the Fajada Gap Pueblo II Community, Chaco Canyon, New Mexico,Vol. I, Reports of the Chaco Center No. 12, Branch of Cultural Research, Division of Anthropology, National Park Service, Santa Fe.

Windes, T. C. (ed.). (1993b).The Spadefoot Toad Site: Investigations at 29SJ 629, Vol. II: Artifactual and Biological Analyses, Reports of the Chaco Center No. 12, Branch of Cultural Research, Division of Anthropology, National Park Service, Santa Fe.

Windes, T. C. (2001). Pueblo II–III house location patterns in the Chaco Canyon area: A short descrip- tion. In Cordell, L. S., Judge, W. J., and Piper, J. (eds.),Chaco Society and Polity: Papers From the 1999 Conference, Special Publication, No. 4, New Mexico Archaeological Society, Albuquerque, pp. 31–45.

Windes, T. C., Anderson, R. M., Johnson, B. K., and Ford, C. A. (2000). Sunrise, sunset: Sedentism and mobility in the Chaco East Community. In Kantner, J., and Mahoney, N. M. (eds.),Great House Communities Across the Chacoan Landscape, Anthropological Papers of The University of Arizona, No. 64, University of Arizona Press, Tucson, pp. 39–59.

Windes, T. C., and Ford, D. (1996). The Chaco Wood Project: The chronometric reappraisal of Pueblo Bonito.American Antiquity61: 295–310.

Windes, T. C., and McKenna, P. J. (2001). Going against the grain: Wood production in Chacoan society.American Antiquity66: 119–140.

Winter, J. C. (1994).Across the Colorado Plateau, Anthropological Studies for the Transwestern Pipeline Expansion Project, Vol. 20: Conclusions and Synthesis: Communities, Boundaries, and Cultural Variation, Office of Contract Archeology and Maxwell Museum of Anthropology, Uni- versity of New Mexico, Albuquerque.

Yoffee, N. (1993). Too many chiefs? Or, safe texts for the 90s. In Yoffee, N., and Sherratt, A. (eds.), Arcaheological Theory, Who Sets the Agenda?Cambridge University Press, New York, pp. 60–78.

Yoffee, N. (2001). The Chaco “rituality” revisited. In Cordell, L. S., Judge, W. J., and Piper, J. (eds.), Chaco Society and Polity: Papers from the 1999 Conference. Special Publication 4, New Mexico Archaeological Council, Albuquerque, pp. 63–78.

Yoffee, N., Fish, S. K., and Milner, G. R. (1999). Comunidades, ritualities, chiefdoms: Social evolution in the American Southwest and Southeast. In Neitzel, J. E. (ed.),Great Towns and Regional Polities in the Prehistoric American Southwest and Southeast, Amerind Foundation and University of New Mexico Press, Albuquerque, pp. 261–271.

Zedeño, M. N., and Mills, B. J. (1993). Ceramic production and distribution: Introduction and problem definition. In Mills, B. J., Goetze, C. E., and Zede˜no, M. N. (eds.),Across the Colorado Plateau: An- thropological Studies for the Transwestern Pipeline Expansion Project, Interpretation of Ceramic

P1: GDX/GDB/GVG/GVM

Journal of Archaeological Research [jar] pp381-jare-366028 March 7, 2002 8:37 Style file version Nov. 19th, 1999

114 Mills

Artifacts, Vol. XVI, Office of Contract Archeology and Maxwell Museum of Anthropology, Uni- versity of New Mexico, Albuquerque, pp. 175–185.

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF RECENT LITERATURE

Akins, N. J. (in press). The burials of Pueblo Bonito. In Neitzel, J. E. (ed.),Pueblo Bonito: Center of the Chacoan World, Smithsonian Institution Press, Washington, DC.

Bradley, B. (1996). Pitchers to mugs: Chacoan revival at Sand Canyon Pueblo.Kiva 61: 241–255. Bradley, B. A. (1997). General observations of flaked stone technology. In Mathien, F. J. (ed.),Ceramics,

Lithics, and Ornaments of Chaco Canyon, Vol. II, Publications in Archaeology 18G, Chaco Canyon Studies, National Park Service, Santa Fe, pp. 698–699.

Brugge, D. M., and Gilpin, D. (2000). Navajo ritual histories, organization, and architecture. In Hegmon, M. (ed.),The Archaeology of Regional Interaction: Religion, Warfare, and Exchange Across the American Southwest, University Press of Colorado, Boulder, pp. 361–379.

Bullock, P. Y. (ed.). (1998).Deciphering Anasazi Violence, With Regional Comparisons to Mesoamer- ican and Woodland Cultures, HRM Books, Santa Fe.

Bustard, W. (in press). When a house is not a home. In Neitzel, J. E. (ed.),Pueblo Bonito: Center of the Chacoan World, Smithsonian Institution Press, Washington, DC.

Cordell, L. S. (1997).Archaeology of the Southwest, 2nd ed., Academic Press, New York. Cordell, L. A. (1999). How were Precolumbian Southwestern polities organized? In Neitzel, J. E. (ed.),

Great Towns and Regional Polities in the Prehistoric American Southwest and Southeast, Amerind Foundation and University of New Mexico Press, Albuquerque, pp. 81–93.

Doxtater, D. (1991). Reflections of the Anasazi cosmos. In Gron, O., Engelstad, E., and Linblom, I. (eds),Social Space: Human Spatial Behavior in Dwellings and Settlements – Proceedings of an Interdisciplinary Conference, Odense University Press, Odense, Denmark, pp. 155–184.

Doyel, D. E. (1992b). Exploring Chaco. In Doyel, D. E. (ed.),Anasazi Regional Organization and the Chaco System, Anthropological Papers, No. 5, Maxwell Museum of Anthropology, University of New Mexico, Albuquerque, pp. 3–14.

Farmer, J. (in press). Astronomy and ritual in Chaco Canyon. In Neitzel, J. E. (ed.),Pueblo Bonito: Center of the Chacoan World, Smithsonian Institution Press, Washington, DC.

Finn, C. (1997). ‘Leaving more than footprints’: Modern votive offerings at Chaco Canyon prehistoric site.Antiquity71(271): 169–178.

Fish, S. K. (1999). How complex were the Southwestern great towns’ polities? In Neitzel, J. E. (ed.), Great Towns and Regional Polities in the Prehistoric American Southwest and Southeast, Amerind Foundation and University of New Mexico Press, Albuquerque, pp. 45–58.

Fish, S. K., and Scarry, J. F. (1999). How great were the polities of the Southwest and Southeast? In Neitzel, J. E. (ed.),Great Towns and Regional Polities in the Prehistoric American Southwest and Southeast, Amerind Foundation and University of New Mexico Press, Albuquerque, pp. 75–80.

Gilpin, D. (1998).Archaeological Investigations in the Peach Springs Chacoan Community: Data Recovery on Navajo Route 9, Segment 5–1, McKinley County, New Mexico, Report 98–15, SWCA Environmental Consultants, Inc., Flagstaff.

Hegmon, M., and Plog, S. (1996). Regional social interaction in the northern Southwest: Evidence and issues. In Fish, P. R., and Reid, J. J. (eds.),Interpreting Southwestern Diversity: Underlying Principles and Overarching Patterns, Anthropological Research Papers, No. 48, Arizona State University, Tempe, pp. 23–34.

Hurst, W. B. (2000). Chaco outlier or backwoods pretender? A provincial great house at Edge of the Cedars Ruin, Utah. In Kantner, J., and Mahoney, N. M. (eds.),Great House Communities Across the Chacoan Landscape, Anthropological Papers of the University of Arizona, No. 64, University of Arizona Press, Tucson, pp. 61–78.

Irwin-Williams, C., and Baker, L. L. (eds.). (1991).Anasazi Puebloan Adaptation in Response to Climatic Stress, Prehistory of the Middle Rio Puerco Valley, Bureau of Land Management, Albuquerque.

Judge, W. J. (1991). Chaco: Current views of prehistory and the regional system. In Crown, P. L., and Judge, W. J. (eds.),Chaco & Hohokam: Prehistoric Regional Systems in the American Southwest, School of American Research Press, Santa Fe, pp. 11–30.

P1: GDX/GDB/GVG/GVM

Journal of Archaeological Research [jar] pp381-jare-366028 March 7, 2002 8:37 Style file version Nov. 19th, 1999

Changing Views on Chacoan Economy, Ritual, and Society 115

Judge, W. J. (1993). Resource distribution and the Chaco phenomenon. In Malville, J. M., and Matlock, G. (eds.),The Chimney Rock Archaeological Symposium, Forest Service General Tech- nical Report RM-227, Rocky Mountain Forest and Range Experiment Station, Fort Collins, pp. 35–36.

Kintigh, K. W. (1994). Chaco, communal architecture, and Cibolan aggregation. In Wills, W. H., and Leonard, R. D. (eds.),The Ancient Southwestern Community: Models and Methods for the Study of Prehistoric Social Organization, University of New Mexico Press, Albuquerque, pp. 131–140.

Kohler, T. A., and Sebastian, L. (1996). Population aggregation in the prehistoric North American Southwest.American Antiquity61: 597–602.

LeBlanc, S. A. (2000). Regional interaction and warfare in the late prehistoric Southwest. In Hegmon, M. (ed.),The Archaeology of Regional Interaction: Religion, Warfare, and Exchange Across the American Southwest, University Press of Colorado, Boulder, pp. 41–70.

Lekson, S. H. (1996b). The Pueblo Southwest after A.D. 1150. In Fish, P. R., and Reid, J. J. (eds.), Interpreting Southwestern Diversity: Underlying Principles and Overarching Patterns, Anthro- pological Research Papers, No. 48, Arizona State University, Tempe, pp. 41–44.

Lekson, S. H. (1997a). Anasazi communities in context. In Morrow, B. H., and Price, V. B. (eds.), Anasazi Architecture and American Design, University of New Mexico Press, Albuquerque, pp. 27–35.

Lekson, S. H. (1997b). Rewriting Southwestern prehistory.Archaeology50: 52–55. Lekson, S. H. (1997c). Points, knives and drills of Chaco Canyon. In Mathien, F. J. (ed.),Ceramics,

Lithics, and Ornaments of Chaco Canyon, Vol. II, Publications in Archaeology 18G, Chaco Canyon Studies, National Park Service, Santa Fe, pp. 659–700.

Lekson, S. H. (1999b). Great towns in the Southwest. In Neitzel, J. E. (ed.),Great Towns and Regional Polities in the Prehistoric American Southwest and Southeast, University of New Mexico Press, Albuquerque, pp. 2–22.

Lekson, S. H. (2000c). Great! In Kantner, J., and Mahoney, N. M. (eds.),Great House Communities Across the Chacoan Landscape, Anthropological Papers of the University of Arizona, No. 64, University of Arizona Press, Tucson, pp. 157–163.

Leonard, R. D., and Reed, H. E. (1993). Population aggregation in the prehistoric American Southwest. American Antiquity58: 648–661.

Love, D. W. (1997). Petrographic description and sources of chipped stone artifacts in Chaco Canyon. In Mathien, F. J. (ed.),Ceramics, Lithics, and Ornaments of Chaco Canyon, Vol. II, Publications in Archaeology 18G, Chaco Canyon Studies, National Park Service, Santa Fe, pp. 610–642.

Malville, J. M. (1999). The calendars of Chimney Rock and the origins of Chacoan astronomy.South- western Lore65: 4–18.

Malville, J. M., and Malville, N. J. (2000). Pilgrimage and astronomy in Chaco Canyon. In Dupey, D. P. (ed.),Pilgrimage Studies: The Power of Sacred Places, The Society for Pilgrimage Studies, Allahabad, pp. 206–241.

Malville, J. M., and Malville, N. J. (2001). Pilgrimage and periodical festivals as processes of social integration in Chaco Canyon.Kiva 66: 327–344.

Malville, N. J. (in press). Long-distance transport of bulk goods in the Pre-Hispanic American South- west.Journal of Anthropological Archaeology.

Marshall, A. L. (in press). The siting of Pueblo Bonito. In Neitzel, J. E. (ed.),Pueblo Bonito: Center of the Chacoan World, Smithsonian Institution Press, Washington, DC.

Martin, D. L. (2000). Bodies and lives: Biological indicators of health differentials and division of labor by sex. In Crown, P. L. (ed.),Women and Men in the Prehispanic Southwest: Labor, Power, and Prestige, School of American Research Press, Santa Fe, pp. 267–300.

Mathien, F. J. (1991b). Political, economic, and demographic implications of the Chaco road network. In Trombold, C. D. (ed.),Ancient Road Networks and Settlement Hierarchies in the New World, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, pp. 99–110.

Mathien, F. J. (in press). Artifacts from Pueblo Bonito: 100 years of interpretation. In Neitzel, J. E. (ed.),Pueblo Bonito: Center of the Chacoan World, Smithsonian Institution Press, Washington, DC.

McGuire, R. H., and Saitta, D. J. (1996). “Although they have petty captains, they obey them badly”: The dialectics of prehispanic Western Pueblo social organization.American Antiquity61: 197– 216.

P1: GDX/GDB/GVG/GVM

Journal of Archaeological Research [jar] pp381-jare-366028 March 7, 2002 8:37 Style file version Nov. 19th, 1999

116 Mills

Metcalf, M. P. (in press). Construction labor at Pueblo Bonito. In Neitzel, J. E. (ed.),Pueblo Bonito: Center of the Chacoan World, Smithsonian Institution Press, Washington, DC.

Mills, B. J., Goetze, C. E., and Zede˜no, M. N. (eds.). (1993).Across the Colorado Plateau: Anthropolog- ical Studies for the Transwestern Pipeline Expansion Project, Interpretation of Ceramic Artifacts, Vol. XVI, Office of Contract Archeology and Maxwell Museum of Anthropology, University of New Mexico, Albuquerque.

Morrow, B. H., and Price, V. B. (eds.). (1997).Anasazi Architecture and American Design, University of New Mexico Press, Albuquerque.

Neitzel, J. E. (1994). Boundary dynamics in the Chacoan regional system. In Wills, W. H., and Leonard, R. D. (eds.),The Ancient Southwestern Community: Models and Methods for the Study of Prehis- toric Social Organization, University of New Mexico Press, Albuquerque, pp. 209–240.

Neitzel, J. E. (ed.). (1999).Great Towns and Regional Polities in the Prehistoric American Southwest and Southeast, Amerind Foundation and University of New Mexico Press, Albuquerque.

Neitzel, J. E. (2000). What is a regional system? Issues of scale and interaction in the prehistoric Southwest. In Hegmon, M. (ed.),The Archaeology of Regional Interaction: Religion, Warfare, and Exchange Across the American Southwest, University Press of Colorado, Boulder, pp. 25–40.

Neitzel, J. E. (in press-b). Introduction. In Neitzel, J. E. (ed.),Pueblo Bonito: Center of the Chacoan World, Smithsonian Institution Press, Washington, DC.

Neitzel, J. E. (in press-c). Artifact distributions at Pueblo Bonito. In Neitzel, J. E. (ed.),Pueblo Bonito: Center of the Chacoan World, Smithsonian Institution Press, Washington, DC.

Neitzel, J. E. (in press-d). The organization, function, and population of Pueblo Bonito. In Neitzel, J. E. (ed.),Pueblo Bonito: Center of the Chacoan World, Smithsonian Institution Press, Washington, DC.

Obenauf, M. S. (1991). Photointerpretation of Chacoan roads. In Trombold, C. D. (ed.),Ancient Road Networks and Settlement Hierarchies in the New World, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, pp. 34–41.

Plog, S. (1997).Ancient Peoples of the American Southwest, Thames and Hudson, London. Potter, J. M. (1992). Power and negotiation through material culture: The case of the Chaco regional

system.Kroeber Anthropological Society Papers73/74: 26–39. Prouty, G. L. (1997).Archaeological Nature and Extent Testing, HAER Documentation of One Bridge

Site, and Identification and Assessment of a Chacoan Linear Feature, Along Navajo Route N5001(1), Toadlena to Newcomb, San Juan County, New Mexico, Zuni Cultural Resource En- terprise Report 512, Pueblo of Zuni.

Roney, J. R. (1995). Mesa Verdean manifestations south of the San Juan River.Journal of Anthropo- logical Archaeology14: 170–183.

Sebastian, L. (1996). Taking charge in Chaco: The evolution of political structure. In Meyer, D. A., Dawson, P. C., and Hanna, D. T. (eds.),Debating Complexity: Proceedings of the 26th Annual Chacmool Conference, Archaeological Association of the University of Calgary, Calgary, pp. 339– 344.

Sever, T. L., and Wagner, D. W. (1991). Analysis of prehistoric roadways in Chaco Canyon using remotely sensed digital data. In Trombold, C. D. (ed.),Ancient Road Networks and Settlement Hierarchies in the New World, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, pp. 42–52.

Severance, O. (1999). Prehistoric roads in southeastern Utah. In Duran, M. S., and Kirkpatrick, D. T. (eds.),La Frontera: Papers in Honor of Patrick H. Beckett, Archaeological Society of New Mexico, No. 25, Albuquerque, pp. 185–195.

Stein, J. R., Ford, D., and Friedman, R. (in press). Reconstructing Pueblo Bonito. In Neitzel, J. E. (ed.), Pueblo Bonito: Center of the Chacoan World, Smithsonian Institution Press, Washington, DC.

Stuart, D. E. (2000).Anasazi America: Seventeen Centuries on the Road From Center Place, University of New Mexico Press, Albuquerque.

Toll, H. W., Wilson, D. C., and Blinman, E. (1992). Chaco in the context of ceramic regional systems. In Doyel, D. E. (ed.),Anasazi Regional Organization and the Chaco System, Anthropological Papers No. 5, Maxwell Museum of Anthropology, University of New Mexico, Albuquerque, pp. 147– 157.

Turner, C. G., II (1992). Anasazi cannibalism: Review of Tim D. White’s prehistoric cannibalism at Mancos 5MTUMR-2346.Review of Archaeology13: 7–13.

Turner, C. G., II (1993). Cannibalism in Chaco Canyon: The charnel pit excavated in 1926 at Small House Ruin by Frank H. H. Roberts, Jr.American Journal of Physical Anthropology91: 421–439.

P1: GDX/GDB/GVG/GVM

Journal of Archaeological Research [jar] pp381-jare-366028 March 7, 2002 8:37 Style file version Nov. 19th, 1999

Changing Views on Chacoan Economy, Ritual, and Society 117

Turner, C. G., II, Regan, M. H., and Irish, J. D. (1992). On Peter Y. Bullock’s “A reappraisal of Anasazi cannibalism.”Kiva 58: 189–201.

Varien, M. D. (2000). Communities and the Chacoan regional system. In Kantner, J., and Mahoney, N. M. (eds.),Great House Communities Across the Chacoan Landscape, Anthropological Papers of the University of Arizona, No. 64, University of Arizona Press, Tucson, pp. 149–156.

Warburton, M. (1991). Flaked Stone from the Navajo Springs Great House, Arizona.Journal of California and Great Basin Anthropology13: 230–241.

Warburton, M., and Graves, D. K. (1992). Navajo Springs, Arizona: Frontier outlier or autonomous great house?Journal of Field Archaeology19: 51–69.

Weigand, P. C. (1992). The macroeconomic role of turquoise within the Chaco Canyon system. In Doyel, D. E. (ed.),Anasazi Regional Organization and the Chaco System, Anthropological Papers, No. 5, Maxwell Museum of Anthropology, University of New Mexico, Albuquerque, pp. 169–173.

Weigand, P. C., and Harbottle, G. (1993). The role of turquoises in the ancient Mesoamerican trade structure. In Ericson, J. E., and Baugh, T. G. (ed.),The American Southwest and Mesoamerica: Systems of Prehistoric Exchange, Plenum, New York, pp. 159–177.

Wilcox, D. R. (1996b). The diversity of regional and macroregional systems in the American Southwest. In Meyer, D. A., Dawson, P. C., and Hanna, D. T. (eds.),Debating Complexity: Proceedings of the 26th Annual Chacmool Conference, Archaeological Association of the University of Calgary, Calgary, pp. 375–390.

Wilson, C. D. (1996). Ceramic pigment distributions and regional interaction: A re-examination of interpretations in Shepard’s “Technology of La Plata pottery.”Kiva 62: 83–102.

Windes, T. C. (1991). The prehistoric road network at Pueblo Alto, Chaco Canyon, New Mexico. In Trombold, C. D. (ed.),Ancient Road Networks and Settlement Hierarchies in the New World, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, pp. 111–131.

Windes, T. C. (in press). This old house: Construction and abandonment at Pueblo Bonito. In Neitzel, J. E. (ed.),Pueblo Bonito: Center of the Chacoan World, Smithsonian Institution Press, Washington, DC.

Windes, T. C., and Ford, D. (1992). The nature of the Early Bonito phase. In Doyel, D. E. (ed.),Anasazi Regional Organization and the Chaco System, Anthropological Papers, No. 5, Maxwell Museum of Anthropology, University of New Mexico, Albuquerque, pp. 75–86.

Young, S. M., Phillips, D. D., Jr., and Mathien, F. J. (1996). Lead isotope analysis of turquoise sources in the southwestern U. S. A. and Mesoamerica: A preliminary report. In Demirci, S., Ozer, A. M., and Summers, G. D. (eds.),Archaeometry 94: The Proceedings of the 29th International Symposium on Archaeometry, Ankara, 9–14 May, 1994, Tubitak, Ankara, pp. 147–150.

Week 4 - Southwest, People of the Silence/Kehoe 2002 - American Southwest.pdf

--I I m » 3: m;C () » z (/) o C --I I ~m(/) --I

-I:rm »3:m '"n)0-z VIoc--{:r~mV>--{

»:Im;>0 n»

'"m."o;>0m -iJ:m mc;>0 o ~z Z < ~ o zV>

-iJ:m »:Im;>0 n»z VI o C -iJ: ~mV>-i

-I::r(I) "'tIc(I) tT 0-

"'tI(I)

""o. Q.

»::I m

'"n» OJ m ."o '"m -iIm mc '"o ~z Z ~ 6 z '"

-IIm »::Im '"n»z VI oC -iI ~m '"-j

»:Im '"i)»

'"m."o '"m -iIm mc '"o ."~Z Z < ~ oz '"

-IIm »:Im '"i)»z VI oC --iI :i:m '"-i

~:I m

'"n» '"m....o '"m --iJ:m m c '"o ." ~Z Z ~ V> 6 z V>

-IJ:m ~:I m

'"~Z en oC --iJ: ~m ~

V1w

~.......... '"

~0 S o..~-. >-!~~_. >-!~~o,s....., 0..

~::J ('D e:.. ('D <

~S~('D 0

6- "tI"'C ('D~~::;. ~g c;r .--- o t"'"

.... >-! ('D ::J

~~~>-!0 S....~('D .

~>-!'" 0..g. -g. ('D o >-! ....

~~::J . ('D ('D

J"tI. ~-I.... ('D :I:::Jc;r m ('D ...... »><:0

~en 3:m

S 0 '"~~n~.... » '"

::J z. ~tne: ('D 0 '" '"

c

5' .... --iI

~~~m~V>--i "'C <1> "'C >-!

('D ;:;.

~~'"! VI

'" '" -..j

»3:m '"n» '"m... o '"m --i:I:m mc '"o ~z Z <»V> 6 zV>

...... z o rt tD III

V1 00

» 3:m;JO n »

'"m."o;JO m -iJ:m m c;JO o

~ z Z

~ (5 ZV>

-IJ:m » 3:m;JO n » z VI oC -iJ: ~mV>-i

m C

o-cm » z z ~(I') o z(I')

OJm "o ~m -I Im

» :Im ~-() »

  • page 1
    • Images
      • Image 1
      • Image 2
      • Image 3
    • Titles
      • ~
      • »
  • page 2
    • Images
      • Image 1
      • Image 2
      • Image 3
      • Image 4
      • Image 5
      • Image 6
    • Titles
      • »
      • m
      • »
  • page 3
    • Images
      • Image 1
      • Image 2
      • Image 3
      • Image 4
      • Image 5
    • Titles
      • "'tI
      • tT
      • »
      • m
      • '"
      • »
  • page 4
    • Images
      • Image 1
      • Image 2
      • Image 3
    • Titles
      • »
      • m
      • Z
      • »
  • page 5
    • Images
      • Image 1
      • Image 2
      • Image 3
      • Image 4
      • Image 5
    • Titles
      • ~
      • m
      • Z
      • ~
      • en
  • page 6
    • Images
      • Image 1
      • Image 2
      • Image 3
      • Image 4
    • Titles
      • »
      • m
    • Tables
      • Table 1
  • page 7
    • Images
      • Image 1
      • Image 2
      • Image 3
      • Image 4
      • Image 5
      • Image 6
      • Image 7
      • Image 8
      • Image 9
    • Titles
      • ......
      • »
      • m
      • V>
      • »
  • page 8
    • Images
      • Image 1
      • Image 2
      • Image 3
      • Image 4
      • Image 5
      • Image 6
    • Titles
      • (I')
      • (I')

Week 4 - Southwest, People of the Silence/Naranjo 1995 - Thoughts on Pueblo migration.pdf

Week 4 - Southwest, People of the Silence/Lekson et al. 1988 - Chaco Canyon Community.pdf

The Chaco Canyon Community This ancient Anasazi site contains the ruins of nine

multistory dwellings connected to the outside world by an elaborate system of roads. Why were they built and who lived in them?

by Stephen H. Lekson, Thomas C. Windes, John R. Stein and W. James Judge

The northwest corner of New Mexico is a barren desert, spec­tacularly beautiful but far from hospitable. Vegetation is scarce and rainfall averages about nine inches a year, most of it in the form of intense and often destructive downpours in late summer. In winter the tempera­ ture often falls as low as 20 degrees Fahrenheit below zero; in summer it may reach 100 degrees F. It is hard to imagine life in such a harsh and unfor­ giving environment. Yet along a 10- mile stretch of Chaco Canyon, in the heart of the San Juan Basin, there are remains of what was a thriving com­ munity built almost 1,000 years ago by the Anasazi, ancestors of today's Pueblos. The community once bustled with activity: irrigation systems were built, fields were leveled and a system of roads was laid out in and around Chaco. Now there are only the remains

STEPHEN H. LEKSON, THOMAS C. WINDES, JOHN R. STEIN and W. JAMES JUDGE worked together on the archaeol­ ogy of Chaco Canyon for more than 10 years. Lekson has a BA degree from Case Western Reserve University and got his MA in anthropology at Eastern New Mexico University in 1978. He is currently a visiting scholar at the Arizo­ na State Museum in Tucson and expects to receive his doctorate from the Uni­ versity of New Mexico in 1988. Windes is a staff archaeologist with the Nation­ al Park Service in Santa Fe. He has a BA from the University of North Caro­ lina and an MA from the University of New Mexico. He is currently investigat­ ing the interrelation between Chacoan and Mesa Verdean cultures. Stein got a BA from the University of New Mexico in 1974 and is now an archaeologist for the Navajo Tribal Utility Authority in New Mexico. He is interested in the Cha­ coan road system and the extra canyon Great Houses. Judge is director of the Fort Burgwin Research Center at South­ ern Methodist UniverSity. He got his PhD. from the University of New Mexico in 1970 and was director of research at Chaco Canyon from 1977 to 1985.

100 SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN July 1988

of several hundred stone-wall build­ ings. Among them-and still partially standing today-are the ruins of nine multistory dwellings known as the Great Houses of Chaco.

For more than a century archaeolo­ gists have puzzled over these ruins and the people who built them. The massive size and planning of the Great Houses was unprecedented and un­ equaled in the contemporary Anasazi world. Their elaborate design and size suggests a prosperous, almost urban community and a resident population in the thousands. How can the pres­ ence of a flourishing community in an isolated desert canyon be explained?

In 1972 the National Park Service, in cooperation with the University of New Mexico, assembled a multidisci­ plinary team to address the Chaco Phenomenon, a name that refers to the perplexing cultural history of this set­ tlement. By bringing together special­ ists from different backgrounds, it was hoped, an accurate and coherent picture of Chacoan history might be developed. We wanted to know, for example, how the people of Chaco supported themselves in such a harsh environment. We hoped to learn how the population changed over time and what interaction the Chacoans had with other prehistoric groups. Most of all, we wondered what purpose the Great Houses and their roads served in the lives of the Chacoans.

Constructed in periodic bursts of activity from about A.D. 900 to l l15, the Great Houses are clearly the cen­ terpiece of Chacoan culture. There are nine of them: Penasco Blanco, Pueblo Alto, Kin Kletso, Hungo Pavi, Pueblo del Arroyo, Pueblo Bonito, Chetro Ketl, Una Vida and Wijiji.

Of the nine Great Houses the most famous and most thoroughly studied is Pueblo Bonito. Situated at the base of a 100-foot-high mesa on the north side of the canyon, it has a distinctive D shape and occupies almost three acres of ground. Although little re­ mains today of its upper floors, sever­ al sections that are four or five stories tall are still standing. When it was fi­ nally completed in the 12th century, it contained more than 650 rooms and was the largest of the Great Houses.

Pueblo Bonito and the other Great Houses in the canyon are con­structed from blocks of sand­ stone, carefully coursed (horizontally aligned) in beautiful patterns. These masonry patterns, which are both in­ tricate and period-specific, are a well­ known feature of Chacoan architec­ ture. The sandstone blocks fit togeth­ er tightly, forming walls that are as much as a meter thick at ground lev­ el and decrease slightly with each successive story. The walls are far stronger than those at other Anasazi settlements. Some 45,000 kilograms of sandstone cut by hand from the surrounding cliffs, for example, were needed to build a single small room in one of the Great Houses; as many as 50 million pieces of sandstone may have been cut to build Chetro Ketl alone.

Overengineering, typified by the ma­ sonry walls, is a prevalent feature at Chaco Canyon. It presumably reflects the cultural importance of the Great Houses; it may also have meant that the buildings needed little upkeep and so could be maintained without diffi­ CUlty by a small or intermittent pop­ ulation. The formal geometry of the

PUEBLO BONITO, shown in this aerial photograph, is at the base of Chaco Canyon's north wall. One of nine Great Houses at Chaco, it was divided into more than 650

rooms, many of which may have served a purpose other than habitation. Great Houses are noted for their numerous circular ceremonial chambers called kivas. Two Great Kivas, which are characteristic features of Chaco Canyon, are visible here_

© 1988 SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN, INC

© 1988 SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN, INC

NEVADA

I I I , I I I I I UTAH I COLORADO : r'v : /: I I I I I �'�---�AN- 4-----: _-- JUAN R.: SAN JUAN\ :1'- ..r VI I'MOUNTAINS, _ _ --- I -------------________ L _______ ---- =------- '\ ? : , I , I ,SAN JUAN / I �" I BASIN /

-

'\ �: . /' I I CHACO I I : CANYON I \ � I \ '1°c. : \ ';?rg<t.ON : f /

ARIZONA , �.!l. ___ : ____ --1--...... NEW MOGOLLON MEXICO MOUNTAINS

I -...., I I II' I

1 1 1 1 1 , 1 1 1 1 , , 1 , ,

- r -- - J. --­

, 1 ______ _ I 1 1 1 1 1 , 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 I 1 I 1 1 I

I I I

\ \ -------------

I 1-------- , I

__________ I ___ ..J

MEXICO

KILOMETERS

TEXAS

500 I ,

CHACO CANYON is at the center of the San Juan Basin in the northwest corner of New

Mexico, where Utah, Colorado, Arizona and New Mexico come together. The region of the Southwest that was once occupied by the Anasazi is indicated by a broken line.

AHSHISLEPAH ROAD

KILOMETERS

NORTH ROAD

GREAT HOUSES of Chaco Canyon are connected to one another and to outly­

ing communities by a system of roads that extends across the San Juan Basin. Where the roads encountered cliffs, scaffolding, wood ramps and stairs were built.

102 SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN july 1988

floor plans is another prominent fea­ ture of Chacoan architecture. Rooms and kivas (circular chambers believed to have had a ceremonial function) are arranged in grid like patterns; even the doorways and air vents are construct­ ed at regular intervals along each wall and from room to room and story to story. Such linear precision and com­ plexity could not have been accom­ plished without advance planning and the active involvement of architects.

The sense of massiveness that per­ vades Chaco Canyon stems not only from the masonry itself but also from the amount of labor one imagines was required for the project. We estimate that In order to construct the floors and roofs of these multistory houses 215,000 trees, some of them 25 centi­ meters (10 inches) in diameter, were cut from forests as many as 80 kilo­ meters away; how they were carried across the desert for such great dis­ tances remains a mystery.

Clearly considerably more labor was needed to build the Great Houses than was needed for the smaller houses in the canyon. The Great Houses were much more labor-intensive even per unit area than other buildings of their day. Many of the actual construction techniques seen at Chaco were com­ monplace at smaller Anasazi settle­ ments in the Southwest, but the large scale and grand design of the Great Houses is unique. Not only are the buildings taller, the walls thicker and the stone patterns more intricate but also the individual rooms are larg­ er than rooms constructed elsewhere during the same period.

How many laborers were needed for construction of the Great Houses? We know (from wall abutments and ma­ sonry styles) that major sections of the houses were constructed as single projects. Did the Great Houses require a small army of laborers, as some have suggested? Based on calculations of the amount of stone, clay, water and wood beams needed to build a single room, we estimated that over a 10- year period the equivalent of about 30 men working between two and four months a year could have success­ fully completed a major construction project at Chaco. Although the work would have been arduous· (carrying sandstone blocks from nearby cliffs and logs from a distance of 40 to 80 kilometers could not have been easy), we believe it did not require a resident population in the thousands or a large influx of outside laborers.

The Great Houses were clearly an integral part of Chacoan culture, and in order to understand their imp or-

© 1988 SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN, INC

tance we set out to excavate one that had not yet been studied. We selected Pueblo Alto in part because it was unexcavated but even more because it appeared to be a terminus for several roads from the north, including the Great North Road. By studying Pueblo

Alto we hoped to gain greater insight into the regional road system and its relation to the Great Houses of Cha­ co. Between 1976 and 1979 we exca­ vated 10 percent of the site in order to investigate the different types of rooms and the activities associated

with them. We were reluctant to exca­ vate more than 10 percent, not only because the effort would have been considerable (Pueblo Alto covers more than two acres) but also because we wanted to disturb the site as little as possible.

CHETRO KETL appears almost camouflaged to an onlooker standing near the rim of the canyon facing west. The Great

Kiva at Chetro Ketl, which is a little more than 18 meters (60 feet) in diameter, is clearly visible in the foreground.

SMALLER KlVAS, like those at other Anasazi sites, are abun­ dant at Chaco. At Pueblo Bonito 37 have been excavated. Bo-

nito was built opposite a gap in the canyon's south wall (ho­ rizon at center right), through which the South Road passes.

SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN July 1988 103 © 1988 SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN, INC

a b

a 50 , , METERS

100 ,

, ,

�� , ' , ' rTTl Ii '

c

GREAT HOUSES were built in stages; the additions at each stage at Pueblo Bonito are shown, Older construction is in color, Pueblo Bonito was built in the 10th century as a semicircular suite of rooms and kivas (a); in the 1040's road-related suites

were added along the north wall and a Great Kiva was built (h), In the 1050's and 1060's outer wings were added, razed and remodeled (c), It was completed by 1 140, when more rooms, another Great Kiva and several smaller kivas were added (d),

Situated on top of the north rim of Chaco Canyon about a kilometer from Pueblo Bonito, Alto commands a vast 360-degree panoramic view of the San Juan Basin, a position that is unique among the Great Houses, It also dif­ fers from the other Great Houses in the canyon in having only one story, Unhindered by the confusion created by the collapse of multiple floors, we were able to obtain an unparalleled view of architectural organization and suite planning at the site,

B y utilizing a variety of dating techniques we determined that most of Pueblo Alto was built between 1020 and 1060, although mi­ nor construction and remodeling con­ tinued into the early 1100's, Three

different configurations of connecting rooms, called suites, were identified: household suites, big-room suites and road-related suites, Together they ac­ counted for at least three-fourths of Pueblo Alto's floor area, To our sur­ prise household suites, which con­ sist of a living room connected to a storage room, represented a relatively small percentage of the total number of rooms at Pueblo Alto, We were able to determine that only five of the ap­ proximately 85 rooms originally con­ structed at Alto were for habitation and all of them were in the west wing of the building,

In two of the household suites we found stone- and adobe-lined hearths, storage pits, mealing bins for grinding corn and special niches for food, The

presence of pollen and burned seeds from food plants indicated that food had been processed and eaten in those rooms, The floors, which had been replastered many times, were badly worn-presumably as the result of heavy domestic use, Indeed, the level of activity in those few rooms greatly surpassed that of other rooms we excavated at Pueblo Alto,

Once we had identified the key features of household suites in Pue­ blo Alto we were able to look for evi­ dence of habitation in the rooms of other Great Houses. A similar pattern emerged: we found only five house­ hold suites at Pueblo Bonito, five at Pueblo del Arroyo and no more than 11 at Una Vida. All had apparently been constructed between 920 and

CROSS SECTION of Pueblo Bonito shows its layout and topogra­ phy. Near the canyon's north wall Pueblo Bonito is thought to have been five stories tall; the number of stories decreased

closer to the center. Some kivas shown here were excavat­ ed into the central plaza; others were built aboveground and

the area around them was subsequently filled in with dirt.

104 SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN July 1988 © 1988 SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN, INC

1095 (a period that coincided with construction at Pueblo Alto). We esti­ mate that in each of these Great Hous­ es the household suites may have been home to no more than 100 peo­ ple, a far cry from the 5,000 or more projected by earlier archaeologists.

The big-room suites at Pueblo Alto and at other Great Houses are also suggestive of a limited resident pop­ ulation. Big-room suites consist of a storage room connected to a second room that may have been inhabited on a limited basis, and they are associat­ ed with a small kiva. As their name implies, the rooms of a big-room suite are larger than those of household suites; the overall suite may be as much as 100 square meters in area, or almost twice the size of a household suite. But within a big-room suite the amount of space allocated for hab­ itation is only about 15 percent of the total area, whereas in household suites it is 50 percent or more. More­ over, there are no doors connecting one big-room suite with another-evi­ dence that they were defined in some way by political or social boundaries­ and no indication that cooking or eating took place in them. Five big­ room suites were built when Pueblo Alto was first constructed in the early 1000's and three more were added in subsequent years.

Road-related suites are by far the most intriguing of the three types of rooms we found at Pueblo Alto. They are small, interconnected stor­ age rooms that were built in rows along the exterior of the building and opened directly onto adjacent roads. An unusual aspect of these suites is that they are completely inaccessible from inside the house. If the Great Houses were primarily for habitation, one would expect storage rooms to be accessible to their inhabitants. The existence of doors that open only to the exterior of the building implies instead that the suites are road-relat­ ed storage rooms of some kind and that the residents of the Great Houses had limited control over them. The fact that road-related suites were con­ structed at Pueblo Alto, Pueblo Bo­ nito and Chetro Ketl, and probably at Penasco Blanco, at approximately the same time (the 1040's) strongly sug­ gests that they were built for a com­ mon purpose.

Other aspects of Pueblo Alto archi­ tecture are of interest. Like all the larger Great Houses, it has a central plaza: a large. open area within the building's walls. Unlike the plazas at smaller dwellings in the canyon, which were of soil compacted by foot, the

plaza at Pueblo Alto was periodically resurfaced with thick coats of clay. We assume that the plaza served a special purpose in the lives of the Chacoans, perhaps as an important gathering place at certain times of the year, but we know little else about it. A second plaza was also identified at Pueblo Alto, but it is outside the building and marks the juncture of several roads, and so it may be related to trade rather than to ceremony.

O ur systematic excavation of Pueblo Alto resulted in the discovery of an extraordi­ nary number of artifacts. More than 204,000 pieces (including potsherds, flaked stones and food remains) were recovered, 70,000 of them from a

nearby trash mound that occupied 2,400 cubic meters of space and stood four meters tall. How could the small permanent population in the house­ hold suites have produced such a disproportionate number of artifacts? We estimated that over a 60-year pe­ riod more than 150,000 pottery ves­ sels alone were discarded in this one trash mound. If our estimate of the number of permanent residents at Pueblo Alto is correct, that amounts to 2,500 vessels per year or 25 pots per person per year! How might such a quantity of refuse be explained?

The trash mound provides interest­ ing clues to the activities that may have taken place at Chaco. The trash appears to be layered in the mounds as if it was deposited intermittently

FLOOR OFFSET

CROSS SECTION of several rooms in a typical Chaco an Great House is shown in this schematic drawing. The strength of the structure is suggested by the width of the walls. Floors were constructed from primary and secondary pine beams (laid at right angles to one another) and then covered with a mud plaster. Rooms were well vented to provide adequate air circulation. A variety of doors, including small corner doors, T-shaped doors and full-length rectangular doors, can be found in each Great House.

SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN july 1988 105 © 1988 SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN, INC

MASONRY of the Great Houses is highly stylized and falls into four basic types. The

oldest (a) is fairly crude, consisting of irregular chunks of sandstone held together by large quantities of mud (replaced here with concrete); the second consists of blocks of sandstone chinked or reinforced with small, flat chips of rock (b). The third and fourth types are most recent, having been built in the late 1000's. The third is characterized by rows of large sandstone blocks alternating with rows of small· er pieces (c); the fourth is made from flat, highly regular pieces of sandstone (d).

STAIRS were sometimes cut into the cliffs surrounding Chaco to facilitate movement into and out of the canyon. This staircase was built about a kilometer north of Chetro Ketl and runs some 75 feet vertically up the cliff face. To the left of the stairs handholds, also carved into the rock, are visible. To the right of the staircase at its top one can see the beginning of a second set of stairs, which was never completed.

106 SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN July 1988

rather than daily. Not all the Great Houses have trash mounds, implying that they were not essential to or indicative of everyday living. Houses that do have mounds show a similar discrepancy between the number of artifacts and the size of the resident population. We therefore think the mounds reflect human activity unre· lated to daily occupation. Could the mounds have been created by sea­ sonal gatherings of large numbers of people, who may have converged on Chaco for ceremonial reasons? Once created in that way, they may have become important features of the landscape, serving as visible remind­ ers of past ceremonial events.

The roads that radiate out from the Great Houses provide further-and in­ deed the most compelling-evidence that Chaco was not an isolated com­ munity but was physically connected to distant Anasazi communities. Al­ though the roads were first noticed in the early 1900's, when the Navajo who live in the region today reported find­ ing traces of them in remote areas of the San Juan Basin, it was not until remote· sensing techniques became available in the 1970's that the roads were studied on a large scale.

In 1981 the Bureau of Land Manage· ment began a systematic study of the Great North, Ahshislepah, South and Coyote Canyon roads, major roads known to cross the vast area of public lands surrounding Chaco Canyon. At the time it was widely believed the roads, which are noticeably linear (the Great North Road, for example, follows a bearing close to true north for al­ most 50 kilometers), were little more than simple trails made visible by pro­ longed wear. As the study progressed, however, it became apparent that the roads had been carefully engineered: not only were the roadbeds excavated below the surface particularly in areas of uneven topography, but also they were flanked by linear mounds of earth called berms. The width of the roads varies in some places, becoming greater in the vicinity of the Great Houses, but for large distances it is a consistent nine meters (almost 30 feet) across. Wide stairways were cut into the cliff faces of Chaco Canyon, and wood ramps and scaffolds were set at various points along the cliffs to facilitate movement into and out of the canyon.

We are just beginning to compre· hend the extent of the roads beyond the San Juan Basin. Ongoing studies by Jon R. Roney of the Bureau of Land Management, Michael P. Marshall of the Solstice Project, Andrew P. Fowler

© 1988 SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN, INC

GREAT KJV A at Chetro Ketl is one of the largest at Chaco. It is a massive structure with a wall about three feet thick. On the floor four masonry-lined holes held enormous wood roof sup-

DOORS are quite distinctive in the Great Houses, where several types were built. T-shaped doors (left) were constructed in various dimensions. This one, from Pueblo Bonito, is unusually wide; its function, like that of most T-shaped doors, is not

ports; at the center was a square firebox. At regular intervals around the circumference there are recessed niches, each about a foot square, whose function was probably ceremonial.

known. Perhaps the T shape made it easier to carry a large burden through the doors easily. Corner doors, such as one from Pueblo del Arroyo (right), were less common; they may have facilitated movement through the maze of storage rooms.

SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN July 1988 107 © 1988 SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN, INC

of the Zuni Archaeological Program and us suggest that the roads proba­ bly extend as far north as the San Juan Range in the Rocky Mountains and as far south as the Mogollon Mountains. Although we are less certain of their paths east and west, we believe they may have extended as far east as the turquoise mines near Santa Fe and as far west as the Little Colorado River

UTAH : COLORADO �

o I

o o

o o •

I

valley, perhaps even as far as the San Francisco peaks near Flagstaff.

What purpose might these roads have served? We believe they identify Chaco Canyon as both the ceremonial center and the hub of a vast regional network. The probability that Chaco was a ceremonial site is indeed likely. Great Kivas, conspicuous elements of Chacoan architecture, are found with-

o ,

o

so 100 , KILOMETERS

a"

j o GREAT HOUSE

WITH GREAT KIVA

• GREAT HOUSE WITHOUT GREAT KIVA

- ROAD

,

o - PROJECTED ROAD

ARIZONA NEW MEXICO

CHACOAN REGION, defined by the presence of Great Houses, Great Kivas and roads, covers northeastern New Mexico and parts of Colorado, Utah and Arizona and is much more extensive than previously recognized. Although the road system is in­ completely mapped, the authors are currently expanding their research in this area.

108 . SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN July 1988

in the walls of some of the larger Great Houses. At least 18 have been found at Chaco; two of them have been excavat­ ed at Pueblo Bonito. These masonry­ walled subterranean structures are twice as large as the other kivas at Chaco: they average from 15 to more than 20 meters in diameter and are as much as four meters deep. At the bottom of each there are masonry­ lined holes that once held massive roof supports; one of the timber sup­ ports found at Chetro Ketl is known to have measured 68 centimeters (26.5 inches) in diameter, a hefty load to carry for a distance of 40 or more kil­ ometers. Recessed niches are spaced at set intervals in the walls of the Great Kivas. Their function is not known, but they may have had cere­ monial importance.

Evidence that Chaco Canyon was the center of an extensive regional system can be derived from the types of arti­ facts found there. Exotic items, includ­ ing turquoise from the Santa Fe region 160 kilometers to the east, ornamental shells from the Pacific coast and cop­ per bells and macaw feathers from Mexico, are more abundant at Chaco Canyon than at other contemporary Anasazi sites. More remarkable is the number of utilitarian goods that were imported from outside the canyon. As much as a third of the chipped-stone debris found at Pueblo Alto came from distant quarries, such as Washington Pass in the Chuska Mountains 80 kil­ ometers away. Up to half of the many thousands of pottery cooking vessels are made from a special clay that has also been identified as coming from the Chuska area. �most a century ago structures

similar to the Great Houses of Chaco Canyon were recognized

some distance from the canyon. The site called Aztec Ruin, for example, which is similar to Chetro Ketl in size and layout, was discovered 85 kilome­ ters north of Chaco and excavated in the 1910's and 1920's. Over the years other Chaco-like sites have been re­ ported. By the 1970's the number of extra canyon Great Houses had grown to more than 20, most of them severe­ ly eroded by the forces of nature and reduced to rubble mounds. After a decade of fieldwork the list of pos­ sible extra canyon houses has grown to more than 150 and covers an area of at least 150,000 square kilome­ ters and perhaps as much as 300,000 square kilometers.

We think this entire area was part of the Chacoan regional system during

© 1988 SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN, INC

PUEBLO ALTO is situated above Chaco Canyon on the north mesa, where it commands a panoramic view of the surround­ ing San Juan Basin. Only a vague outline is visible from the air, in part because much of Pueblo Alto has been eroded and in part because much of the site has been filled in to prevent

further decay. The remains of four prehistoric roads leading north from Pueblo Alto can be seen faintly (in contrast to modern roads, which are readily visible). The road system was carefully planned: the roads are surprisingly straight and for much of their length they are a constant nine meters wide.

the lith and 12th centuries. We think so not only because the extra canyon houses are architecturally similar to the Great Houses of Chaco but also because many of them are connected to Chaco by the elaborate system of roads. The Chacoan system, as we now define it, is from eight to 10 times larger than we had previously recog­ nized, and the scale of our studies has become irreversibly much larger.

Before the discovery of Great Hous­ es and roads beyond the San Juan Basin, we thought the evolution of the Chaco an regional system could best be explained on the basis of local ecological conditions. We knew that during the 1 1 th and 12th centuries the San Juan Basin was a bleak and largely uninhabited desert and that the road system extended for many kilometers through terrain uninhabited by the Anasazi. Eventually the roads reached the rim of the basin, where greater rainfall and more productive soils encouraged densely populated settle­ ments. We knew from tree-ring data

that in any given year the amount of rainfall might have varied considera­ bly around the basin and that a good agricultural year at one spot (produc­ ing a food surplus) might have been a bad year (leading to famine) at anoth­ er. We theorized that Chaco Canyon was a central storage site for the en­ tire San Juan Basin. Surplus fooct from around the basin would be brought to the Great Houses, where it would be stored until needed by communities affected by scant rainfall. In such a context the big-room suites, the road­ related suites and the layered trash mounds make perfect sense.

Now, given the dramatic increase in the scale of the Chacoan system, we must reevaluate our hypothesis. Al­ though we are certain that Chaco Can­ yon was very different from the isolat­ ed proto-urban community it is often portrayed as being, we are less certain of how it fits into the world beyond the San Juan Basin. We know that it was the heart of a vast regional system and a community of unprecedented

complexity; we also have reason to believe it was much more than a com­ munal center for the San Juan Basin. Just how large was the Chaco system? No one can say for sure, but it is clear that the picture now emerging signals the beginning of a new generation of Chacoan studies.

FURTHER READING THE ARCHITECTURE OF PUEBLO BONITO.

Neil M. judd. Smithsonian Miscella­ neous Collections, Vol. 147, No. I, Publi­ cation 4524; 1964.

GREAT PUEBLO ARCHITECTURE OF CHACO

CANYON, NEW MEXICO. Stephen H. Lek­ son. Publications in Archaeology 18B, Chaco Canyon Studies. National Park Service, Division of Cultural Research, P.O. Box 26176, Albuquerque, N.M., 1984.

PEOPLE OF CHACO: A CANYON AND ITS CULTURE. Kendrick Frazier. W. W. Nor­ ton and Company, Inc., 1986.

ARCHAEOLOGICAL SURVEYS OF CHACO

CANYON. Alden C. Hayes, David M. Brugge and W. james judge. Univer­ sity of New Mexico Press, 1987.

SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN July 1988 109

© 1988 SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN, INC

Week 4 - Southwest, People of the Silence/Lekson 2002 - War in the Southwest, War in the World.pdf

listories of outheastern rchaeology IITED BY SHANNON JSHINCHAM, JANE ILL, AND CHARLES M C N W

iis volume provides comprehensive, soad-based I~M~w, including -st-person ent and conduct of a over the past

nct the individual 'e who participated nide an insider's a wide audience. " 3 Archeotogual Survey

he Tennessee, reen, and Lower lhio Rivers rpeditions of larence loomfield Moore ) m D AND WllH AN TRODUCTION BY -HARD R. POLHEMUS

iis richly illustrated, lersized book is s in Southeastern sed on Moore's vaterways of

me with great mate- . Undoubtedly one

ie whole set. " 1 University

3-5 $60.00 p a p a

*DOlml?

WAR IN THE SOUTHWEST, WAR IN THE WORLD

Stephen H. Lekson

The study of wagare in the ancient Pueblos of the U.S. Southwest has become politicized and contentious, and southwestern data are only rarely used to address larger anthropological theories of war. A cross-cultural model of violence proposed by Carol and Melvin Ember (1992) suggests that war in pre-state societies is predicted by resource unpredictability and social- ization for fear: The Ember and Ember model is evaluated using syntheses of southwestern warfore by Steven LeBlanc (1999). environmental variability by Jeffrey Dean (1988, 1996). and political history by Stephen Lekson (1999). The fit between the southwestern data and the model is close, and suppons the Ember and Ember model.

El estudio de la guerm enrre 10s Pueblos antiguos del Suroeste de 10s Estados Unidos se ha vuelto politizado y contencioso, y 10s datos del Suroeste han sido lrsados raramente para tratar las teorias antropoldgicas mas extensas sobre la guerra. Un modelo transcultural de violencia propuesto por Carol y Melvin Ember (1992) sugiere que la guerra en sociedades pre-estatales espre- decible por la incenidumbre de 10s recursos y la socialization por miedo. El modelo de Ember y Ember es evaluado usando la sintesis de la guerra en el Suroeste por Steven LeBlanc (1 999), la variabilidad del medio ambiente por Jeffrey Dean (1988, 1996). y la historia politica por Stephen Lekson (1999). 01 estrecha concordancia entre 10s datos del Suroeste y el modelo apoya la prop- uesta de Ember y Ember.

T he past decade has seen renewed archaeo- logical interest in warfare in the ancient U.S. Southwest (Haas 1990; Haas and Creamer 1993; LeBlanc 1999; Lipe 1995; Rice and LeBlanc 2001 ; Schaafsma 2000; Turner and Turner 1999; Wilcox and Haas 1994). A region conventionally considered peaceful is emerging as periodically vio- lent. Southwestern warfare receives media attention, and, in its most sensational presentations (Preston 1998; Turner 1999), accounts of warfare and possi- ble cannibalism polarize archaeology and offend Native Americans. The furor caused by journalistic presentations of these subjects, however, does not diminish their importance. As Haas (1990), Kanmer (1999), LeBlanc (1999) and, earlier, Kroeber and Fontana (1986) have demonstrated, the study of vio- lence in the ancient Southwest can contribute to larger anthropological questions about warfare.

There is, of course, no anthropological unanim- ity on war's causes (see, for example, Ferguson 1984; Fenill 1997; Haas 1990; Keeley 1996; Kelly 2000; Otterbein 1973, 1997; Reyna and Downs 1994). If consideration is extended to other disciplines that study warfare (economics, history, military science,

Stephen H. Lekson . Department of Anthropology and Museum 80309-02 18

--

political science, philosophy, psychology, sociology, and others), the range of ideas is staggering. Many theories about warfare fall into two major approaches: ideas that favor internal biological or psychological causes, and ideas that favor external institutional or environmental causes. Arguments from either perspective are often presented as exclu- sive: that is, extekal or internal factors are presented as paramount. In this paper, I will use southwestern prehistoric data to evaluate one crosscultural study that links the origins of warfare to both external envi- ronmental and internal psychological factors, devel- oped by Carol Ember and Melvin Ember (1992).

In the Ember and Ember model, the primary exter- nal environmental factor is resource unpredictabil- iQ. Is resource unpredictability correlated with southwestern war? The southwestern data used here to evaluate warfare and resource unpredictabiity are, principally, Steven LeBlanc's (1999) recent sum- mary of violence in the Southwest and Jeffrey Dean's dendroclimatological reconstructions of ancient southwestern climate (Dean 1988, 1996). A sec- ondary factor in Ember and Ember's study implicates internal psychological conditions with the onset or

I of Natural History, University of Colorado, Boulder, CO

American Antiquity, 67(4), 2002, pp. 607424 Copyright@ 2002 by the Society for American Archaeology

-

AMERICAN ANTIQUITY W. 67, No. 4,2002

prevalence of warfare. This factor is socialization for is no reason to ignore imperfections in either the mistrust or fear. My reconstruction of the political model or the data, but it happens so seldom that it history of the ancient Southwest (Lekson 1999) will seems worthy of remark. be used to evaluate Ember and Ember's second, inter-

The Southwest, In Brief nal proposition about the causes of war. The Ember and Ember study is particularly inter- The archaeology of Pueblo peoples is well summa-

esting in that it addresses both external, environ- rized by Cordel1 (1994,1997), Plog (1997), and Reid mental causes and internal, psychological causes. It and Whittlesey (1997). Here I provide an extremely is only one alternative in the vast literature on war, brief version of later Pueblo history and geography, but Ember and Ember's cross-cultural methodology for readers who may be unfamiliar with the region.

1 I

is singularly well-suited to archaeological applica- This paper does not address the Hohokam (the 1 i tion and testing (Ember and Ember 1995). ancient peoples of southern Arizona), and they are f

The southwestern studies that forni the core of absent from this review. Note that all dates in this i 1

my analysis are subject to various and numerous crit- paper are A.D. ; icisms, but these works provide remarkably (even Southwestern archaeology is doubly fortunate in uniquely) broad syntheses of key themes useful for that it has a great deal of highquality field research the evaluation of the Ember and Ember model. and high-resolution dendrochronology, which pro- Wide-ranging synthetic studies-such as those of vides both precise tree-ring dates and (as discussed LeBlanc and my own work-are always vulnerable below) fine-grained climatic data. The prehistory of to alternate interpretations of details and particulars; the Southwest is also relatively uncomplicated, in but, as we shall see, the conclusions of the studies contrast to the Basinof Mexico, the Xgris-Euphrates, I use here are remarkably congruent. The mutual or many other areas with longer sequences and more agreement of these independent studies must not be complex developments. The Southwest provides a accepted uncritically as representing a true inter- simple and relatively clear archaeological record. pretation of the past, but their complementarity is This is not to diminish the remarkable achievements

of ancient southwestern peoples (or modem archae- This adcle is not an attempt to develop an encom- ologists); indeed, the Southwest's simplicity and the

passing model for violence and warfare in the South- quality and quantity of its archaeological data make west. It is only an application of the Ember and the Southwest a useful place for investigating com- Ember model to southwestern data-no more and plicated matters, and war is a complicated matter. no less. Nor does it present startling new data; the Today, Pueblo peoples live in about 30 towns in data considered here come from published, peer- 19 tribal clusters, along a 500-lan-long arc ftom the reviewed studies, cited and quoted throughout. The Hopi villages of Arizona to Taos Pueblo in New paper begins with a brief review of relevant south- Mexico (Figure 1). The modem Pueblo groups are western prehistory. It then summarizes Ember and the cultural heirs of a tradition of small farming vil- Ember's study of warfare in non-state societies, and lages that reaches back in time at least 1,500 years, their conclusions linking (primarily) environmental and extended in space over the "Four Comers" areas factors and violence and (secondarily) psychologi- of Utah and Colorado, most of New Mexico andAri- cal factors and violence. Dean's dendroclimatology zona, and the northern part of Chihuahua. It is use- and LeBlanc's study of warfare in the ancient South- ful to divide this vast area into northern and southern west will then be presented to evaluate the environ- parts (Figure 1). The northern half of the Pueblo mental aspects of the Ember and Ember model. My region corresponds, roughly, to the southern portion version of Pueblo political history is then integrated of the Colorado Plateau and includes the present with chronologies of violence and warfare to address Pueblos. The southern half includes the mountain- the psychological conclusions of the Ember and ous Mogollon uplands and the upper margins of the i

Sonoran and Chihuahuan deserts. Most towns in the A particular appeal of the Ember and Ember southern Pueblo world had been abandoned about I

model for southwestern archaeology is this: it works. 1450, but at the time of Spanish contact, Pueblo pee As we shall see, there is a reasonably good fit ples were living in the northernmost reaches of the between their model and our data. That fit, of course, Chihuahum deserts in south-central New Mexico.

- -- - - -

[Vol. 67. No. 4,2002 stephen H. Leksonl WAR IN THE SOUTHWEST, WAR IN THE WORLD 609

tions in either the s so seldom that it

Brief

les is well summa- 1g (1997), and Reid ,vide an extremely 'ry and gwgraphy, ar with the region. le Hohokam (the ona), and they are at all dates in this

loubly fortunate in ility field research ology, which pro- and (as discussed The prehistory of Southern Puebl mcomplicated, in : Tigris-Euphrates, quences and more thwest provides a leological record. ble achievements >r modem archae- simplicity and the logical data make westigating com- plicated matter. h u t 30 towns in long arc from the s Pueblo in New Fire 1. Southwest United States and Northwest Mexico, with selected ton* sites, and regions 'ueblo groups are :mall farming vil- 1 Those southern villages did not survive coloniza- Canyon was very important in the tenth and eleventh least 1500 years, tion. The entire region is arid. Agriculture in the century. For over a century, archaeologists explored ur Comers" areas south was closely linked to rivers and canal irriga- and excavated at Chaw (Frazier 1999; Lister and Lis- I Mexico and Ari- tion, but "dry fanning" (relying primarily on rain- ter 1981). Judge (1989) provides a particularly use- huahua. It is use- fall) was a major element of subsistence in the ful summary, and I follow his chronology here (see lern and southern northern Pueblo world. also Crown and Judge 1991; Lekson et al. 1988). df of the Pueblo Pueblo traditional histories recount high degrees Chaco's massive buildings and its remarkable net- southern portion 5 of population movement and migrations by large work of "roads"-linear earthen features that extend udes the present groups. Many pueblos grew to several thousands of great distances-and far-flung Chaco-like structures es the mountain- residents by the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries, ("outliers") have suggested to many archawlogists er margins of the despite the "abandonment" of the Four Comers area that Chaco was the center of a large region. vIost towns in the at the end of the fourteenth century, the "abandon- Chaco's end in the early or mid twelfth century ibandoned about ment" of the southern Pueblo region in the fifteenth was followed by the rise of remarkable cliff-sheltered tact, Pueblo peo- century, and other population disruptions. villages in southwestern Colorado and across the 1st reaches of the Various areas within the Pueblo world were Four Comers area. The cliff-dwellings date princi- d New Mexico. archaeologically prominent at different times. Chaco pally to the late twelfth and thirteenth century. The

AMERICAN ANTIQUITY wl. 67, No. 4,2002

largest villages of this era, however, were huge arrival of the Spanish in the late sixteenth century. "open" sites that were up to five times the size of the This brief survey, of course, does not attempt to largest cliff-dwellings. The twelfth and thirteenth digest the cultural history or the voluminous archae- centuries saw the emergence (or solidification) of ology of the Pueblo Southwest. It simply outlines the localized traditions-"Kayenta," "Mesa Verde," chronology and geography of Pueblo prehistory, and "Tularosa," and the like-several of which contin- introduces principal sites pertinent to the analysis of ued down into the historic Pueblos. An excellent violence and warfare in the Southwest, to which we summary of the Pueblo world during this period is now turn. provided by Adler (1996).

One of the very largest thirteenthcentury sites, Cm-Cultural Studies of Warfare in Non-State Societies

Morris; Morris's work was summarized inLister and (1996) War Before Civilization. Keeley makes a Lister (1987). Recent thinking is summarized by strong case that "archaeologists of the postwar period McKema and Toll (2001). Aztec Ruins, during the had artificially 'pacified the past' and shared a per- twelfth and thirteenth century, included six-to-eight vasive bias against the possibility of prehistoric war- structures comparable to the massive Chacoan build- fare" (Keeley 1996:vii). In contrast to that received ings of the preceding century and scores of smaller view, he argues that "peaceful prestate societies were ! structures. Building ceased at Aztec Ruins about very rare; warfare between them was very frequent" i

1275, a date coinciding with the "Great Drought" of (Keeley 1996: 174). Keeley's study documents the c a 1275-1 300and the final abandonment of the Four prevalence of war across a wide range of societies Corners region. in a broad range of times, as a corrective to the vast

The fourteenth and fifteenth centuries saw the literature on war that is based, he argues, on fatally development of Pueblos along the Rio Grande, at insufficient data. Misunderstandings of the violent Acoma, Zuni and the Hopi mesas, as well as signif- nature and high frequency of war in non-state soci- icant population centers in the southern Pueblo area eties have, in Keeley's opinion, undemlined classi- in the Mogollon uplands and northern Chihuahua. cal and contemporary theory on war. (See Otterbein Many of these towns and village clusters emerged 1997 for a critique of Keeley, and a more moderate from local traditions; others were significantly reading of war in pre-state societies.) affected by the late-thirteenth-century population The Pueblo Indians of the U.S. Southwest are movements out of the Four Comers area and (later, famously peaceful. Pueblos of the late-nineteenth and less certainly) by fifteenthcentury movements and early twentieth century were offered as models out of the southern Pueblo region. Sites reached very for nonviolent society (Benedict 1989[1934]). Was large sizes: the largest prehistoric Pueblos date to the this always the case? Steven LeBlanc (1999) argues fourteenth and fifteenth centuries. One of these is a that Keeley's thesis applies to the U.S. Southwest: site that is emerging as truly important in south- LeBlanc concludes that the ancient Southwest was western archaeology: PaquimC, near the town of as violent as other agricultural, non-state societies. Casas Grandes in Chihuahua, Mexico. PaquimC is For Keeley, the theoretical search for causes of only a little more than 100 km south of the interna- warfare is confounded by the complexity of the phe- tional border, but southwestern archaeologists did not nomenon, pervasive across many varied societies begin to understand the site until the late 1960s, when and different environments. The richness and vari- Charles Di Peso of the Amerind Foundation exca- ety of Keeley's data defeat the simple causal argu- vated about one-third of the ruin. His monumental ments of past theories: "the essential focus of almost report @i Peso 1974) is the principal account of the all of these arguments has been the perennial ques- site, supplemented by recent research (Schaafsma tion: what causes war? . . . no complex phenome- and Riley 1999; Whalen and Minnis 2001). The city non [such as war] can have a single cause" (Keeley of PaquimC was abandoned about 1450, along with 1996: 17). Perhaps the Southwest, in its simplicity much of the southern Pueblo world. The northern and archaeological clarity, will prove a useful place Pueblos continued to grow and flourish until the to investigate war's causes. I turn now to a study

[Val. 67, No. 4.2002

ixteenth century. x s not attempt to luminous archae- imply outlines the 110 prehistory, and : to the analysis of rest, to which we

Warfare in es

syntheses of war- rrence Keeley's Keeley makes a le postwar period md shared a per- Fprehistoric war- t to that received Ite societies were ~s very frequent" I documents the mge of societies xtive to the vast rgues, on fatally :s of the violent 1 non-state soci- lernlined classi- -. (See Otterbein more moderate .) Southwest are late-nineteenth Fered as models 89119341). Was c (1999) argues J.S. Southwest: Southwest was state societies. h for causes of xity of the phe- .arid societies mess and vari- le causal argu- Focus of almost erennial ques- ~lex phenome- :auseW (Keeley I its simplicity a useful place ow to a study

stephen H. Leksonl WAR IN THE SOUTHWEST, WAR IN THE WORLD 61 1

to Keeley's in breadth, which reached tentative conclusions about the causes of war. These conclusions can be evaluated using southwestern data.

Carol Ember and Melvin Ember (1992; see also Ember 1982) conducted a broad crosscultural study ofthe predictors of warfare in non-state societies, by evaluating standardized coefficients in a multiple regression analysis of cross-~ultural data mostly from the Human Relations Area File Collection of Ethnog- raphy. They concluded, "war may be caused by a fear of nature and a partially resultant fear of others. A history of unpredictable natural disasters strongly

more war, as does socialization for mistrust (but less strongly)" (Ember and Ember 1992:242). That is, they concluded that two factors most strongly predicted the presence of war in non-state societies.

The two strongest predictors of warfare were "resource unpredictability" (R = 0.63 1, p < 0.001) and "socialization for mistrust" (R = 0.352,~ c 0.025) (Ember and Ember 1992:Table 1). Resource unpre- dictabiity refers to "nonchronic resource problems created by natural disasters" (Ember and Ember 1992:250). Socialization for mistrust is a psycho- logical result of enculturation: "people who grow up to be mistrustful of others, and who therefore fear others, may be more likely to go to war than to nego- tiate or to seek conciliation" (Ember and Ember 1992:245). They argue from tbeiianalysis that social- ization for mistrust is "more likely a cause than awn- sequence of war" (Ember and Ember 1992:254). For reasons that will become clear, I recast "socializa- tion for mistrust" as "socialization for fear."

Each of these factors will be discussed at more length below, but please review the Ember and Ember article for tbe larger arguments behind these two wn- elusions, which I accept here as hypotheses. Can we test these hypotheses with the archaeological record of the U.S. Southwest? I will first discuss resource unpredictability, and then turn to socialization for fear.

Resource Unpredictability

Resource unpredictability is a far more familiar theme in archaeology than socialization for fear. Rainfall fanning (or "dry farming") was apparently the major agricultural strategy in the northern Pueblo region (Cordell 1997; Plog 1997; Reid and Whittle- sey 1997). Absent investment in canal irrigation, rainfall was probably the most important environ- mental parameter that affected crop production

through various "dry-farming" strategies. Salinated soils, unseasonable frosts, insect infestations, and other natural disasters undoubtedly impacted crops, but year-to-year, rainfall was probably the principal concern of farmers and their leaders. Today, much Pueblo ceremonialism encourages or insures rainfall.

Because of the very close linkage between pre- cipitation and farming success, resource unpre- dictability should be reflected in dendroclimatology, the reconstruction of past climate through tree-ring analysis. Dendroclimatology provides annual and even seasonal projections of precipitation, with great precision. The remarkable dendroclimatological record in the Southwest was summarized in a widely cited paper by Jeffrey Dean (1988). Dean defined periods of "high temporal variability" in tree-ring departures (averaged decadally); that is, spans in which year-to-year variation was highly variable. Variation in tree-ring departures reflects comparably high temporal variability in various parameters of annual rainfall that, in the arid Southwest, has a direct relationship to crop production in "dry-farming" societies of the ancient Pueblo region (e.g.,Van West 19%). In a later paper, Dean (19%) presents addi- tional data on seasonal variation, that is, patterns of seasonal dominance of precipitation-a key factor in the success of "dry farming." In this section, I will briefly discuss conventional archaeological inter- pretations of environmental risk, and then use data from Dean's 1988 and 19% papers to construct a chronology of resource unpredictability.

"High temporal variability," as presented by Dean (1988, 1996) is a composite measure, defined by visual inspection of a number of parallel tree-ring sequences. (Spatial variability is also important, but beyond the goals of my paper.) In periods of "high temporal variability," change from high to low tree- ring indices was rapid, taking place over scales of one to ten years. "High temporal variability" was defined in contrast to "low temporal variability," when change took place over several decades. In short, "high temporal variability" meant rapid, short- term oscillations of precipitation, while "low tem- poral variability" meant longer ternl, more stable regimes. Cultural systems could adapt to either cir- cumstance--the principal argument of Dean and his colleagues (see chapters in Gumerman 1988).

Viewed from the longer term, southwestern soci- eties did indeed adapt--by creating new storage tech- nologies, intensifying agricultural practices, by

AMERICAN ANTIQUITY pol. 67, No. 4,2002

migrating to new places, or by dissolving into new these had my meaningful impacts on local social forn~ations. These adaptations, while real, are behaviors [Cordel' 1996:2541. best perceived from the distance of history: a pattern In contrast, I will argue that regional political

1962: 13). But from the perspective of the individual ancient Southwest.

variability." In regimesof "low temporal variability," Resource unpredictability need not be quite so dra- good times stayed good and bad times stayed bad. matic, particularly for marginal environments. Ln Subsistence decisions could be made with a reason- deserts, slight variations in rainfall can make the dif- able degree of predictability. In regimes of high tem- ference between subsistence success and failure. We p o d variability, the only constant was change. A are accustomed to think of risk in the ancient South- farmer would never know what the next year might west in temls of droughts. The Southwest is a desert; bring, and any decision could easily be wrong. that is, drought is a constant. Sustained severe Risk--both real and perceived-was high. droughts with "low temporal variabilitym--such as

It is possible to adapt to circumstance of high-tem- the so-called Great Drought of ca. 1275-1 300, could p o d variability by developing storage, reciprocity, be accommodated by movement or by the develop- and other adaptationist scenarios (as Dean and 0th- ment of new technologies, such as irrigation. That ers have demonstrated). It is also possible to respond is, a series of dry years became predictable, and soci- to those circumstances by raiding and warfare, as eties and individuals made decisions based on the Billman et al. (2000) and Haas and Creamer (1993) perceived likelihood of another bad year. (Prolonged suggest for the Pueblo Southwest, or by developing periods of higher rainfall were also, presumably, cir- adegree of political complexity, as Judge (1979) and cumstances to which ancient societies could adjust, Lekson (1999) have suggested for Chaco. presumably with more satisfaction.) But rapid and

southwestern archaeology has long favored stor- effectively unpredictable oscillations between "wet" age, agricultural intensification, and other economic and "dry"yeam-Dean's periods of "high temporal adaptations to environmental risk over political or variabilityw-would challenge conventional social powerresponses. A fair gauge of southwestern think- responses and perhaps exceed existing strategies for ing can be found in the ten papers compiled in Evolv- subsistence adjustments. ing Complexity and Environmental Risk in the Thus, Dean's periods of "high temporal variabil- Prehistoric Southwest painter and Tainter 1996). ity" in tree-ring departures can be taken as proxy These studies address "resource uncertainty," "risk," measures of resource unpredictability. Periods of and "subsistence stress" (all of which encompass "high temporal variability" as defined by Dean variousfornisofresourceunpredictability).Politi- (1988:138) fall at approximately 310-380, cal hierarchy and warfare barely break the surface 750-1000, 1350-1560, and 1730-1825. That peri- (most notably in Kohler and Van West 1996:183; odization will be modified, slightly, here to reflect and in Tainter's introduction to the volume), and are an additional fornl of unpredictability: seasonal vari- generally ignored as an alternative to adaptationist ability of precipitation. Dean (1996) identified two responses to environmental risk. Linda Cordell, in basic regimes of seasonality. In the north and west her concluding remarks to this important volume, Southwest, precipitation was generally "bimodal'' notes the relative unimportance of political models: (evenly divided between winter and summer), while

Regional social dynamics and hierarchical sys- east and south precipitation was "summer dam- terns of social control are not considered irnpor- inant" (Dean 1996:Fig. 5). Those Pactems held over tant to the kinds of strategies implemented in almost all the dendroclimatological record; that is, response stress. . . . despite more than a they were effectively predictable over long periods decade of discussing the of time. At ca. 1250, however, those long-standing and the possibility of the existence of regionally based systems in the fourteenth century, most patterns were that is, became archaeologists are probably not convinced that hgly unpredictable. "Between about A.D. 1250 and

[Vol. 67, No. 4, ~ 0 2

mpacts on local

t regional political nanagement of risk edictability in the

defined by Ember sasters: volcanoes, ler epic calamities. lot be quite so dra- environments. In

'1 can make the dif- ess and failure. We the ancient South- lthwest is a desert; Sustained severe abilityw--such as 127S1300, could )r by the develop- s irrigation. That lictable, and soci- ws based on the year. (Prolonged presumably, cir-

ties could adjust, I.) But rapid and 1s between "wet" f "high temporal ventional social ng strategies for

nporal variabil- taken as proxy lity. Periods of fined by Dean sly 310-380, 825. That peri- here to reflect : seasonal vari- identified two

lorth and west dl y "bimodal" ~mmer), while 'summer dom- ems held over ecord; that is, - long periods long-standing k a m e strik- i.D. 1250 and

stephen H. Leksonl WAR IN THE SOUTHWEST, WAR IN THE WORLD 613

1450 . . . the long-term pattern [of seasonal precip- itation] broke down intochaotic distributions. . . that exhibit no local geographic patterning" (Dean 1996:43). From 1250 to 1450, the Pueblo people experienced resource unpredictability of a type unique in later southwestern prehistory: "a 200-year, regional-scale disruption of a climatic pattern that characterized the Southwest for the preceding 550 y- [A.D. 700 to12501 and the following 550 years [A.D. 1450 to present]" (Dean 1996:43; see also Ahlstrom et d. 1995). It should be noted that the analysis of seasonal variability was conducted by a principal component analysis of overlapped cen- turies, and therefore is potentially less precise than the decadal analysis of rainfall variability, discussed above. The onset date of 1250 is therefore approxi- mate.

"High temporal variability" in tree-ring depar- tures happened at least four times in the dendrocli- matological record, as noted above. High seasonal variability, however, was unique, at the regional scale; that is, it happened only once, from 1250 to 1450. Note the slight but significant differences between the period of "high temporal variability" at 1350-1560 and the episode of high seasonal vari- ability at 1250-1450, and particularly the difference between the inceptions of each, at 1350 and at 1250. While "high temporal variability" (i.e., unpre- dictability) in tree-ring departures began about 1350, significant unpredictability in seasonal precipitation patterns began about 1250. There is, of course, no reason why the two should coincide; the point here is that two diierent kinds of resource unpredictability are indicated that, in tandem, suggest an inclusive episode of significant resource unpredictability from 1250 to 1575 caused by both "high temporal" and chaotic seasonal variability. Thus, in combination, the indicated periods of resource unpredictability from both causes become: 310-380, 750-1000, 1250-1560, and 1730-1825.

Violence and Warfare Against periods of resource unpredictability, as defined above, we can contrast data from Steven LeBlanc's (1999) survey of Prehistoric Warfare in the American Southwest. LeBlanc defined three peri- ods of warfare in the ancient Southwest: Early (0-900), Middle (900-1 150), and Late (1250-Span- ish contact). The missing "interim" period 1 150-1250 was "particularly difficult to character-

ize in terms of warfare" (LeBlanc 1999: 153); I will return to the 1 150-1 250 period below. LeBlanc char- acterized these periods by labels: Early, "Endemic warfare"; Middle, "Pax With a Twist"; and Late, "Crisis and Catastrophe" (LeBlanc 1999).

A wide range of behaviors is subsumed by terms such as "warfare" and "violence." LeBlanc refers to violence in both Early and Late periods as warfare. I prefer terms reflecting the very different nature of violence in those two periods (congruent with LeBlanc's presentation): in the Early period, a lower level of raiding and feuding, comprising sporadic, situational, tit-for-tat conflicts on a family or small- group scale; and in the Late period, real war, con- sisting of large, intense, institutionalized combat on village or even multiple-village scales. Yet a third form of violence characterized the Middle period: executions. These executions were the grim "twist" in LeBlanc's "Pax with a twist." All three fornls of violence will be discussed at more length, below.

LeBlanc's Early period was marked by intennit- tent but persistent violence: endemic raiding and feuding. The severity of this violence was not con- stant through the. Early period. LeBlanc notes that, within the long Early period (0-900), there was marked "increase in the level of warfare during the late Pueblo I period-in the late 700s and 800s" (LeBlanc 1999: 145). I therefore divide LeBlanc's long Early period into two subperiods, 0 to late 700s and late 7700s to 900, with increased evidence for raid- ing- and feuding-scale violence during the later sub- period. "It is unclear, at this point, why the rate of warfare intensified at that time Date 700s] or why it was so abruptly terminated [about 9001" (LeBlanc 1999:146). Neither of my changes-substituting "feuding and raiding" for LeBlanc's "endemic war- fare" and the temporal recognition of intensified vio- lence during the late 700s-alters LeBlanc's general characterizations and conclusions about the Early period.

For his Middle period, LeBlanc amends my old phrase "Pax Chaco" to ''Pax with a twistv-and there wasindeed a"twist" (executions, discussed at length below). Otherwise, the Middle period from 900 to 1 150 was "an era of unprecedented peace" (LeBlanc 1999: 196). A wide range of archaeological data, summarized by LeBlanc, strongly suggests an abrupt and dramatic end to Early period raiding. In the Mid- dle period, few homes were burned and violent trauma is rare. Middle period settlement can be fairly

- -

614 AMERICAN ANTIQUITY [Vd. 67, No. 4,2002

characterizedassmdsingle-family orextendedfam- and Turner (1999) note only about 75 possible ily homes, scattered around the countryside in non- instances, and re-analysis may reduce this number defensivelocales. Often, these wereloosely clustered (see Billman et al. 2000). While few in number, the in communities around Chaco "outliers," but this events were spectacularly brutal. In LeBlanc's words: settlement pattern does not suggest concern for war "the bodies of humans were treated the same as car- or violence. In summary, LeBlanc's Middle period casses of animals" (LeBlanc 1999: 172). Small was characterized by the absence of warfare and the groups of people were executed, dismembered, muti- presence of peace-but not the absolute absence of lated, and, less certainly, cannibalized. White violence (as described below) from 900 to 1 150. describes the archaeological remains of these events

Middle period peace probably persisted beyond at a small pueblo in southwestern Colorado, dated 1 150, through the hazy "interim period from 1150 to ca. 1100: to1250. LeBlanc states, of this interim period, that Scattered beds" were found in several violence was "present, but barely visible in the locations on the site. There is a clear dichotomy archaeological record,'' compared to spectacularly between these remains [of about 30 individuals] evident after 1250 ( ~ e ~ l a n c 1999: 195). Low and the intentional, primary burials [of two indi- visibility, I think, represents low occurrence: the viduals]. Unlike the primary burials, there was

no association or articulation of skeletal ele- interim was, from the evidence, largely an extension me,ts, and multiple individuals were mixed of the Pax Chaco-As I will argue below, political Pat- together in the scattered bone beds. It is inferred terns that characterized Chaco from about 900 to that the fragmentation of these remains was not 1125 continued at Aztec Ruins from about 11 10 to the result of sediment Pressure kcause h g - 1275-throughout the interim period. The ments of individual skeletal elements were found

widely separated. . . . Elements in the bone beds Chaco" continued, I think, as a failed "Pax Aztec." manifest burning and trauma. There is no evi- Therefore, 1 will extend the Middle period through dence of purposive burial and no evidence of in the 1150-1250 "interim": for this paper, the Middle situ burning m t e 199252-531. period dates from 900 to 1250. I do not think my extension of LeBlanc's Middle period alters his This pattern has been documented throughout the recognition of a remarkable episode in southwest- Northern San Juan region by Kuckelman et al. em prehistory. LeBlanc rightly concludes that the (2000: 159): "thesecharacteristics indicate that much Middle peri0cL"ten generationsof a virtual absence of the violence during this time was intended to do of war,. . . worthy of serious studyw--was an excep more than simply kill people." Kuckelman and her tional event (LeBlanc 1999:3 13). Adding several colleagues refer to these situations as "extreme pro- more generations of peace makes the Middle period cessing," which they abbreviate as 'W."These events even more remarkable. require a label to differentiate them from raiding and

In contrast to this remarkable era of peace, warfare, and following their temunology, I will call LeBlanc defines a limited but very specific form of these executions "EP Events." violence that characterized the Middle period and While the brutal nature of EP Events is beyond accompanied the Pax Chaco. Against the absence of doubt, claims of cannibalism remain controversial. warfare in the Middle period, LeBlanc notes thepres- No claims have been made for subsistence canni- ence of a disturbing form of social violence: a series balism; almost all authors who positively consider of group executions recognized over much of the evidence of cannibalism (Billman et al. 2000; Kant-

i !

northemPueblo area between the late 900s and 1250 ner 1999; LeBlanc 1999; Turner and Turner 1999) I

by LeBlanc (1999: 162-186), by Turner and Turner argue that the violence that culminated in cannibal- (1 W ) , by White (1992), and by Kuckelman et al. ism was an instnunent of political power: a tactic of (2000). (I am not aware of incidents of this type of terror or intimidation. Other archaeologists have sug- violence in the southern Pueblo world in the Middle gested that Middle period EP Events might also period.) While a few incidents of this type of vio- reflect witchcraft executions, without cannibalism lence are known before and after the Middle period, (Bullock 1998; Darling 1999; Dongoske et al. 2000; archaeological evidence indicates that these events Walker 1998), a subject to which we will return were sharply concentrated in the Middle period. below. For the purposes of this paper, the reality or

This formof violence was limited in scope. Turner nonreality of cannibalism is not important. i

[Vol. 67, No. 4,2002

ily about 75 possible ay reduce this number hile few in number, the tal. In LeBlanc's words: reated the same as car- nc 1999:172). Small xi, dismembered, muti- cannibalized. White tmains of these events :stem Colorado. dated

re found in several is a clear dichotomy bout 30 individuals] burials [of two indi- y burials, there was on of skeletal ele- iduals were mixed e beds. It is inferred :se remains was not .sure because frag- lements were found ~ts in the bone beds a. There is no evi- d no evidence of in -531.

iented throughout the y Kuckelman et al. ics indicate that much e was intended to do Kuckelman and her

ons as "extreme pro- as 'W."These events [em from raiding and minology, I will call

IP Events is beyond :main controversial. r subsistence canni- positively consider

metal. 2000; Kant- :r and Turner 1999) ninated in cannibal- al power: a tactic of amlogists have sug- Events might also ithout cannibalism mgoske et al. 2000; ich we will return >aper, the reality or important .

stephen H. Leksonl WAR IN THE SOUTHWEST, WAR IN THE WORLD 61 5

I I

Fire 2 Schematic chronologies of resource unpFedictability and violence. Periodization of resource unpredktability mod- ified h r n Dean (1988,1996); of raidinglreuding and warfare modified from LeBlanc (1999). See text lor details. Note the appmximate coincidence of periods of violence nod periods of resource unpredictabiity and escalation of violence from raid- inglreuding (early) to warfare @ate).

LeBlanc's final Late period (1250-Spanish Con- tact) was marked by large-scale warfare: village against village and even multiple-village alliances against single villages or enemy alliances (see also Upharn 1982). The scale and nature of southwestern violence reached levels that can appropriately be called warfare, in contrast to Early period raiding and feuding, and Middle period EP Events. LeBlanc sees large-scale warfare beginning in 1250 and continu- ing until Spanish Contact (which, hereafter, I date approximately to 1600) and beyond. It is notable that modem Pueblo stories and histories clearly recount warfare on dramatically larger scales during the Late period (Haas and Creamer 1997).

In summary, I recast LeBlanc's chronology (with my minimal revisions) thus:

%late 700s early Early period Low-level raiding and feuding

h e 7OOs900 late Early period Escalating raiding and feuding

m 1 2 5 0 Middle period Peace with EP Events 1250-1600 Late period Mllage or alliance warfarc

Resource Unpdctability and Warfare, Compared

With these chronologies in hand, we can evaluate the Ember and Ember model by comparing resource unpredictability with violence and warfare in the Pueblo Southwest (Figure 2). Recall that Dean defined four periods of "high temporal variability," which I have amended to incorporate Dean's (19%) era of high seasonal variability, thus: 310-380, 750-1000, 1250-1560, and 1750-1825. Do these periods of resource unpredictability correspond to periods of warfare and violence? Taken in order,

3 10-380: Dean's first period of high temporal variability falls in the early part of LeBlanc's Early period (&late 700s), for which there are few data. It is impossible to evaluate whether Dean's span of 3 10-380 corresponds to any increase against a back- ground of what appears to be "endemic" low-level raiding and feuding.

750-1000: Dean's 750-1000 period of high tem- poral variability corresponds to the second part of

616 AMERICAN ANTIQUITY vol. 67, No. 4,2002

LeBlanc's Early period (late 700s to 900), which and Dean's analyses strongly support Ember and was marked by a notable increase in the levels of Ember's conclusion that resource unpredictability is feuding and raiding. There is a disjuncture of about a strong predictor of violence. Violence correlates one century between the end of Early period violence well with resource unpredictably between 750 and (at 900) and the end of high temporal variability (at 1600 in the Pueblo Southwest, as do peace and 1000). We will revisit this disjuncture below. resource predictability.

10-1250: The period from 1000 to 1250 was not marked by high resource unpredictability. It r e p Socialization for Fear

resents a 250-year span between two of Dean's pen- Resource unpredictability is an external or environ- ods of unpredictability. LeBlanc's peaceful Middle mental cause of warfare and violence; many theo- period (as extended by me to 903-1250) corresponds rists (including Ember and Ember) argue for the closely to this favorable climatic span, with the importance of internal, psychological causes. The fit exception of the disjuncture mentioned above. The between resource unpredictability and violence, Middle period was "an era of unprecedented peace," while close, is not chronologically precise. I believe punctuated by EP Events. Resource predictability that the observed disjunctures in the timing of and peace, therefore, co-occurred. resource unpredictability and violence have impli-

1250-1560: Dean's span of "high temporal vari- cations for internal predictors or causes. ability" from 1350 to 1560 (expanded by me to In the Ember and Ember model, internal causes include "high seasonal variability" from 1250 to are psychological: socialization for fear. "Fear 1450) corresponds closely to LeBlanc's Late period appears to be a common thread in the two obtained (1250-1600). The Late period was marked by vil- predictors of war-fear of nature and fear of others"

I lagean-village and alliancean-alliance warfare- (Ember and Ember 1592:256). Recall that Ember and "crisis and catastrophe," in LeBlanc's words. Ember considered socialization "less strong" than 1

1730-1825: LcBlanc does not extend his analy- resource unpredictability, but socialization for fear 1 sis beyond Spanish contact, so Dean's final period was still a significant predictor of war. Further, Ember i 1 of "high temporal variability" is not applicable here. and Ember argued that socialization for fear was, sta-

j, A brief survey of colonial history does not suggest tistically and theoretically, a cause rather than a con-

)

a close correlation of high temporal variability and sequence of warfare. They discussed the relationship violence in the Spanish and Mexican Southwest-The of resource scarcity and socialization for fear: 1 Ember and Ember model, developed from non-state There is some evidence suggesting that fear of l

data, should nabe expected to apply to the colonized others may be at least partially a result of fear 5

~~~h~~~~ after 1600, with the possibility of bulk of resource scarcity; if people have a history of I j

resource problems, their fear of scarcity may transportation of foodstuffs. spill over into fear of others. In any case, mis-

While not precise, the correspondences of bstful adults may be more mely to respond LeBlanc's periods of Early period raiding, Middle aggressively to the arousal of any fears, and period peace, and Late period warfare to Dean's pe& therefore socialization for mistrust may lead to ads ofresource unpredic&fity are &king. Impre- more war [Ember and Ember 1992:2451-

cision, in this comparison, should be evaluated in How can we detect socialization for mistrust or j view of the nature of the two rather different fear, archaeologically? Socialization-"the process $ t chronologies: dendroclimatology is farmore precise through which people and especially children are I than cultural periodition. Moreover, "lag times" made to take on the ideas and behaviors appropriate i and temporal mismatches between causes and effects to life in a particular society" (Toren 19965 12)- , must be considered (and should be expected) in any occurs throughout the life cycle in all social settings, model of past behaviors that are not completely but childhood and family contexts are fundamental mechanistic-people take time to react, and may (e.g., Poole 1994). Family contexts are the domain react inappropriately or maladaptively to environ- of household archaeology. While household archae- i 1 mental change. I will argue, below, that the disjunc- ology may prove useful in addressing this question, i tures have important implications for the second, I look here for socialization as it might be institu- psychological factor in the Ember and Ember model. tionalized outside (above) the family and particularly For the present, however, comparison of LeBlanc's in adult social contexts. These contexts could include 1 i

! i i 1

Wd. 67, No. 4,2002

lpport Ember and unpredictability is 'iolence correlates between 750 and as do peace and

:ternal or environ- ence; many theo- er) argue for the cal causes. The fit ty and violence, precise. I believe in the timing of ence have impli- 3uses. 1, internal causes for fear. "Fear

the two obtained id fear of others" 11 that Ember and :ss strong" than llization for fear further, Ember for fear was, sta- ither than awn- the relationship n for fear: : that fear of result of fear : a history of scarcity may ty case, mis- I to respond y fears, and may lead to 2451.

for mistrust or -"the process y children are ~rs appropriate I 1996:512 j x i a l settings, : fundamental re the domain ehold archae- this question, :ht be institu- d particularly could include

stephen H. Leksonl WAR IN THE SOUTI.IWEST, WAR IN M E WORLD

1 ritual and ceremonial institutions (known to be I hpoflant for socialization in modern Pueblos) and

institutions (perhaps more important in ancient Pueblo societies [Lekson 19991). I focus here on the latter, and specifically on politically driven socialization. Politics is an adult occupation; war is

by other means. Recall that the nature of violence differed signif-

icantly from period to period. Early period violence was feuding and raiding. The Middle period was peaceful, but punctuated by EP Events. The Late

was characterized by widespread village-on- "illage or alliance-on-alliance conflict. Early period and Middle period violence might not qualify as "war" under some definitions, but Late period vio- lence was inarguably real warfare. Why did real war- fare emerge during the Late period? The much higher escalated scale of Late period warfare may be related to socialization for mistrust or fear, particularly at the political level. To understand how this might have been so, I will digress briefly into a political history of the Pueblo Southwest. The chronology of politi- cal socialization for fear will then be compared to the nature of violence.

I have presented elsewhere (Lekson 1999) a polit- ical history of the Pueblo Southwest that, like any such broad-scale essay, is susceptible to criticism in detail. Various aspects of my argument may ulti- mately prove incorrect, but I believe that the larger patterns identified are consistent with the record as we now know it, and may well survive as reasonable readings of the past. I refer the reader to the original monograph (Lekson 1999) for the detailed argument and the data supporting it, which I summarize here.

There were, 1 argue, three sequential major regional centers or capitals of the Pueblo Southwest: Chaco (ca 900-1 125), Aztec Ruins (ca 1 1 10-1 275), and Paquim6 (ca. 1250 to1450) (Figure 1). Each cen- ter was the clear primate settlement of its place and time; each was the center of large but different regions. Chaco, Aztec, and Paquimt were, in Paul Wheatley's term, "ceremonial cities" (Wheatley 1971), but they were also, to varying degrees, polit- ical and economic centers. Through time (that is, from Chaco to Aztec to Paquim6) the basis of power shifted from strongly political to largely commercial. At the same time, the subsistence technologies sup porting their near-urban populations (ca. 3,000-5,000 people) shifted from rainfall farming at Chaco, to small-scale irrigation at Aztec Ruins, to

large-scale canal irrigation at Paquimt. The centers became increasingly self-reliant for subsistence sup port. I further argue that these three centers were his- torically linked, with the leaders of each referring symbolically to the preceding center for legitimation of power. That point, though interesting, is irrelevant to the present argument.

The political history corresponds reasonably well to the chronology of resource ~npredicta~lity and warfare, outlined above. Construction at Chaco begins about 900 (or even 850 wndes and Ford 19%]). At about 900, two centuries of Early period intense raiding ended ''abruptly" (LeBlanc's word). With the end of resource unpredictability at 1000, Chaco expands to became a major regional center (ca. 1020; Judge 1989). The coincidence of the end of Early period feudinghiding, the rise of Chaco, and changes in resource predictability is close, if not precise. The end of Chaco and the beginning of Aztec do not correspond to any major changes in resource unpredictability, and the nature of violence (EP Events in an era of peace) continues unchanged until the final decades of Aztec's span, a subject to which I will return below. The end of Aztec as a regional center and the rise, far to the south, of Paquim6 cor- responds well to the return of resource unpre- dictability and the explosion of warfare in the northern Pueblo world.

The nature of Chacoan polity is a matter of much debate. Judge (1989) and others see Chaco as a benign center of ritual and ceremony, but I argue that the evidence points to more formal, hierarchical political structure (Lekson 1999; see also Sebastian 1992). The reality of political power seems evident in Chaco's architecture and high-status burials, and Chacoan roads and outlier Great Houses suggest strong regional control. I suggest that, within the larger context of Pueblo history, Chaco represented a high degree of political centralization. AztecRuins, in my reconstruction, attempted to perpetuate Cha- coan regional dominance, but with less success. Chaco was a relatively effective central political power; Aztec tried to be, but failed. Patterns of Mid- dle period violence may provide insights on the nature of the Chaco and Aztec polities.

The Middle period peace prevailed from 900 to about 1250, interrupted by several score EP Events of execution and mutilations. While I focus here on adult contexts, it is important to note that children were not immune from this violence: "The common

- - - -

61 8 AMERICAN ANTIQUITY [Vol. 67, No. 4,2002

inclusion of women and children that met violent wise remarkable for the absence of war and violence. death is an important characteristic of the violence Over the course of many decades, generations in the Northern San Juan Region" (Kuckelman et al. matured and reproduced amid general peace and 2000: 153). I suggest that EP Events represent coer- economic prosperity, punctuated by rare but brutal cive force directed by and perhaps emanating fust EP Events, in which whole families and residence from Chaco and, later, from Aztec Ruins. Less than groups were executed and brutalized. Thus, Middle an arnly, but more effective than local villagers, period violence constituted a dramatic socialization forces from Chaco and (later) Aztec made brutal for fear, a topic to which I will return. examples of families and households who, for what- A central authority, I argue, was enforcing peace ever reasons, were deemed inimical to the Chaocan and social order by coercion, and EP Events are the world order. This reconstruction is tame in compar- most spectacular archaeological evidence of that ison to Turner and Turner's (1999:480) "cannibal coercive control. These were hierarchical political warrior cult" from Mexico, but consistent with the decisions, and therefore perhaps only distantly arguments of LeBlanc (1999) and Kantner (1999). related to environmental perturbations. Indeed, EP in As factors of politically drivensocialization, it i s m - Events were not correlated with or caused by sonable to assume that knowledge of EP Events was resource unpredictability. I will argue that EP Events

I cc

widespread within and among communities; that is, were politically driven, and their effects in social- everyone knew about the executions, and many- ization for fear was an important cause for elevated children and adults-may have actually witnessed levels of warfare during the Late period.

0 I JL these brutal events. 1

Socialization for Fear and Warfare, eI

This form of social violence might have been Compared i PC framed as witchcraftexecutions (Bullock 1998; Dar- e~ ling 1999; Dongoske et al. 2000; Walker 1998). If Politically driven socialization for fear may be fa so, the Middle period witnessed an astonishing reflected in two intriguing chronological disjunc- : th

explosion of witchcraft. That attribution does negate tures, summarized here and discussed at more length ; PC the political implications of Middle period violence. below. First, a significant period of resource unpre- i IT Political power was almost certainly intertwined with dictability ended about 1000, while Early period v ie dc religious and ceremonial systems. Political offend- lence ended and Chaco began about 900, a century ti ers might well have been condemned and punished earlier. Second, construction at Aztec Ruins contin- PC as witches, or religious apostates, since an offense ued until at least 1275 (and perhaps even later), while against the political power might also be seen as an a period of intense resource unpredictability and

I (1 i T

offense against the ideological and ceremonial sys- coincident Late period warfare began about 1250, I A tem. Parallels between the EP Events seen by decades earlier. i i tk LeBlanc and by Turner and Turner and socially sanc- The first disjuncture, between initial construction i UI

tioned violence of historic Pueblo against witches at Chaco and "Pax Chaco" at 900, and the end of might reflect punishments developed first for ancient resource unpredictability at 1000, has implications al crimes against the state (or at least against the polity), for the noncorrelation of EP Events with resource retained on later, smaller Pueblo village scales. I unpredictability. Most scholars date thebeginning of intend here no disrespect for Pueblo past (and pre- intense EP Events at about 900 (LeBlanc 1999; sent) with this discussion; I merely wish to commu- Kuckelman et al. 2000; Turner and Turner 1999). nicate the possible comparability of Middle period Large-scale construction also began at Chaco at or EP Events and later witchcraft executions. shortly before 900. Neither EP Events nor the rise

Middle period violence, I suggest, was institu- of Chaco appear to be coincident with the end of tionahzed and controlled by central political author- resource unpredictability, and instead both begin

for maintaining the structure of political power. EP et al. 1981), Chaco arose about 900 as a cultural Events occurred mainly (indeed, almost entirely) mechanism specifically to cope with resource unpre- during the Middle period, and during a time other- dictability within the relatively small area of the San

Wd. 67, No. 4,2002

of war and violence. :ades, generations general peace and 1 by rare but brutal lilies and residence i d . Thus, Middle matic socialization 2tum. #as enforcing peace i EP Events are the 1 evidence of that ~rarchical political IPS only distantly ations. Indeed, EP ith or caused by gue that EP Events r effects in social- cause for elevated period.

d Warfare,

for fear may be lological disjunc- sed at more length )f resource unpre- :Early period vio- )ut 900, a century $ec Ruins contin- :even later), while ~redictability and :gan about 1250,

utial construction 1, and the end of has implications lts with resource : the beginning of (LeBlanc 1999; id Turner 1999). m at Chaco at or 'ents nor the rise with the end of tead both begin redictability. Fairly discarded) dge 1979; Judge 00 as a cultural I resource unpre- I1 area of the San

stephen H. Leksonl WAR IN THE SOUTHWEST, WAR IN M E WORLD 619

juan Basin. That is, Chaco began as a small-scale political solution to problems of uneven food pro- duction within its immediate area (that is, the San Juan Basin). 1 argue elsewhere that, despite criti- cisms, this model for the tenthcentury origins of Chaco remains valid (Lekson 1999; Malville 2001). That is, Chaco was a response to ongoing resource unpredictabiility, and it managed that unprdictabil- ity successfully for about a century (that is, from 900 to 1000). Chaco rose as a political solution to raid- ing and feuding caused (at least in part) by resource unpredictability. It appears likely that mechanisms of control included coercive force. Early period raid- ing and feuding ceased when EP Events of the Mid- dle period began, and I do not believe the timing was coincidental.

Following Judge's (1989) chronology, Chaco expanded beyond the ecological limits of the San Juan Basin only after 1000, that is, after the 750-1000 episode of high temporal variability ended. Chaco's political structure, developed in the tenth century, evolved in remarkable ways after the onset of more favorable climatic conditions about 1000. I believe the political system at Chaco was deliberately per- petuated and expanded beyond its original, environ- mental contexts. Mechanisms of political control developed to suppress raiding and feuding also con- tinued in the improved environment of the Middle period: incidence of EP Events increased after 1000 (LeBlanc 1999; Kuckelman et al. 2000, Turner and Turner 1999). The shift in power from Chaco to Aztec was a political act (influenced by a short, twelfthcentury drought, to be sure mkson 1999]), uncorrelated to resource unpredictability.

The onset of Late period village-scale warfare about 1250 correlates well with the reappearance of resource unpredictability, resulting bmboth chaotic seasonal variability and high temporal variability in rainfall (1250-1560). Large-scale construction, in contrast, continued at Aztec until 1275-the second temporal disjuncture. I argue that Aztec attempted to perpetuate Chaco's central political power and failed (Lekson 1999). The scale and scope of Aztec's political dominance never reached that of Chaco's; however, I believe Aztec's influence extended over most of the northern San Juan region. In the north- em San Juan area, the period from 1150 to 1300 "includes fewer cases of extreme perimortem pro- cessing, [and relatively more] association of violent death with burned or partly burned structures, ante-

mortem trauma, and at least one village-wide mas- sacre. . . . This violence could have been the result of escalating violence between sociopolitically equal settlement groups" (Kuckelman et al. 2000: 159). At about 1250, rainfall farming became increasingly problematic and intervillage warfare began.

T3e disjuncture between both the onset of war and resource unpredictability at 1250 contrasted to con- tinued construction at Aztec until 1275 can be under- stood as evidence of political failure. The end of regional order does not result in the immediate aban- donment of the center (consider Rome). Capitals are, by definition, important places and often overlap symbolically and temporally, and even spatially (Rapoport 1993). Old capitals are used in various ways to legitimize new capitals: the "new Rome," the "new Jerusalem," and so forth. There was, indeed, temporal overlap between the sequential centers which I construe to be capitals: the rise of the new center did not preclude continued construction at the prior center. This overlap should not surprise us: important places remain important, even in decline (or ruin). Construction continued at Aztec even after the natural and social environments began to deteri- orate at 1250; leaders and decision makers did not have the benefit of our dendroclimatological retro- dictions and did not realize that Aztec's run was over.

Political disintegration, environmental deteriora- tion, and rising levels of warfare all surely contributed to the "abandonment" of the Four Comers. The details of that event, or series of events, are beyond the scope of this paper (see Duff and Wdshusen 2000, W o n and Cameron 1995; Lipe 1995; Lipe and Varien 1999). It is important to note that the remark- able increase in intensity and scale of Late period violence after centuries of Middle period peace surely played a role in the totality and finality of the out-migration from the Four Comers area. At least 20,000 people left the Four Comers and joined exist- ing communities in the areas of the modem Pueblos or created new towns in new places, as far south as modem Safford, Arizona and Magdalena, New Mex- ico (Wdson 1995; Woodson 1999). The population movements of 1250-1300 may have exacerbated environmental difficulties and escalated war's scale and intensity. In addition, those displacements cre- ated circumstances for sociopolitical change. The northern Pueblo area-nce almost entirely sub- sumed in the Chacoan region-was characterized after 1250 by a breakdown of large-scale regional

620 AMERICAN ANTlOUlTY pol. 67, No. 4,2002

polities, and balkanized into a dozen smaller subre- lowing the Ember and Ember model, I suggest that gional traditions (Adler 1996; Lekson 1996). Noth- there were other, less-material factors influencing ing like Chaco or Aztec ever appeared again in the the severity of Late period warfare. northern Pueblo world, from Hopi to the Rio Grande. Psychological or internal causes may in part

Sometime after 1200, and probably about 1250, explain the intensification of warfare during the Late a capital and political fornlation on the scale of Chaco period: socialization for fear. Recall that Ember and and Aztec reappeared, but much farther south, at Ember (1992) noted that this factor was "less strong" PaquimC in Chihuahua, Mexico. Paquimt's span than resource unpredictability, but socialization for from about 1250 to 1450 was remarkably coincident fear was still a highly significant predictor of war. to the fist half of LeBlanc's Late period (1 250-160) Recall also that Ember and Ember argued that social- of village-on-village and alliance-on-alliance warfare ization for fear was, statistically and theoretically, a across the northern Southwest. PaquimC probably cause rather than a consequence of warfare (Ember traded with those northern villages, but I argue that and Ember 1992:245). Paquimt stayed out of the northern "troubles" (Lek- That conclusion may apply to the Late period, heir 1 son 1999). Paquimt was the third and final capital to the institutions and legacies of the Middle period. in my reconstruction of southwestern political his- The Middle period was aperiod of peace, but it was tory (Lekson 1999); but, far to the south, PaquimC's marked by politically motivated socialization for influence on contemporary northern Pueblos was fear: EP Events. I suggested that people knew (and

i probably far more commercial than political. were intended to know) about these events, and I

The Late period in the northern Pueblo world is assume that people learned (and were expected to accurately described by LeBlanc as a time of "cnsis learn) the social rules and contexts that provoked or and catastrophe." The span 1250-1600 was marked caused them. EP Events were deliberate acts of by warfare on scales unprecedented in southwestern socialization. The phrase EP Events is a sanitized prehistory. Why did violence escalate to real war term for truly honible incidents. The killings were during the Late period? Why did Late period v i e terrible: witch or political enemy, the victims were lence not return to the raiding and feuding that typ terrorized and brutalized. The events must have been ified the Early period? as chilling and awful as political executions of twen-

There were, of course, several important envi- tieth-century nation-states. EP Events of Middle ronmental and historical parameters that differed period suggest, almost inescapably, socialization for between the Early and Middle periods. Absolute pop fear of old and young, adults and children. How ulation levels and regional densities were probably could Puebloan people during the otherwise peace- significantly higher in the Late period than in the ful Middle period not live in fear-in fear of their Early period, although it is difficult to reach archae- own society? The causes of Middle period EP Events ological consensus in matters of population size are of intense interest but, for evaluating the Ember (Adler 1996; Nelson et al. 1994). The nature of and Ember model, they are to some degree irrele- resource unpredictability had also changed: in addi- vant. Political "death squads" or witchcraft "inqui- tion to "high annual variability" from 1350 to 1575, sitions": the constant threat of socially sanctioned from 1250 to 1450 there was also a disruption of violence-whatever its source-would almost cer- long-standing patterns of seasonal variability in pre- tainly create a climate of mistrust and fear. cipitation, unique in dendroclimatological record Returning to Ember and Ember's model, recall

I (Dean 1996). that socialization for fear predicted warfare rather 1 There were more people (probably) and harder than the reverse. Recall also that the end of the Mid-

times (certainly), but, against this, it appears that dle period was also the end of centralized political Late period Puebloan peoples adopted a wide range control in the northern Pueblo world. The strong cen- of new agricultural technologies and those tech- tral role of Chaco was diminished in its successor, nologies apparently worked: population is generally Aztec; and by about 1250, Aztec had ceased to be assumed to have continued to grow until the late fif- an effective regional center. Socialization for fear, t

1

teenth century. Whatever the causes of Late period which hadeffectively controlledraiding and warfare, I

warfare, those causes did not prevent Pueblo popu- gave way to large-scale village warfare, far more lations from increasing and, indeed, thriving. Fol- violent than the endemic raiding and feuding of the

i

pol. 67, No. 4,2002 stephen H. Leksonl WAR IN THE SOUTHWEST, WAR IN THE WORLD

x model, I suggest that rial factors influencing I 0 0 0 0 0 Q 0 0 0 0 r- 0 (D QI z 0 ~arfare. z .- 2 .- f .- 11 causes may in part warfare during the Late Recall that Ember and 'actor was "less strong" y, but socialization for icant predictor of war. nber argued that social- Uy and theoretically, a Ice of warfare (Ember

to the Late period, heir ; of the Middle period. od of peace, but it was nted socialization for hat people knew (and lt these events, and I and were expected to texts that provoked or re deliberate acts of Events is a sanitized ~ts. The killings were my, the victims were :vents must have been 11 executions of twen- P Events of Middle bly, socialization for : and children. How the otherwise peace- 'ear-in fear of their dle period EP Events valuating the Ember some degree irrele- >r witchcraft "inqui- socially sanctioned

-would almost cer- 1st and fear. lber's model, recall icted warfare rather . the end of the Mid- :entralized political xld. The strong cen- led in its successor, x: had ceased to be cialization for fear, Hiding and warfare, warfare, far more and feuding of the

F i r e 3. Schematic chroodogies of @tical history, EP Events, and warfare. Northern centers are shown in gray, southern center shown in white. EP Events modified from LeBIanc (1999), Turner and 'hmer (1999). and Kuckelman et al. (2000). See tea for details. N d e that village-on-village and alliance warfare begins about 1250, approximately coiocident with the end of oortbern centers and "EP Events."

Early period (Figure 3). While there were other important factors (e.g., larger population and high seasonal variability, discussed above), it is worth considering socidization for fear as one carcse of vil- lage-on-village warfare in the Late period. Three and one-half centuries of Middle period EP Events must have produced lasting cultural patterns-internal causes-that exacerbated and escalated warfare in the Late period. When Aztec ceased to function as a regional center, the political controls that had enforced peace in the Middle period disappeared and violence erupted on unprecedented levels: real war came to the Southwest.

A frequent criticism of cross-cultural analyses, such as the Ember and Ember study used here, is the general absence of history or sequence, and the con- sequent confusion of cause and effect. Does war cause fear, or does fear cause war? The chronology of violence and politics in the northern Pueblo world supports, to a degree, Ember and Ember: the increased intensity of warfare in the Late period was conditioned by the history, institutions, and psy- chology of the Middle period--the Pax Chaco with

its politically driven use of political force-and the cultural legacy of over three centuries of socializa- tion for fear.

Conclusions

How might the emerging recognition and study of violence in southwestern prehistory contribute to larger anthropological questions of warfare? Alone, lurid and controversial stories of cannibalism add lit- tle of value. Set within larger histories of politics, warfare, and ideology, the new southwestern data may, in fact, have something to contribute.

Steven LeBlanc in Prehistoric Warfare in the American Southwest differentiates theories about war that are fundamentally "materialist" versus those that are "nonmaterialist" (LeBlanc 1999:308ff.), closely paralleling Ember and Ember's "external" and "internal" categories. Among the former, we would find theories built around resource scarcity or evolutionary fitness; "nonmaterialist" theories, on the other hand, emphasize psychological or idee logical factors. Often, these approaches are seen as exclusive and contradictory. The application of the

622 AMERICAN ANTIQUITY [Vd. 67, No. 4,2002

Ember and Ember study to the Southwest suggests Darling, J.A. 1999 Mass Inhumation and the Execution of W~tches in the

the of both: is exter- American Southwest, American Anthropologist nal and materialist, while socialization for fear is 100:732-752. internal and nonrnaterialist. Together, these two fac- J. S.

1988 Dendrochronology and Paleoenvironmental Recon- tors may better explain warfare in the ancient South- -tionon Plateau, In aAMSaZiina Chong- west than models emphasizing only one school of ing Environment, edited by G. J. Gumerman, W. 11%167. thought. Referring to a slightly different dichotomy, &bridge University Pr&, Cambridge.

1996 Demography, Environment, and Subsistence Stress. In Lawrence Keele~ (1996:17) notes "the anthro~o- Evolving Cmplexil). b i m n m e ~ l l Risk in tfie Pre- logical debates about the causes of warfare may rep historic Soutlrwest, edited by J. A.Tainter and B. Bagley Tain- resent a classic case of unacknowledged ter, pp. 5 5 6 . Addison-Wesley, Reading, ~assachu-sens. complementarity." Di Peso. C. C. 1974 Cnsm Gmndes. Amerind Foundation, Dragoon, Ari-

Acbunvledgments. War is a dismal study. I presented versions of this argument at various conferences and symposia, and audiences did not rejoice. Neither Jeff Dean nor Steven LeBlanc nor David Wicox agree with my wnclusions, but they all generously commented on early drafts. Carol and Melvin Ember also read early drafts and condoned my use of their research. T. J. Ferguson. Carla Van West, and two anony- mous reviewers critiqued this paper for American Antiquity. Their comments greatly improved its contents, but should not be construed as indicating agreement with my arguments. At the University of Colorado, Payson Sheets, Arthw Joyce, Linda Cordell, Claudio Cioffi, Catherine Cameron, and Doug Bamforth all commented on early drafts. Tmothy Kohler, edi- tor of American Antiquity, was remarkably helpful in seeing this manuscript through to publication. To all these friends and colleagues: thanks!

References Cited Adler, M. A. (editor)

1996 The Prehistoric Pueblo Wor1dA.D. 1150-1350. Uni- versity of Arizona Press, Tucson.

Ahlsrnm, R. V. N., C. R Van West, and J. S. Dean 1995 Environmental and Chronological Factors in the Mesa

Verde-Northern Rio Grande Migration. Journal of Anthm- pological Archaeology 14: 125-142.

Benedict, R 1989 [I9341 Panem of Culture. Houghton W n , Boston.

Billman, B. R., P. M. Lambert, and B. L. Leonard 2000 Cannibalism, Warfarz, and Drought in the Mesa Verde

Region during the Twelfth Century A.D. American Antiq- uity 65145-178.

Bullock, P. Y. 1998 Does the Reality of Anasazi Violence Prove the Myth

of Anasazi Cannibalism? In Deciphering Anasazi Kolence, edited by P. Y. Bullock, pp. 35-5 1. HRM Books. Santa Fe. New Mexico.

Cordell, L. S. 1994 Ancient Pueblo People. S t Remy Press, Montreal. 1996 Models and Frameworks for Archaeological Analysis

of Resource Stress in the Amzrican Southwest In Evolving Comphil). andEmimnmpnta1 Risk in the Prehistoric South- west, edited by J. A. Tainter and B. Bagley Tainter, pp. 25 1-265. Addison Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts.

1997 Archaeology of tfie Southwest. 2nd edition. Academic Press, San Diego.

Crown, P. L., and W. J. Judge (editors) 1991 Chaco and Hohokam. School of American Research

Press, Santa Fe, New Mexio.

zona. Dongoske, K E., D. L. Martin, and T. J. Ferguson

2000 Critique of the Claim of Cannibalism at Cowboy Wash. American Antiquity 65: 179-190.

Duff, A. J., and R. H. Wilshusen 2000 Prehistoric Population Dynamics in the Northern San

Juan Region, A.D. 9%1W. The Kiva 66: 167-190. Ember, M.

1982 Statistical Evidence for an Ecological Explanation of Warfare. American An~hmpologist 84645-649.

Ember, C. R., and M. Ember 1992 Resource Unpredictabiiity, Mistrust, and War. Jouml

of Conflict Resolution 36:242-262. Ember, M., and C. R. Ember

1995 Worldwide CrossCulhml Studies andlheir Relevance for Archaeology. Journal of Archaeological Research 3:87-111.

Ferguson, R. B. 1984 Introduction: Studying War. In Warfare Culncre and

Environment, edited by R. B. Ferguson, pp. 1-81.Academic Press, Orlando.

Ferguson, T. J., and E. R Hart 1985 A Zuni Atlos. University of Oklahoma Press, Norman.

Ferrill, A. 1997 The Origim of War: From the Stone Age to Alexander the Gmar. Westview Press, Boulder, Colorado.

hazier, K 1999 People of Chaco. 2nd edition. W.W. Norton, New York.

Gumerman, G. J. (editor) 1988 The Anasazi in a Changing Environment. Cambridge

University Press. Cambridge. Haas. J. (editor)

1990 The Anthropology ofWar. Cambridge University Press. Cambridge. U.K

Haas, J., and W. Creamer 1993 Stress and Warfare Among the Kayenia A m a z i of the

77ziaeenrh CemuytlD. Fieldiana,Antbropo1ogy New Series 21. Field Museum of Natural History, Chicago.

1997 Warfare Among the Pueblos. Ethwhistory 44:235-26 I. Judge, W. J.

1979 lhe Development of a Complex Cultural Ecosystzm in h e Chaw Basin, New Mexico. In Proceedings of the First Conference on Scientific Research in the National h k i , edited by R. M. Linn, pp. 901-906. National Park Service, Washington, D.C.

1989 C h a c d a n Juan Basin. In 0 , m i c s of Southwest Prehistory, edited by L. S. Cordell and G. J. Gumerman,pp. U)9-261. Smithsonian Institution Press, Washington, D.C.

Judge, W. J., W. B. Gillespie, S. H. Lekson, and H. W. Toll III 1981 Tenth-century Developments in ChacoCanyon. In Col-

lected Papers in Honor of Erik Kellerman Red. edited by

Vol. 67, No. 4,2002

xecution of W~tches in the erican Anthropologist

leoenvironmental Recon- In The Anasazjin a Chang- Gumeman, pp. 1 19-167. nbridge.. and Subsistence S m s . In ?nniental Risk in the Pre- Tainterand B. Bagley Tain- Reading, Massachusetts.

bundation, Dragoon, Ari-

J. Ferguson aibalism at Cowboy Wash.

unics in tbe Northern San .e Kiva 66: 167- 190.

blogical Explanation of st 84:645-649.

distrust, and War. Journal 12.

udies and Their Relevance rchaeological Research

In Warfare, Culture and w n , pp. 1-81. Academic

Mahorna Press. Norman.

w Stone Age to AIexnnder ler, Colorado.

. W.W. Norton, New York.

Environment. Cambridge

mbridge University Ress,

5e Kayenta Anasazi of the .Anthropology New Series twy, Chicago. Ethnohisrory 44:235261.

4ex Cultural Ecosystem in n Proceedings of the First ~h in the N a t i o ~ l Pa&, 16. National Park Service,

I Dynamics of Sowhwest 1 and G. J. Gumerman, pp. I Press, Washington, D.C. h n , and H. W. Toll III ;in Chaco Canyon. In Col- cllerman Reed, edited by

stephen H. Leksonl WAR IN THE SOUTHWEST, WAR IN THE WORLD 623

A. H. Schroeder, pp. 65-98. Papers of the Archaeological Society of New Mexico 6. Archaeological Society of New Mexico, ~buqueque .

Kantner, J. 1999 Survival Cannibalism or Sociopolitical Intimidation? H m Nature 10: 1-50.

Keeley, L. H- 1996 War Before Civ i l ihon . Oxford University Press, New

Y d . Kelly, R. C-

2001) Warless Societies and the Origin of War. University of Michigan Press, Ann Arbor.

KoMer, T. A., and C. R. Van West 1996 The Calculus of Self-Interest in the Development of

Cooperation: Sociopolitical Development and Risk Among the Northern Anasazi. In Evolving Complexity and Envi- mnmental Risk in the Prehistoric Southwest, edited by J . A. Tainter and B. Bagley Tainter, pp. 16%1%. Addison-Wes- ley, Reading, Massachusetts.

&bet, C. B., and B. L. Fontana 1986 Massacre on the Gila: An Accounl of the Last Major

Bank Between American Indim, Wth Refkctwnr on the Origin ofwar. University of Arizona Ress, Tucson.

Kubler, G. 1962 The Shape of E m . Yale University Press, New Haven.

Kuckelman, K. A., R. R. Lightfoot, and D. L. Martin 2000 Changing Patterns of Nolence in the Northern San Juan

Region. The Kiva 66: 147-165. LeBlanc, S. A.

1999 Pmhistoric Warfare in the American Southwest. Uni- versity of Utah Press, Salt Lake City.

Lekson, S. H. 1996 The Pueblo SouthaestAfterA.D. 1 150. In Interpreting

Southwestern Diversity, edited by P. R. Rsh and J. J. Reid pp. 4 1 4 . Anthropological Research Paper 48. Arizona State University, Tempe.

1999 The Chaco Meridian. Altamira Press, Walnut Creek. California

Lekson, S. H., and C. M. Cameron 1995 The Abandonment of Cham Canyon, the Mesa Verde

Migrations. and the Reorganization of the Pueblo World. Journal of Anthropological Archaeology 14: 184-202.

Lekson, S. H., J. R. Stein, T. Wlndes, and W. James Judge 1988 The Chaco Canyon Community. Scientific American

259:lOO-109. Lipe, W. D.

1995 The Depopulation of the Northern San Juan: Conditions in the Turbulent 1200s. Journal ofAnthropologica1 Archae- ology 14:14%169.

Lipe, W. D., and M. D. Varien 1999 Pueblo III (A.D. 1 150-1 300). In Colorado Prehistory:

A Context for the Southern Colorado River Basin, edited by W. D. Lipe, M. D. Varien, and R. H. W~lshusen, pp. 290-352. Colorado Council of Professional Archaeologists, Denver.

Lister, R. H., and F. C. Lister 1981 Chaco Canyon. Universityof New Mexico Press,Albu-

querque. 1987 Aztec Ruinr on the Animus. University of New Mexico

Press, Albuquerque. Malville, Nancy J.

U)01 Long-Distance Transport of Bulk Goods in the Prehis- panic American Southwest. Journal of Anrhropological Archaeology 20:23&243

McKenna, P. J., and H. W. Toll Ul UX)I Regional Patternsof Great House Development Among

the Totah Anasazi, New Mexico. In Anawzi R e g i o ~ l Or@-

nization and the Chaco System, 2ndedition. edited by D. E. Doyel, pp. 13S143. Maxwell Museum of Anthropology Anthropological Papers No. 5. Maxwell MuseumofAnthm pology, Albuquerque.

Nelson, B. A., T. A. KoNer, and K. W. Kintigh 1994 Demographic Alternatives. In Understanding Com-

plexity in the Prehistoric Southwest, edited by G. Gumer- man and M. Gell-Mann, pp. 11S146. Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts.

Otterbein, K. F. 1973 The Anthropology of War. In Handbook of Social and

Cultural Anthropology. edited by J. J. Honigmann, pp. 92S958. Rand McNally, Chicago.

1997 The Origins of War. Critical Review 11: 251-277. Plog, S.

1997 Ancbii Peoples of theAmerican Southwest. Thames and Hudson, London.

Poole. F. J. P. 1994 Socialization, Enculturation, and the Development of

Personal Identity. In Companion Encyclopedia of Anthro- pology. edited by T. Ingold pp 831-860. Routledge, Loo- don.

Preston, D. 1998 Cannibals of the Canyon. New Yorker 74(37):7&89.

Rapoport A. 1993 On the Nature of Capital and Their Physical Expres-

sion. In Capital Cities, edited by J. Taylor. J. G. Lengelle, and C. Andrew, pp. 3 147. Carlton University Press, Oaawa

Reid J., and S. WhittIesey 1997 TheArchaeology ofAncientArizo~. University ofAri- zona Press, Tucson.

Reyna, S. P., and R. E. Downs (editors) 1994 Shufying War: Anthropological Perspectives. Gordon

and Breach, Amsterdam. Rice, G., and S. A. LeBlanc (editors)

2001 Deadly Landrcapes: Case Shufies in Prehistoric South- western Warfare. University of Utah Press, Salt Lake City.

Schaafsma. P. 2000 Warrior; Shield, and Star: Imagery and Ideology of

Pueblo Warfare. Western Edge Press, Santa Fe, New Mex- ico.

Schaafsma, C. F., and C. L. Riley (editors) 1999 The Cusas Gmndes World. University of Utah Ress,

Salt Lake City. Sebastian, L.

1992 The Chaco Anasazi: Sociopolitical Evolution in the Pre- historic Southwest. Cambridge University Ress. Cambridge, U.K.

Tainter, J. A., and B. Bagley Tainter (editors) 1996 Evolving C o n r p l a i ~ and Environmental Risk in the

Prehistoric Southwest. Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massa- chusetts.

Toren, C. 1996 Socialization. In Encyclopedia of Social and Culhtral

Anthropology, edited by A. Banard and J. Spencer. pp. 5 12-514. Routledge, London.

Turner, C. G., II 1999 A Reign of Terror. Discovering Archaeology 1 :48-5 1.

Turner, C. G., II, and J. A. Turner 1999 Man Corn. University of Utah Press, Salt Lake City.

Upham, S. 1982 Polities and Power. Academic Press, New York.

Van Wesf C. R. 1996 Agricultural Potential and Carrying Capacity in south-

western Co1orado.A.D. 901-1U)O. In The PrehistoricPueblo W0rldA.D. 115&1350, edited by M. A. Adler, pp. 214227.

6 2 4 AMERICAN ANTlOUrrY !

[Vd. 67, Ho. 4,2002) 1 i

University of Arizona Press, Tucson. American Research Press, Santa Fe, New Mexico. Walker, W. H. Wdson, J. P.

1998 Where Are the Wltches of Prehistory? Journul of 1995 Prehistory ofthe Gallinas Mountains, Socorro County. Archoeologiral Method and Theory 5245-308. In Of Pots and Rocks: Papers in Honor of A. Helene War-

Whden, M. E., and P. E. Minnis ren, edited by Meliha S. Duran and David T. Kirkpatrick, 2001 Cam Gmndesandlts Hinterland: Prehistoric Regional pp. 189-210. Papers of the Archaeological Society of New

Organimtion in Northw*est New Mexico. University of Ari- Mexico 2 1, Albuquerque. zona Press, Tucson. W~ndes, T. C.. and D. Ford

Wheatley, P. 19% The Chaco Wood Project: The Chronome~c Reap 1971 The Pivot of the Four Quarters. Aldine, Chicago. praisal of Pueblo Bonito. American Antiquit). 61:295-310.

White, T. D. Woodson, M. K. 1992 Prehistoric Cannibalism at Mancos 5MTUMR-2346. 1999 Migrations in Late Anasazi Prehistory: the Evidence

Princeton University Press, Princeton. from The Goat Hill Site. The Kiva 65:6>84. Wdcox, D., and J. Haas

1994 The Scream of the Butterfly: Competition and Conflict - in the Rehistoric Southwest In Themes in Sowhwest Pre- Received June 8, 2001; Revised May 13. 2002; Accepted May history. edited by G. J. Gumeman pp. 211-238. School of 14, 2002.

new perspectives on the Southwest Landscape of the Spirits The Lost Itinerary ... .az Hohokam Rock Art of Frank Hamilton Cushing at South Mountain Park Edited LI M s M . Hinsley - -~. Flrwr ...~ -~

Tea Todd W. Bostwick. and Dacid R. Wilcox 2 ~ , - > "."r...2- - ~ % . * _ : C Y S * " " photographs by Pster Kmcek This second installment of a multivol- - .

The first book to cover ancient images in ume work on the Hemenway Southwest- = <- Phoenix's South Mountains Interpreta- ern Archaedogical Expedition focuseson +# "7' tionsof petroglyphs are based on Native a report written by Cushing on its origins - -

. ~ . . ,.,. - -. .. American ethnographic accounts and and early months. Hidden in several consider the most recent theoriesconcerning shamanism and archives for a century, the Itinerary is archaeoastronomy 'A mapr and long-awaited contribution assembled and presented here for the first time to offer a vivid to the study of rock art in the Southwest." -Henry D. Wallace account of the first attempt at excavations in the Southwest. 330 pp.. 71 color plates, 268 line illus. t60.W cloth, $27.95 paper 4W pp., 41 illus. S 0 . W cloth

Salado Archaeology of the Upper Gila, New Mexico

Stephen H. Wrson By combininganalysis of the large whole-vessel collection at Dutch Ruin with the rientilic excavation of Villareal IL a picture of Salado emerges that enables Lekson to evaluate previous competing theories and propose that Salado represents a mapr fourteenthsentury migration of Pueblo peoples into the Chihuahuan deserts. Anthropological Papers No. 67.103 pp., 50 illus. $16.95 paper

New Perspectives on Site Function and Scale of Cerro de Trincheras, Sonora, Mexico The 1991 Surface Survey

Maria O'Donovan Provides information on broad scale patterning of artifacts and architecture. Refuse indicating varying household invdvement and contrdled access to ritual areas suggest inequalities within social organization Distributed for the Arizona State Museum, ASM Archaeological Series No. 195.150 pp., 33 illustrations, CO-ROM. 517.95 paper

355 S. Euclid Ave., Tucson AZ 85719 The University of Arizona Press . ,,,,., s.~,~...~.

Week 4 - Southwest, People of the Silence/Martin 2008 - Ripped Flesh and Torn Souls, Skeletal Evidence for Captivity and Slavery from the La Plata Valley, New Mexico (AD 1100-1300).pdf

Week 4 - Southwest, People of the Silence/Schaafsma 2009 - Cave in the Kiva.pdf

Society for American Archaeology

The Cave in the Kiva: The Kiva Niche and Painted Walls in the Rio Grande Valley Author(s): Polly Schaafsma Source: American Antiquity, Vol. 74, No. 4 (Oct., 2009), pp. 664-690 Published by: Society for American Archaeology Stable URL: http://www.jstor.org/stable/20622470 . Accessed: 25/03/2013 19:17

Your use of the JSTOR archive indicates your acceptance of the Terms & Conditions of Use, available at . http://www.jstor.org/page/info/about/policies/terms.jsp

. JSTOR is a not-for-profit service that helps scholars, researchers, and students discover, use, and build upon a wide range of content in a trusted digital archive. We use information technology and tools to increase productivity and facilitate new forms of scholarship. For more information about JSTOR, please contact [email protected].

.

Society for American Archaeology is collaborating with JSTOR to digitize, preserve and extend access to American Antiquity.

http://www.jstor.org

This content downloaded from 129.79.13.20 on Mon, 25 Mar 2013 19:17:51 PM All use subject to JSTOR Terms and Conditions

THE CAVE IN THE KIVA: THE KIVA NICHE AND PAINTED WALLS IN THE RIO GRANDE VALLEY

Polly Schaafsma

The elaborate symbolism painted around wall niches in Rio Grande Pueblo IVkivas ca. A.D. 1370-1600 at Pottery Mound

and Kuaua describe a cosmological paradigm of layered worlds accessed by supernatural passageways. This paper exam

ines the niche iconography at these sites and the associated metaphors represented in the surrounding murals. Equivalent to the stp?apuni and symbolic of the landscape cave, the niche as a portal to the watery and fecund underworld is often the

organizing principle for west wall murals or entire kiva scenes. In addition to the prevalent stepped cloud and rainbow, these scenes frequently feature female figures and composite supernatural beings symbolic of abundance. This analysis pro vides insight into the focus of prehistoric kiva rituals conducted at Kuaua and Pottery Mound and the worldview with which

they engaged. Finally, it is proposed that the synthesizing powers of both the simple stepped cloud and the niche itself raise

these elements to the status of "nuclear ritual symbols" (Turner 1967) fundamental to Pueblo cosmology.

Los programas complejos iconogrdficas que estdn pintadas alrededor de nichos en paredes de kivas de la epoca Rio Grande

Pueblo IV (hacia A.C. 1370-1600) en Pottery Moundy Kuaua representan unparadigma cosmol?gico de mundos estratifica dos en los que se entran y se salen por pasajes sobrenaturales. Este ensayo examina la iconografla del nicho en aquellos sitios

y las metdforas conexas las que estdn representadas en los murales circundantes. Como entrada al acuoso yfecundo mundo

subterrdneo, el nicho equivale al sipdpun y tambien es simbolo de la cueva. Es frequentemente clave de la composici?n de los

murales de los paredes occidentals o de los escenarios enteros de kivas. Ademds de nubes escalonados y arcos irises, estos

escenarios incluyen a menudo figuras femeninas y sobrenaturales seres compuestos y representatives de abundancia. El andli

sis de este ensayo resulta en revelaci?n delfoco de rituales prehist?ricos que se celebraban en kivas de Kuaua y Pottery Mound, ademds de la vision universal con la que se concordaban ellos. En conclusion se propone que los poderes de sintesis del sen

cillo nube escalonado y del nicho mismo elevan estos elementos al estado de "nucleares simbolos rituales "

(Turner 1967) que son componentes bdsicos de la cosmologia de la gente Pueblo.

In this paper, I describe how mural paintings sur

rounding wall niches in Rio Grande Pueblo IV

kivas, or ceremonial rooms, reveal a cosmo

logical program related to the underworld as a source of moisture and fecundity. I propose that if the kiva niche functioned as a portal to this fruit ful underworld realm and its bounty, then the sur

rounding or neighboring paintings should support this interpretation. Because Pueblo IV imagery is

highly amenable to explication via the ethnographic record (Schaaf sma 2000; Sekaquaptewa and Wash burn 2004), interpretation of the niche iconogra phy is addressed using published ethnographic data.

Although the paintings are located in Eastern Pueblo Rio Grande kivas, ethnographic informa

tion is cited from the Western Pueblos of Hopi and Zuni as well as from the Rio Grande. This does not

pose a problem, since basic Pueblo cosmological principles are and were widely shared. In addition, it has been proposed that this phase of Pueblo his

tory was characterized by extensive regional inter

action, ritual exchange, and the formation of multi-ethnic communities (Hays-Gilpin and LeBlanc 2007).

Under discussion here are the painted walls of the kivas of Pottery Mound (ca. A.D. 1370-1500) and Kuaua's Kiva III, with estimated dates of A.D. 1575-1600.

Kiva in at Kuaua, north of Albuquerque, New Mexico (Figure 1) was the first Pueblo IV painted kiva to be excavated and documented (Bliss ca.

Polly Schaafsma Research Associate, Museum of Indian Arts and Culture/Laboratory of Anthropology, RO. Box 2087,

Santa Fe, NM 87504

American Antiquity 74(4), 2009, pp. 664-690

Copyright ?2009 by the Society for American Archaeology

664

This content downloaded from 129.79.13.20 on Mon, 25 Mar 2013 19:17:51 PM All use subject to JSTOR Terms and Conditions

[Schaafsma] THE CAVE IN THE KIVA 665

Figure 1. Map of the Pueblo region showing Pottery Mound, Kuaua, and other locations mentioned in this paper, and Rio Grande linguistic provinces. Kuaua was historically within the Tiguex province (Vierra 1987).

1935,1936,1948;Dutton 1963; Schaafsma 2007c).

Pottery Mound, on the Rio Puerco, was partially excavated and its 11 painted kivas recorded under the direction of Frank C. Hibben. This was largely between 1954 and 1962, although some continuing excavation occurred in the years following (for details see R. G. Vivian [2007] and P. Vivian [2007]). In the 1940s, the murals from the eastern Hopi sites of Awatovi and Kawaika-a were documented by the

Peabody Museum at Harvard University (Smith 1952). Because the murals in the Hopi kivas did not articulate meaningfully with the few noted niches, these sites are not relevant to the current essay.

The Pueblo IV period (ca. 1325-1600), when these complex murals were being created, was a time of social readjustments following the late

thirteenth-century migrations of Pueblo popula tions from the Four Corners region. "It is a period that witnessed the dramatic reconfiguration of

demographic, economic, political, ideological, and social relations that was to last until the Spanish entry in the New World" (Spielmann 1998:1). The

reorganization and revitalization that resulted tran

spired on several fronts. The demographics changed as people resettled into larger aggregated villages, often of 1,000 or more rooms, and the pattern of coalescence increased during the following cen turies (Wilcox 2007:Figures 11.2-11.5). Changes in settlement patterns were also accompanied by new ceramic industries (Spielmann 1998).

Until Pueblo religious life was impacted and curtailed by the Spaniards after A.D. 1600 (Schaaf sma 1994), Pueblo ritual art, both rock art in the

landscape and inside painted kivas, not only flour ished during these centuries but underwent whole sale changes. These changes in content and style contrast significantly with earlier graphics (Schaaf sma 1980). In the Pueblo IV kivas, the new iconog raphy was displayed in complex, planned mural

layouts that encompassed whole walls and com

monly involved elaborately attired ceremonial fig ures and ritual objects. In addition, transformations in content reveal a new worldview and cosmology pertaining to rainmaking belief s and practices based on Mesoamerican concepts (Schaafsma 1999; Schaafsma and Taube 2006).

This content downloaded from 129.79.13.20 on Mon, 25 Mar 2013 19:17:51 PM All use subject to JSTOR Terms and Conditions

666 AMERICAN ANTIQUITY [Vol. 74, No. 4,2009

Among the new features in Pueblo IV art are

the masked, rain-bringing kachinas, along with evi dence for war societies. Both the kachina cult and warrior societies would have provided the social means for organizing the large coalescent "towns" or villages that came into being at this time (Adams 1991; Schaafsma 1994; Schaafsma 2000). Fur

thermore, archaeological evidence indicates that the cosmology, based on Mesoamerican concepts in regard to rainfall, was already present by A.D. 1200 (if not before) in the Casas Grandes interac tion sphere. This included the nearby Jornada

Mogollon, immediately south of the Pueblo Rio Grande region (Schaafsma and Taube 2006).

The cosmology associated with this rainmak

ing complex involves an intimate relationship to

underground water sources symbolized by caves, rock recesses, tinqjas (natural tanks), springs, and

standing bodies of water. All of these features are

viewed as symbolic passageways to the underworld from which moisture is granted by the supernat ural forces presiding therein. It is therefore not sur

prising that the cave-like niches in the north and west walls of Rio Grande kivas are enhanced with

painted elements confirming their relationship to

meteorological phenomena that are perceived as

emerging from the earth's interior. As will be discussed in greater detail below,

directional symbolism structures ritual perfor mance and is closely linked to the cosmological par

adigm just introduced. The four cardinal or

inter-solstitial directions, in addition to the nadir and zenith, are perceived as the abodes of specific ancestral spirits and other supernatural entities. The kiva niche is not only a conduit to the underworld, but, depending on kiva orientation, it provides access to the west, or more rarely to the north, directions also viewed as abodes of rainmaking supernaturals (including the deceased).

Before considering the Pueblo kiva niche

iconography, it is useful to review the significance of symbolic passageways in their broader contexts.

Symbolic Passages to the Underworld in Mesoamerica and the American Southwest

From ancient times, symbolic supernatural pas sageways have pervaded cosmological concepts in similar ways in Mesoamerican and Pueblo cos

mologies. This paradigm fosters a pattern of regu

larity and a common template of understanding throughout Mesoamerica and the American South

west regarding the metaphysics of the cosmos and the organization of sacred space (Geertz 1973:126-41; Gossen 1986). Hunt refers to deep organizing cosmological principles as structural armatures "quite fixed over long periods of time, across social and cultural boundaries. They may appear not to change at all. In fact they do change, but seldom in radical ways" (1977:259).

The notion of layered worlds accessed by super natural passageways?natural earth openings such as caves or as niches symbolically constructed in architectural environments?is a fundamental

structuring principle in Mesoamerican and related

cosmologies such as that of the Pueblos (Schaaf sma 1999; Schaafsma and Taube 2006; Taube 1986, 2008). In Mesoamerica, the niche as a cave and por tal is widely given formal expression beginning with Olmec carvings ca. 1200-500 B.C. (Grove 2007:33-35), and communication with the resi dent powers of the underworld via natural caves and built environments has continued though time to this day (Manzanilla 2000).

As described herein, the Pueblo IV kiva niche, enhanced by paintings, is viewed as a regional man ifestation of the supernatural passageway grounded in similar cosmological principles. It is argued that, in general, the painted niche symbolized access to a watery underworld perceived as the source of rain,

fertility, and the related supernaturals essential to the success of maize-growing farmers, and hence a life of abundance. In a few additional instances, sun

symbolism surrounding the niche appears to allude to the "sun's house," which is also conceived of as a landscape cave (Geertz 1984). In either case, the

painted niche adds to the growing bank of data sup

porting Southwest/Mesoamerican cosmological relationships (Coltman et al. 2008; James 2000, 2002; Schaafsma 1999,2001; Schaafsma and Taube

2006; Taube 1986,2001,2008; Young 1994). In addition, it is essential to point out that the

painted murals on kiva walls themselves reside within symbolically designated space. The kiva itself is replete with complex symbolic connota tions (Swentzell 1990:27). The physical properties of this ceremonial room are translatable into spir itual dimensions, as the very structure of the kiva embodies both vertical and horizontal cosmologi cal principles. It replicates the place of emergence,

This content downloaded from 129.79.13.20 on Mon, 25 Mar 2013 19:17:51 PM All use subject to JSTOR Terms and Conditions

Schaafsma] THE CAVE IN THE KIVA 667

and descent into the kiva is said to dramatize descent into a lower world validating the layered nature of the cosmos (Parsons 1939:310).

This plan of the cosmos is reaffirmed in cere

monial practice. At Hopi, for example, during Wuwustim, a November ceremonial involving the initiation of older boys into one of the four male secret societies (Geertz 1987:8), novices in the kiva are said to be "in the depths of the underworld sea, in six days they will be elevated to the surface"

(Stephen 1936:973). The kiva is often said to com

memorate the first Pueblo home in the Underworld, and the kiva ladder may symbolize the fir or spruce used at the time of emergence (Ortiz 1969:37; Par sons 1939:144n; Stephen 1936:151; Stirling 1942:18-19). In addition, the sipaapuni, the small excavation often located in the kiva floor, further

symbolizes the place of emergence.1 Like the kiva itself and the sip?apuni, the pre

historic wall niche of the Pueblo IV kiva is simi

larly laden with meaning as it replicates the cave.

At Zuni at the turn of the last century, Stevenson

(1904:146) described kiva apertures as providing access to the underworld and the rainmakers. Like the cave, the kiva niche is a means by which com

munication with the underworld is possible, and

offerings may have been placed in these niches.

Offerings are made to alert ancestors and other underworld spirits that a ceremony is in progress, in order that they may contribute to and share in its benefits (Voth 1912:55). Elsewhere in the Pan American realm with ties to Mesoamerica, con

temporary Huichols bury votive offerings to the deities in wall niches of the tuki, their ceremonial

temple (Schaefer 1996:Figure 88).

Although offerings in niches are rarely found

archaeologically, offerings from the niche's nat ural analog?the landscape cave?are well docu mented throughout the Mogollon (Cosgrove 1947; Ellis and Hammack 1968; Fulton 1941; Hough 1914; Lambert and Ambler 1961; O'Laughlin 2003; Schaafsma 2007a; Wasley 1962), Hohokam

(Ferg and Mead 1993), and Pueblo (Sandberg 1950; Stevenson 1904:Plates XXIII and XLI) regions of the Southwest.

The Pueblo IV Painted Kiva Niche

As noted previously, painted enhancement of kiva niches was practiced in the Rio Grande valley dur

ing Pueblo IV, at a time when mural painting was a highly developed art and reached its apogee of

creativity (Crotty 1995,1999; Dutton 1963; Hibben

1975; Schaafsma 2007b; Schaafsma, ed. 2007). These studies of the later prehistoric murals, how

ever, have not addressed the wall niche and its related paintings except in passing. Dutton

(1963:131) goes as far as mentioning that the Kuaua wall niche is analogous to the former sipapu, or

place of emergence. At Pottery Mound, Hibben

(1975) observes that "the designs were often

arranged around the niches, or the niche itself formed part of the design" (p. 20). In a later study of Pottery Mound murals Crotty (2007:96) suggests that paintings around the niches may have been

objects of prayer and veneration, thus indirectly pointing to the assumed importance of the niche as a focus of communication with supernatural pow ers. In no case, however, has an attempt been made to describe these paintings as such and relate their

meanings to that of the niche and thus to under stand their joint significance.

Elsewhere on the Rio Grande, the walls of

painted kivas are badly preserved, and little infor mation on niches and their paintings are available

(Schaafsma 1965:7; 2007b: 138-139). At Picuris

(see Figure 1), murals and wall niches are reported from three kivas, but in this case there is no corre

spondence between the murals and the paintings (Crotty 1999:Figures 9.3,9.8, and 9.10). Similarly, in regard to the murals at the Hopi sites of Awatovi and Kawaika-a, Smith (1952:5-6) does not men tion kiva wall niches as functioning as foci for any of the murals, and in only two cases, both from Awatovi (Room 229), are niches indicated in the illustrations (Smith 1952:Figures 43a and 43c.) Rather, he notes that niches occur infrequently, adding that there was usually a hole in the floor

halfway between the fire pit and the front wall, which was "probably intended to represent the

sipapu or the entrance to the Underworld" (Smith 1952:6). At Pottery Mound and Kuaua, this aper ture in the kiva floor is lacking, while the wall niche seems to have assumed its symbolic role. In con

temporary Hopi kivas, ground paintings over the

sipaapuni may perform a role similar to that of the

prehistoric paintings around the wall niche.

Altogether, we are left with five central Rio Grande kivas in which mural paintings and the kiva niche significantly interact (Tables 1-3): Kiva III

This content downloaded from 129.79.13.20 on Mon, 25 Mar 2013 19:17:51 PM All use subject to JSTOR Terms and Conditions

668 AMERICAN ANTIQUITY [Vol. 74, No. 4,2009

Table 1. Category 1: Pottery Mound Murals in which Specific Painted Elements Closely Articulate with the Wall Niche.

Kiva_Mural, by description_ KIVA2 W wall niche

Layer 2 Top of niche embraced by lower edge of kilt of female (?) rising from the niche. She holds macaws and is

part of an other-worldly scene of which she is the center focus. Floating composite figures with animal and

avian attributes extend around all four walls. Maize ear and squash suggest abundance (Figure 15).

Layer 4 Top of niche is incorporated into the lower edge of a maiden's kilt. Holding feathers in her hands, she

appears to emerge from the niche. The figure is framed within a three-sided rectangular rainbow (Figure 14).

KIVA 8 W wall niche

Layer 14 Niche in low center of turquoise sun shield, below warrior, depicted within the shield. Snakes emerge from

the band on the left with stars above them (Figure 18).

Layer 15 The scene is centered on the niche framed by narrow black field and bordered by three stripes. Two-step clouds project from each side and below. A maiden emerges out of the top of the niche (Figure 7). She is

flanked by warrior figures holding staffs.

Layer 17 Niche, centered within stepped cloud, bordered by leaping felines marked with rectangular and circular

spots (Figure 9).

KIVA 9 W wall niche

Layer 11 Niche, centered near base of stepped cloud filled with drops of moisture (Figure 8).

Layer 12 Niche is centered in regard to stepped cloud surmounting a shield-bearing warrior. The niche is significantly off-center in lower sun shield with Sikyatki designs (Figure 10).

Layer 17 Niche nearly centered at base of Sikyatki style sun shield, similar to that on Layer 12 (above), intersecting lower border (Crotty 2007:Figure 6.6).

KIVA 10 N wall niche

Layer 9_Round niche encircled with five stripes of color, then two-stepped clouds, E, W, and below (Figure 6).

Note: These examples involve striped borders and clouds, maidens, and shields into which the niche is incorporated.

at Kuaua, and Kivas 2, 8, 9, and 10 at Pottery Mound. With one exception, these niches were cen

tered in the west wall of east-oriented, rectangular rooms.2 Kiva 10 at Pottery Mound was round and south-oriented with two niches in the north wall

(Bramlett 1963).

Niche Iconography

It is important to distinguish between the niche, a

permanent feature of the kiva wall, and the paint ings on the wall around it. The niche remained con

stant, while sequential layers of mud plaster renewed these walls through time. Paintings were

also added, possibly in concert with the ceremonies

being conducted. This renewal resulted in multiple painted layers.3

One of the major differences between niche

iconography at Pottery Mound and Kuaua is that the Pottery Mound murals manifest greater diver

sity in the paintings themselves as well as in the

manner in which they relate to the niche. For Pot

tery Mound, the available data are examined for

paintings related to west-wall niches in three east oriented kivas (Kivas 2,8, and 9), and in the south oriented Kiva 10, where two niches occurred on the north side. Kiva 10 is the only round kiva at Pot

tery Mound, while the others are variations on a

rectangle (Adler 2007:Figure 3.3; Crotty 2007:Fig ure 6.1a-p). Kivas 3, 4, 5, 11, 13, and 14 either lacked murals or few were indicated. In Kiva 6, with numerous paintings, no niche was located in the west wall which was of wattle and daub construc

tion. In the south aligned Kiva 7, the north wall, where the niche would have been, was washed out

(Bramlett 1963). Although niches and paintings were also recorded from rectangular, south-oriented Kivas 12 and 16 at Pottery Mound, a close rela

tionship between the paintings and the wall aper ture, if any, is not as readily obvious.

The niche/mural relationship can be grouped

This content downloaded from 129.79.13.20 on Mon, 25 Mar 2013 19:17:51 PM All use subject to JSTOR Terms and Conditions

Schaafsma] THE CAVE IN THE KIVA 669

Table 2. Category 2: Pottery Mound Murals in which the Niche is the Central Focus of the Overall Scheme.

Kiva_Mural, by description

KIVA 2 W wall niche

Layer 1 Free-standing, unpainted niche is the west wall focus for converging processions of warriors and cloud

supernaturals encircling the kiva walls (see Hibben 1975:Figure 17).

Layer 11 Niche below insect person centered and framed within a three-sided (rainbow) rectangle (Figure 17).

Layer 13 or 14 Niche centered in lower part of dark field, bordered by rainbow arc, and edged with feathers (Figure 13). A

central figure holding a staff rises above the arc. This scene is bordered by pointed "columns," flanked, in

turn, by winged maidens bearing jars from which clouds and lightning shoot. Dragonflies and swallows are

other moisture themes.

KIVA 8 W wall niche

Layer 1 Female figure holding a miniature pot is painted to the right of the niche (Hibben 1975, Figure 74 [niche not

shown]). Left of niche is an anthropomorphized bird in frontal view. To its left is a male figure that also

holds a miniature vessel from which water spills. (Compare with Kuaua scenes, in which persons holding

spewing pots are featured on either side of niche.)

Layer 5 or 6 Niche is the central focus in solid red rectangular field bordered by rainbow stripes. In profile, winged per sons perch on corners of the rainbow (Figure 16). Dual personages occur on either side.

Layer 9 Niche intersects base of horizontal Sikyatki panel. This panel with beads and bird above is a painted "niche

within a niche," surrounded by a wide red field on three sides (Crotty 2007:Figure 6.9b). There is some

ambiguity as to whether this should be classified as a Category 1 or 2 example.

KIVA 9 W wall niche

Layer 1 Free-standing niche flanked by performers in Sikyatki costume (Crotty 2007:Figure 6.8).

Layer 2 Free-standing niche more or less centered between warriors with feathered spears and below "floating" line of arrows and miscellaneous feathers (Hibben 1975:Figure 57 [niche not shown]).

Layer 3 (or 6?) Niche is off-center to left under an arched rainbow, bordered by clouds and feathers. Rainbow is supported at each end by composite persons and flanked by evergreens (Crotty 2007:Figure 6.7).

KIVA 12 N wall niche

?Layer_Large, white, lattice pattern above niche (Figure 11)._ Note: Although lacking in articulating designs, in some examples the niche is surrounded by a central painted field.

into two basic categories. In the first (Category 1), the niche is directly incorporated into a specific fig ure (Tables 1 and 3) so that it becomes a "subject" of the painting (Figure 2). In these instances, the

iconography emanates from the niche or is built around it. In the second group (Category 2), the niche also may serve as the organizing principle or focus for a scene loosely structured around it on either side, resulting in fundamental but inexact

pictorial symmetry. In the latter case, the niche,

although it may be free-standing, clearly appears to have a symbolic role within the mural overall

(Table 2 and Table 3:Layer C-ll).4 Beyond this, there are Pottery Mound murals in which the lay out appears to be independent of the niche, although these murals may include individual figures with

symbolic associations to the nearby niche.

Niche iconography and layout in Kiva III at Kuaua is summarized in Table 3. Here the west wall niche played a significant role in regard to the murals on nine layers of plaster. Both categories (1) and (2) of niche/iconographic interaction occurred in all of the Kuaua paintings where the niche was present. The niche was consistently incorporated into similar sets of rain-associated

elements, while simultaneously it functioned as a

central focus for murals that extended to the south and north walls. The east wall of the kiva was badly eroded and thus we cannot determine if it held

paintings. Rain-making motifs. In several murals at Pottery

Mound and in all instances in Kiva HI at Kuaua, the niche is the focus of rain-related elements. At Kuaua, a rain-related complex consisting of rainbows,

This content downloaded from 129.79.13.20 on Mon, 25 Mar 2013 19:17:51 PM All use subject to JSTOR Terms and Conditions

670 AMERICAN ANTIQUITY

Table 3. Kuaua Kiva III Mural Niches by Layer.

[Vol. 74, No. 4, 2009

Layer_Figure and function_ A-8a Two-stepped cloud over niche with lightning. W wall symmetry: niche is the focus for fish people diving

toward it (Plate XXV). B-9 Striped border, stepped cloud, lightning over niche. Focus for W wall symmetry with single figure above

niche. Others in profile on either side lean away (Plate XXIV). C-l 1 Straight bands ending in stepped clouds that flank a free-standing niche. Symmetry with spouting vessels

below (Plate XXIII). D-14 Loose symmetry. Three-stepped clouds above and on right on dark field bordered with stripes surrounding

niche. Lightning in four directions. Below niche, spouting vase, above a spouting fish; ceremonial partici

pants move away from niche on either side (Plate XXI). E-19 Focus on niche but symmetry is vague. Six stripes encircle black field around niche. Two-stepped clouds

above and on left. Lightning in all directions (Plate XX). F-23 W wall symmetry with focus on niche. Above niche big black cumulus cloud pours heavy rain on niche.

Lightning in three directions. Water falls from near hands of flanking ceremonial figures (Plate XVII). G-26 Niche encircled with black line. Three-stepped clouds above and below. Lightening from upper corners.

Kick-sticks above, ceremonial figures either side. Loose symmetry in layout extends to south and north

walls with niche a central focus (Plate XV). H-31 No niche. Center focus is person holding vase. Bliss (ca.1935) refers to a "patch" 5.75 inches below this fig

ure, possibly a filled-in niche (Plate XIV). 1-33 Niche with border stripes focus for horned serpents that face it. Serpents extend to adjoining walls and rain

falls from their bodies (Plate XIII).

Layers J-0 Niche and mural symmetry lacking._ Note: The letter designates a layer with a mural, the number the layer number. Not all layers were painted. The niche in

Kiva HI has both Category 1 and 2 status. Plate designations listed refer to Dutton (1963), where entire mural for each

layer is illustrated.

aLayer A-8 is the uppermost and last mural painted.

clouds, and Hghtning surrounds and directly incor

porates the niche. In standard order, painted ele ments may consist of a small, dark field immediately surrounding the niche. This is enclosed by rainbow like stripes. These, in turn, are bordered?usually in two directions?by stepped or terraced clouds, small in scale, in keeping with the proportions of the niche. It is also worth considering that the emerg

ing clouds bordering the kiva niche may simulta

neously evoke the idea of water-filled mountains above a cave (Schaafsma 1999:173-175; Schaaf sma and Taube 2006:240-241). From this config uration, great quantities of hghtning may shoot out

in multiple directions (Figure 2). More rarely, rain itself is shown. On Layer F

23 a very large, raining cumulus cloud shooting

hghtning is positioned above the niche (Figure 3). In this case, the entire rain-cloud complex may be

perceived as emanating from and rising over the niche.

Another variation occurs on Layer C-11, where

bands "floating" above the dado end in large,

stepped clouds that loosely frame the sides and

base of the undecorated niche (Dutton 1963:Plate

XXin). These clouds may be the tails of highly styl

ized rain-bringing serpents (Schaafsma 2001:143-144; Schaafsma and Taube

2006:266-273). Ohas spouting moisture rest on

the dado below. Pottery vessels spouting moisture,

resting on the dado or in the hands of ceremonial

figures that appear to be conducting rituals, relate

metaphorically to the niche (see Schaafsma 2000) in several murals.

As previously mentioned, on all layers in Kiva III at Kuaua where the niche is present, the niche is also the central focus for the entire painting. On

Layer A-8 (Dutton 1963:Plate XXV), fish-headed

persons dive toward the niche, and on Layer 1-33 horned serpents, from which rain is falling, face it

(Dutton 1963:Plate XIII). Ceremonial participants or supernatural entities, arranged in loose symme

try, move outward from the niche on Layers B-9

(Figure 2b), D-14 (Figure 2c), F-23 (Figure 3), and

G-26 (Figure 4; Dutton 1963:Plates XXIV, XXI, XVII, and XV). On Layer B-9, a female figure above the niche carries a vessel surrounded by moisture (Figure 2b), while other individuals,

including another carrying a spouting vase, move

away from the niche on either side (Dutton 1963:PlateXXIV).

This content downloaded from 129.79.13.20 on Mon, 25 Mar 2013 19:17:51 PM All use subject to JSTOR Terms and Conditions

Schaafsma] THE CAVE IN THE KIVA 671

Figure 2. Grouped drawings of Category 1 Kuaua Kiva III niche paintings: (a) Layer A-8; (b) Layer B-9; (c) Layer D

14; (d) Layer E-19; (e) Layer G-26; and (f) Layer 1-33. Stepped clouds and lightning characterize these paintings. Drawing by author, after Dutton (1963:Figures 1,7,25,31,112, and 74).

On Layer G-26 (Figure 2e), two sets of stick

and-ring paraphernalia are seen above the niche that is characteristically radiating clouds and lightning.

At Zuni the stick and ring complex is used in com

petitive races by women challenging men with kick

sticks, ritually conducted for the purpose of entic

ing rain (Stevenson 1904:346, Figure 21). Today at Hopi the Keresan Laguna Corn Kachina danced at the Third Mesa village of Kykotsmovi as Soy aitaka, and carries stick and ring paraphernalia in

This content downloaded from 129.79.13.20 on Mon, 25 Mar 2013 19:17:51 PM All use subject to JSTOR Terms and Conditions

672 AMERICAN ANTIQUITY [Vol. 74, No. 4, 2009

Figure 3. Kuaua, Layer F-23, with black thunderhead emitting rain and lightning as it rises above the niche. Rain falls

from near the hand of figures bordering the cloud. Indications are that they are holding miniature ollas, now missing, from which raindrops spew (see Layer G-26, Figure 4). Drawing by author, after Dutton (1963:Figure 43).

Figure 4. Kuaua, detail of Layer G-26. Female figure to the right of the niche holds a miniature vessel spewing moisture, while a large olla to her right spouts snow, rain, and lightning (see Figure 2e for complete niche painting). The entire

mural, showing rain-makers arranged in loose symmetry and with the niche as the central focus, is illustrated in Dutton

(1963:Plate XV). Drawing by author, after Dutton (1963:Figure 113).

This content downloaded from 129.79.13.20 on Mon, 25 Mar 2013 19:17:51 PM All use subject to JSTOR Terms and Conditions

Schaafsma] THE CAVE IN THE KIVA 673

Figure 5. A person, probably female, holding an olla in the center of Kuaua Layer H-31. She is part of a scene featuring corn plants and other ritual figures. The kiva niche, which had been sealed when this mural was painted, would have been to the lower left of this figure (see text). Drawing by author, after Dutton (1963:Figure 65).

his hands (David et al. 1993:180). Flanking this central symbolic complex on

Layer G-26 are figures moving out from the niche, with miniature ollas in hand spouting moisture

(Figure 4; Dutton 1963:Plate XV). Several large ollas resting on the dado and spewing rain are pic tured along the north and south walls. Seemingly portrayed here are water-pouring rites that con tinue to be enacted in Pueblo ritual and figure prominently in mythic accounts (Schaafsma 1999:183-184; Stevenson 1894:315). Persons

flanking the rain cloud on Layer F-23 are proba bly engaged in a similar activity although in this

case, the plaster around the hand (and hypothe sized held container) was obliterated (Figure 3).

Finally, Layer H-31 (Figure 5) merits some dis cussion (Dutton 1963:Plate XIV). While a kiva

niche is lacking for this corn scene, it is present on the earlier Layer 1-33. On Layer H-31 vague sym

metry is exhibited in that a central female figure holding a vase is flanked on either side by other

persons and corn plants. This central female figure appears to have coincided with the niche (Bliss ca.

1935). Although the temporal sequence between the painting of Layer H-31 and the closure of the niche (apparent on Layer 1-33) is not known, the mural painters would certainly have been aware of its position.5

Pottery Mound murals also unite the niche with moisture symbolism in addition to female figures. However, clouds and rainbow-like striping embrac

ing the kiva niche, a "norm" at Kuaua, occur more

rarely at Pottery Mound. In Kiva 10, Layer 9, a round niche is the central focus of a rainbow

This content downloaded from 129.79.13.20 on Mon, 25 Mar 2013 19:17:51 PM All use subject to JSTOR Terms and Conditions

674 AMERICAN ANTIQUITY [Vol. 74, No. 4,2009

Figure 6. Pottery Mound, Kiva 10, Layer 9. North wall niche with rainbow enclosure and attached stepped clouds. Adapted from drawing on file, Maxwell Museum of Anthropology.

striped/cloud painting. The aperture is surrounded

by five stripes from which three, two-stepped clouds are attached (Figure 6). There is no other information on this layer. In Kiva 8, Layer 15, a

maiden with hair whorls is pictured over the rec

tangular niche that is surrounded by rainbow and cloud paintings (Figure 7).

At Pottery Mound, a single large, stepped cloud

envelopes the niche on several occasions. On Layer 11 of Kiva 9, the niche is centered near the base of a large moisture-filled cloud, the moisture, as at

Kuaua, indicated by dots (Figure 8). On Layer 17, Kiva 8, a stepped cloud encloses a niche that is framed by leaping felines (Figure 9). A third exam

ple is found in conjunction with a shield-bearing warrior (Figure 10).

In other cases, the mere proximity of a figure to the niche may have been determined by an icon's

symbolic relationship to moisture. On an unknown

layer in Kiva 12, a wide band of lattice or netted

design is painted in white above the kiva niche

(Figure 11). If cotton is implicated here, which seems likely, the depiction of a cotton fabric above the niche may well have been another strategy for

designating clouds, although the niche and paint ing do not intersect. Cotton and cotton textiles, including open-work netting, have implications for

emulating clouds, and today cotton is used cere

monially in a variety of forms to these ends (Geertz and Lomatuway'ma 1987:185-89; Huckell

1993:147,176-192; Kent 1983:26-28; Schaafsma

1999:188-89; Stephen 1936:119n.l; Stevenson ca.

Figure 7. Pottery Mound, Kiva 8, Layer 15. Maiden

enclosing or seemingly rising out of west wall cloud niche.

Drawing by author, adapted from drawing on file, Maxwell Museum of Anthropology #76.70.335.

1882 [in Kent 1983:28]; Titiev 1944:107-108; Voth

1905:117). Elaborately painted cotton textiles were

represented on all four walls of Layer 11, Kiva 16

(Hibben 1975:Figure 94 [north wall niche below the paintings not shown]; see also Kiva 12, Layer 25 [Hibben 1975:Figure 96]). In some instances, Sikyatki paintings6 embrace kiva niches (Kiva 2, Layer 18; Hibben 1975:Figure 108 [niche not

shown]; Kiva 10, Layer 31, Maxwell Museum Col

lections, ID# pk 183; Kiva 12, Layer 25; Hibben 1975 .Figure 96). Symbolic relationships between cotton textiles and clouds lend support to the idea that Sikyatki mural paintings represent painted tex tiles (Hays-Gilpin and LeBlanc 2007:117-122).

Clear, intentional relationships between Siky atki designs and the kiva niche (see Crotty 2007:Fig ure 6.9b) merit more investigation, however, since the niche often interrupts the pattern, suggesting that the spatial coincidence may be arbitrary.

In regard to niche proximity and mural content, in Pottery Mound Kiva 9, Layer 8, a fluteplayer (Figure 12) is seated immediately over the niche

This content downloaded from 129.79.13.20 on Mon, 25 Mar 2013 19:17:51 PM All use subject to JSTOR Terms and Conditions

Schaafsma] THE CAVE IN THE KIVA 675

Figure 8. Pottery Mound, Kiva 9, Layer 11. Moisture filled cloud above the west wall niche. Drawing by author, adapted from drawing on file, Maxwell Museum of Anthropology.

while a butterfly flutters nearby. Fluteplayers are not only associated with rain and fertility (see Roberts 1932:150), but this figure with the butter

fly may represent the ethnographic Paiyatamu, a

personage associated with the sun, maize, and abun dance as well (Stephen 1936:153-154; Tedlock

1972:85-130; Wright 1985:73). Rainbows, maidens, and otherworldly figures.

At Pottery Mound the subject of moisture is fur ther elaborated in murals where the rainbow arches above or otherwise frames the niche in a much

expanded format. On several occasions the niche itself is enclosed within a large painted field within

(Tables 1 and 2). These scenes frequently feature maidens and/or a variety of supernaturals, includ

ing transformational entities: zoomorphs with human attributes (or vice versa). Winged figures are often depicted.

In Pottery Mound Kiva 2, Layer 13 (Figure 13), a feathered rainbow arcs over a dark field enclos

ing the niche. Winged maidens bearing jars spout ing clouds and lightning on their heads border the niche/rainbow complex. Rainbow segments, drag onflies, and swallows are additional moisture related themes in this mural.

On Layers 4 and 2 of Kiva 2 (Table 1; Figures 14 and 15, respectively), the lower edge of the kilts

worn by females intersect the niche (Hibben

1975:Figures 2, 16, 31, 39, and 76). The maiden on Layer 4 (Figure 14) is framed by a rectilinear rainbow and flanked with macaw-bearing person ages, some carrying jars on their heads. The face of one of the latter displays a pottery design, a pos sible reference to water (Schaafsma 2002). Other

worldly transformational figures are pictured on both of these Layers including squash persons, or kachinas: masked representatives of the corporate ancestral community who dance in the plazas and function as intermediaries between the living and the rainmakers. These examples feature the con

vergence of a niche, females, macaws, otherworldly beings, moisture, and agricultural abundance such as maize with the niche as a central source. The par rots and macaws suggest summer warmth and ger mination and are traditionally associated with the south and the sun (Tyler 1979:16-45; Voth

1905:158). In Kiva 9, Layer 6, "rodent" persons support a

rainbow topped with stepped clouds and eagle feathers embracing the kiva niche, which in this

This content downloaded from 129.79.13.20 on Mon, 25 Mar 2013 19:17:51 PM All use subject to JSTOR Terms and Conditions

676 AMERICAN ANTIQUITY [Vol. 74, No. 4, 2009

Figure 10. Pottery Mound, Kiva 9, Layer 12. A warrior holding a large shield with a Sikyatki style design is framed within a large stepped cloud. The niche in the lower part of the painting is centered in regard to the cloud, not the shield.

Drawing by author, adapted from drawing on file, Maxwell Museum of Anthropology, #76.70.789.

This content downloaded from 129.79.13.20 on Mon, 25 Mar 2013 19:17:51 PM All use subject to JSTOR Terms and Conditions

Schaafsma] THE CAVE IN THE KIVA 677

Figure 11 Pottery Mound, Kiva 12, layer unknown. Large, white, lattice design above north wall niche. Drawing by author, adapted from photograph on file, Maxwell Museum of Anthropology #PM-47-13.

case is slightly off-center (Crotty 2007:Figure 6.7). In this mural, rain and moisture themes are com

pounded by the evergreens flanking the scene, sym bols of high mountains and kachina homes. In Kiva

8, Layer 6, winged individuals perch on the cor ners of a rainbow-striped rectangle enclosing a red field with the niche centered inside (Figure 16). In Kiva 2, Layer 11, an insect person or kachina, seated above the niche, is enclosed in a three-sided

rectangular rainbow (Figure 17). The significance of this "cave under the rain

bow" in Pueblo cosmology will be considered in the following discussion.

Shields: ambiguous niche associations. At Pot

tery Mound, shields directly involve the niche as a

Category 1 icon. In Kiva 8, Layer 14, a turquoise sun shield bordered with radiating feathers was

painted around the niche, which is situated near the base of the shield (Figure 18). In Kiva 9, Layers 12 and 17, shields displaying very similar Sikyatki style designs articulate with the niche (Crotty 2007:Figure 6.6). The shield on later Layer 12, car ried by a warrior, bears the image of a mask or face

probably representing the sun (Figure 10). In this

case, the niche, off-center in regard to the shield, is centered within the base of the stepped cloud that

^^^^^^^ A

Figure 12. Pottery Mound, Kiva 9, Layer 8. Fluteplayer above the west wall niche. Drawing by author, adapted from

drawing on file, Maxwell Museum of Anthropology.

This content downloaded from 129.79.13.20 on Mon, 25 Mar 2013 19:17:51 PM All use subject to JSTOR Terms and Conditions

678 AMERICAN ANTIQUITY [Vol. 74, No. 4, 2009

Figure 13. Pottery Mound, Kiva 2, Layer 13. West wall niche enclosed in dark field beneath feathered rainbow, bordered

by winged maidens bearing vessels from which emerge clouds and lightning. Adapted from Hibben (1975:Figure 61),

courtesy of KC Publications.

frames the warrior, suggesting that the niche and the shield may have only a spurious relationship here.

Because these impressive circular subjects tended to be painted in the middle of the wall, one cannot discount the possibility that their spatial relationship to the niche was merely the fortuitous result of centering the design. Nevertheless, because ethnographic data establish symbolic rela

tionships between the sun and the landscape cave

(see following), the kiva niche may have had rele vance in regard to the sun shield paintings.

The Niche as a Focus for Ceremonial Narrative

On a grander scale, murals at Pottery Mound and at Kuaua include multi-wall, narrative-like scenes

that depict lines of ceremonially attired figures either moving away from or toward the niche. Com munication from or approach to the underworld via the niche seems to be implied in the movement of these groups, balanced on either side. The Kuaua

murals, in which figures are engaged in rainmak

ing rituals moving toward or away from the niche

(Figure 3; Dutton 1963:Plates XV, XX, and XXIV), have already been described.

At Pottery Mound, one of the most complex murals (Kiva 2, Layer 1) illustrates parades of war

riors (left) and moisture-related beings (right) con

verging on the west wall niche from both directions. As in other Pottery Mound murals, these proces

sions include supernatural persons with composite characteristics, including a rainbow individual and a raptor warrior. The niche itself, although plain, is

clearly the central focus (Hibben 1975:Figure 17

[niche indicated in lower center]; see also Schaaf sma [2000:Plate 12] for the complete mural,

although unfortunately the niche is not shown). In summary, the consistency of rain-related

iconography at Kuaua suggests that Kiva III may have been the exclusive venue of the rain priests and/or rainmaking societies. In contrast, the greater diversity between layers of paintings at Pottery Mound may be evidence that the ceremonies con

ducted in any given kiva were likewise more diver sified. These differences indicate that another social

pattern of kiva use was operative between these sites.

Cosmological Metaphors: Portals to the Underworld and the Ethnographic Record

Kiva niche paintings in Kuaua and Pottery Mound are essentially highly abstracted cosmograms of the

Pueblo universe. The paintings reviewed in the pre

ceding pages lend meaning to the kiva niche in all of its metaphorical complexity. The niche com

monly determined what was painted, and thus the

meanings of the paintings and the niche are inter twined.

This content downloaded from 129.79.13.20 on Mon, 25 Mar 2013 19:17:51 PM All use subject to JSTOR Terms and Conditions

Schaafsma] THE CAVE IN THE KIVA 679

Figure 14. Pottery Mound, Kiva 2, Layer 4. Detail of maiden. The lower border of her kilt intersects the west wall niche, and she is framed by rectangular rainbow band. Drawing by author, after Hibben (1975:Figure 17).

An interpretive framework is further provided by the ethnographic record. In the following dis

cussion, as I address various categories of mean

ing embodied by the painted kiva niche, it will soon

become apparent that the many associated symbols and their connotations are compounded and over

lapping. The juxtaposition of images related in

meaning creates what Young (1988:185) has described as "powerful resonances." In this case, such diversified redundancy contributes dynamic ambiguity to icons with multiple but related impli cations (Young 1988:154), enriching and expand ing the niche's significance.

Picturing the Cosmos and Symbolizing the Center

While the medicine altars themselves of Pottery Mound and Kuaua are long gone, the niche and murals focused around them in Pueblo IV kivas

incorporate much of the same message as con

temporary altars. The topic of Hopi altars is elab orated by Geertz (1987). His commentary on the

sip?apuni and use of the medicine bowl are rele vant to perceptions of the prehistoric kiva niches and the iconography that they display. "The med icine bowl, like its Sip?apuni counterpart, is a

gateway through which the denizens of the spirit world can pass into the dimension of physical reality" (Geertz 1987:19). Further, Geertz

(1987:19) notes,

taken together, with the continual ritual move ments in the kiva, which are always centripetal, it is my opinion that the medicine altar not

only beckons the rain-bearing deities to the altar but that it also transforms the medicine altar itself into a surrogate Sip?apuni. In this

manner, the altar and its kiva becomes a ritu

alized world center.

Similarly, Classic Maya censers and offering bowls functioned as world centers and conduits between the worlds (Friedel et al. 1993:213-218; Taube 1998), just as does the terraced medicine

This content downloaded from 129.79.13.20 on Mon, 25 Mar 2013 19:17:51 PM All use subject to JSTOR Terms and Conditions

680 AMERICAN ANTIQUITY [Vol. 74, No. 4, 2009

Figure 15. Pottery Mound, Kiva 2, Layer 2. A maiden whose kilt is again intersecting the niche (see previous figure), out

of which she appears to rise. Both Layers 2 and 4 include other-worldly beings and agricultural themes. From Hibben

(1975:Figure 39), Courtesy of KC Publications).

bowl in contemporary ritual (Geertz 1984,

1987:PlateXXVffl). Among the ethnographic expressions of this

general cosmological scheme, with strong graphic similarity to the prehistoric niche paintings, is a

Hopi sandpainting called the sip?apuni from Oraibi on Third Mesa. The ground painting is created as

part of the kachina initiation altar during the Feb

ruary Powamuya ceremony, which is performed to

promote fertility and germination (Geertz 1987:36 and Plate XXIX; Titiev 1944:120; Voth 1901 :Plates LIII and LIV). The design consists of "a small

square set in concentric squares, yellow, blue, red, and white, the lower worlds" (Parsons 1939:310; Voth 1901:Plate LIII). Attached to the rainbow

stripes are two-stepped terraces on each side, anal

ogous to the clouds framing the prehistoric niches. Those in the sandpainting are said to represent the "blossoms" of the sip?apuni. On the Hopi altar,

beyond the stepped cloud "blossoms" or emana

tions, a single ear of corn and a celt are placed on

the ground painting in each direction around the

sip?apuni, to evoke the directional deities. While the stripes around the niches in all cases may have been viewed as representing these lower worlds, thus emphasizing the emergence symbolism inher ent in the niche, their resemblances to rainbows is also inescapable, especially considering the clouds attached.

Elsewhere, in Hopi altars such as an Antelope kiva altar at the village of Shipaulovi on Second

Mesa, striped framing lines of the sandpainting enclose a "rainbow house," and cones placed at the corners are referred to as "cloud mountains"

(Stephen 1936:747 and Plate XX). Not to be over

looked is a note to the effect that the northwest line of the rainbow house, which is fringed with rain, is positioned over the sip?apuni plank in the floor

This content downloaded from 129.79.13.20 on Mon, 25 Mar 2013 19:17:51 PM All use subject to JSTOR Terms and Conditions

Schaafsma] THE CAVE IN THE KIVA 681

Figure 16. Pottery Mound, Kiva 8, Layer 6. Niche within a red-painted field bordered by a rectangular rainbow frame, with winged persons perched on the corners. Drawing by author, adapted from drawing on file, Maxwell Museum of

Anthropology.

(Stephen 1936:737, fn.). This plank covers an exca vation and is used as a foot drum used to arouse the underworld spirits, invoking their participation. The

parallels between the rainbow enclosures of the

sandpainting above the sipaapuni and wall paint ings around the prehistoric wall niche, which is, in

turn, a similar portal to the underworld, are strik

ing and confirm the concept of the cave under the rainbow as a portal (see following). These features of the altar along with the prehistoric niche paint ings are exemplary cases of the multivalent sym bolism and flexible expression characteristic of Pueblo ritual.

Integrating Cosmogram, Landscape and Ritual

The tedradic structure of the Tewa universe, as described by Ortiz (1969:18-21), is bordered by mountains in four directions, each with an associ ated lake or pond. The center of the Tewa world is the village. Within the south plaza (the original vil

lage plaza of the northern Tewa town of Oke

Owingue, formerly called "San Juan") is the "earth mother earth navel middle place," the sacred cen

ter, the "true center," the source of all blessings and

open to all four directions (Ortiz 1969:21). In this

shrine, seeds are planted late in the winter by med icine men who have the power to reach deeply

within the earth. "In fact, the Tewa believe that

there is a shaft or tunnel within the navel which leads straight down into the earth ," and that at times the medicine men are said to all but disappear when

planting the seeds (Ortiz 1969:21). A like concept prevails among the Hopi in regard

to their village. The Hopi cosmological and basic definition of the sip?apuni obtained by Stephen (1936:1295) in the late nineteenth century merits

repeating here:

When a new village site is chosen, first of all a temporary si'pap? is constructed in some fis sure or cavity. Then the chief selects a place for the permanent si'pap? and around this the houses are built, on three or four sides of a

square. The si'pap? should be as near the cen tre of the village as possible. The si'pap? may not be marked other than by a flat stone as the one in Walpi (where the Snakes dance), but from the si'pap? come the kachinas, and at it

they perform their first ceremonies when they "return" ... There is no si'pap? at Sichomovi

or at Tewa. The ancients knew all about choos

ing a village site and about si'pap?s, they knew how to make them; but now no one knows how to make one. That is why you see so many

ruins. People then could go anywhere and build

villages anywhere because they knew how to

This content downloaded from 129.79.13.20 on Mon, 25 Mar 2013 19:17:51 PM All use subject to JSTOR Terms and Conditions

682 AMERICAN ANTIQUITY [Vol. 74, No. 4, 2009

Figure 17. Pottery Mound, Kiva 2, Layer 11. Insect man within a rectangular rainbow frame. Adapted from Hibben

(1975:Figure 18), courtesy of KC Publications.

make si'pap?s. They did not choose sites for

beauty or for abundance of water, these and all other blessings would come from the si'pap?. Now should we leave this mesa, we could have no si'pap?, and in a year, within the cycle of our feasts, all would die, the gods would be

angered.

From this, it is clear that access to the under

world, and the spiritual powers it contains, is cen

tral to life itself. In turn, the sip?apuni?established via a paa 'uypi ("water planting vessel") carried by migrating groups?not only provided water (Voth 1905:22) but took on added significance of com

munity and stability (Armin Geertz, personal com munication 2009). As noted in the forthcoming discussion, similar symbolism was involved in

establishing settlements in Mexico. The kiva niche, like the sip?apuni, has the con

notations of a cave, spring, or even a lake, all of which share the significance as being portals to the underworld and rainmakers. Through these portals or "doorways," prayers can be addressed to a vari

ety of sacred entities (Parsons 1939:311), includ

ing kachinas. In Rio Grande Pueblo beliefs, the land of the dead and the rainmakers is in the west or

north, and significantly, the kiva wall niches of the Rio Grande are thusly directed. Accordingly, Par sons (1939) notes that during Rio Grande rain

retreats, "it is supposed that they [the Keres and

Jemez] visit the Mother at Shipap to ask her to send kachinas to dance. They bring the kachinas back with them'" (1939:136), and a dance follows.

References to kachinas, as well as to the dead in their homes underground, are noted by Parsons

(1939:199, 217): "The town of the dead may be

underground (Hopi, Keres, Zuni) or underwater

(Zuni, Tewa, Taos)" (Parsons 1939:217). This dis

tinction, between underground and underwater, is not always clear. While the location of Wenima? above or below ground?seems to be ambiguous, Benedict (1981:253) describes it as a cave. While the Hopi dead travel to the west, the deceased

Jemez, Isleta, and Tewa reside in the north. Among Keres, Iyatiku, the Keres Corn mother lives at

This content downloaded from 129.79.13.20 on Mon, 25 Mar 2013 19:17:51 PM All use subject to JSTOR Terms and Conditions

Schaafsma] THE CAVE IN THE KIVA 683

Figure 18. Pottery Mound, Kiva 8, Layer 14. The niche is centered in the lower part of a feathered sun-shield with a war

rior pictured on its face. From Hibben (1975:Figure 32), courtesy of KC Publications.

Shipap to the north, an underground house from which man emerged and dead visit en route to Wen

ima, their final destination in the west (Parsons 1939:173-174).

The home of the dead is frequently conflated with that of the rainmakers, the kachinas, and the

place of emergence, and the ancestral dead are believed to return as clouds to water the earth (Ortiz 1969:50, 96-97; Parsons 1932:250, 359, and

360-362, 1936:70 and 112,1939:8, 70,163-164, 199, 216-17, 290, and 1079-1080; Stephen 1936:151,826, and 829). The Tewa describe sacred

pools as portals and as dwelling places for their divinities: "openings between this world and

'opanuge 'the under world' through which spirits freely passed" (Harrington 1912:164). The Tewa

place of emergence is identified as a small lake in southern Colorado, while that of the Keres is said to be caves north of Ojo Caliente, New Mexico

(Harrington 1912:166-167,568). In all cases, these earth openings are regarded as conduits between worlds.

Among caves with indications of late prehistoric ritual use, Surratt Cave, a dark cave near Gran

Quivira in central New Mexico, contains paintings in its darkest reaches. Largely of masks, clouds, and

snakes or lightning, the most notable painting is a

large, black, stepped cloud at the bottom of the

sinkhole, along with zigzag lightning (Greer and Greer 2002:Figures 2, 4, 5, 8, and 9; Schaafsma

1999:Figure 12.17). Possible offerings are reported to have been removed by looters, but references to other caves containing ritual offerings in large num bers were listed earlier.

Pottery Metaphors

As delineated above, pottery vessels as

metaphors for springs, as well as "containers" of

clouds, rain, and storm, feature prominently in the murals. Vessels were depicted graphically and used

ethnographically to define the watery world center on Pueblo altars. They also fulfilled ritual functions in chosen landscape contexts. Filled with cotton and

placed as offerings in caves, these caches recall the

many rain ollas depicted at Kuaua, as well as the

white, netted design and other paintings of textiles over niches in Pottery Mound kivas. The ritual use of cotton to emulate clouds has already been men tioned.

Of particular relevance here is a ritual cache from the Pinaleno Mountains in southeastern Ari zona that included among the offerings two ollas

This content downloaded from 129.79.13.20 on Mon, 25 Mar 2013 19:17:51 PM All use subject to JSTOR Terms and Conditions

684 AMERICAN ANTIQUITY [Vol. 74, No. 4, 2009

Figure 19. Kuaua, Layer M-40, south end of west wall that lacks a niche. Stepped cloud is crowned with an olla spout ing moisture. Lightning links the cloud and vessel to swallows that also spew drops of water. Drawing by author, from

Dutton (1963:Figure 86).

filled with cotton (Haury and Huckell 1993). Radio carbon dates on various organic materials from the

cache, including the cotton itself, range largely between the A.D. 600s and 1200s, suggesting that

offerings were renewed over centuries (Haury and Huckell 1993:115-119). As described previously, cotton assumes a metaphorical role in its close resemblance to clouds, and thus it has many uses in contemporary Pueblo ritual. Undoubtedly, the Pinaleno cache was an ancient petition for rain. A second cache with a cotton-filled vessel from White Rock Canyon is associated with Tsirege, a site in the northern Tewa region. The cache is dated to the

mid-1500s (Huckell 1993:191), making it nearly contemporary with the Kuaua murals.

This kind of symbolic redundancy is apparent in the Kuaua images of vessels spewing moisture,

which further elaborates the concepts inherent in the sip?apuni/cave/niche complex as a portal to the

watery underworld. Hopi shrines consisting of small jars referred to as sip?apuni are analogous to the paintings in meaning. Likewise, jars placed in

Hopi corn fields to attract rain are specifically referred to as a "sipapu" (Schaafsma and Taube

2006:254; Stephen 1936:618). Similarly, the ritual

use of vessels during Pueblo IV is amplified by caches of miniature jars, found in Pueblo IV sites as rain offerings buried beneath floors (Preucel 2000; Schaafsma and Taube 2006:257; Wolfman and Dick 1999:105). In ritual Pueblo contexts these earthen containers may be representative of springs (Schaafsma 1999, 2002). Given these ritual prac tices, the ollas spouting rain, snow, and lightning on either side of Kuaua's Kiva III niche (Dutton 1963:Plates 15, 21, 23, and 24) are easily under stood. These ollas are usually seated on the dado, which in itself appears to be symbolic of the earth

(Brody 1991:107). Pueblo rituals also include water pouring and

water sprinkling rites using water from sacred

springs. This water has special significance, since it derives from a mythical place, the spring or water hole being regarded as a "surrogate water-covered

sipaapunr (Geertz 1987:19). In both Mesoamer ica and the Southwest, vessels are explicitly described as the means by which deities lift the water from the earth to release it from above as rain

(Schaafsma and Taube 2006:248-256). At Pottery Mound, hghtning and clouds spring from bowls and

jars carried on the heads of maidens. Some of these

This content downloaded from 129.79.13.20 on Mon, 25 Mar 2013 19:17:51 PM All use subject to JSTOR Terms and Conditions

Schaafsma] THE CAVE IN THE KIVA 685

are winged supernaturals (Hibben 1975:Figures 45 and 61). Equally understandable are figures, on

either side of the niche, holding miniature vessels,

many of which also spew moisture (Pottery Mound, Kiva 8, Layer 1; Hibben 1975:Figures 74 and 75) and Kuaua (Figure 2b; Dutton 1963:Plates XV and

XXIV).

Finally, in regard to pottery vessels, Layer M 40 at Kuaua lacks a niche (Dutton 1963:Plate 11), but an olla spouting rain is situated on top of a ter

raced cumulus cloud (Figure 19). The "stepped" cloud is a multivalent icon synthesizing the con

cepts of a water mountain, riddled with caves and

springs, and the clouds that form around the moun

tain peaks (see Swentzell [1990] for further dis

cussion). In Mexico as well, the altepetl, or "water

mountain," evokes a range of metaphors: "una de las mejor conocidas es la que compara al altepetl con una 'olla llena de agua'; frase equivalente a

'olla de la abundancia' (one of the best known is that which compares the altepetl with an 'olla full of water'; phrase equivalent to an 'olla of abun

dance')" (Bernal-Garcia and Garcia-Zambrano

2006:67; translation by author). The Kuaua paint ing graphically portrays the concept of the "olla full of water" as the water mountain in a Pueblo for

mat.7

The Cave under the Rainbow

As described earlier, rain-related themes at Pottery Mound include those in which the niche is closely incorporated into paintings of clouds and rainbow

stripes, as well as paintings that more broadly embrace the niche. Ample rainbow frames, enclos

ing fields of color, and ultimately the niche, carry connotations of a large cave. The associated trans formational entities that appear in these murals may have been perceived as having emerged from the Underworld via the kiva niche and "the cave under the rainbow."

The painted field under the rainbow frame is

suggestive of Cushing's poetical account of the Zuni "Cave of the Rainbow" (Green 1979:354-356): a mythical cave shrouded in mists and peopled by dancing corn maidens and

fluteplayers led by Pai'-a-tu-ma and the God of Dew?all icons of fertility and abundance. Else

where, the rainbow as entrance or as a gateway of

emergence is mentioned in Keresan Cochiti stories

(Benedict 1981:204,211), or as a "house" as seen

in a Hopi ground painting described previously above the foot drum (Parsons 1939:662). Whether viewed as a house, gateway, or cave, the space under the rainbow may be perceived as a residence of benevolent supernaturals, and thus as a means

of access to abundance and blessings.

Maidens, the Niche, and Abundance

Abundance involves not only moisture and its con

comitant agricultural bounty, but also maidens. At

Pottery Mound, two female figures appear to rise out of the niche, and in one case, one of these maid ens is framed by a rainbow. Other female figures bordering niches hold vessels, some spouting mois

ture, and they are also pictured with maize, squash, and transformational persons who appear to be part of a spirit world.

Although no specific identification is offered for the niche-associated female figures that are

often foci of scenes at Pottery Mound and Kuaua, it is likely that they are among several of the female deities associated with the earth, maize, and fertil

ity. Some of these scenes featuring female figures in proximity to the niche may allude to the corn

mother, such as the Keresan Iyatiku who resides at

shipap (Parsons 1939:173-174). In Pueblo cos

mology maidens and female deities are commonly closely associated with corn, the Sun Youth, game animals, and childbirth. These associations with the kiva niche expand the meaning of this conduit to the underworld where the powers of fecundity are believed to reside.

Shields and Suns

As a secondary consideration, a few co-occurrences at Pottery Mound between the niche and the pre viously described sun shields introduces the addi tional possibility that the niche in certain ceremonial contexts may be viewed as the "sun's house." Described previously (see Figure 15) also are persons situated on either side of the niche at

Pottery Mound bearing macaws, which are sym bolic of the sun. The notion of the "sun's cave" is

broadly held throughout Mesoamerica and the Pueblo Southwest (Ellis and Hammack 1968:32; Stone 1995:36). Kent (1983) cites Stevenson's ca. 1882 observation, regarding a painting of the sun at Hopi, that "the sun father was supposed to be

present in the spirit of the shield" (1983:28). In such

circumstances, a niche embraced by a painted sun

This content downloaded from 129.79.13.20 on Mon, 25 Mar 2013 19:17:51 PM All use subject to JSTOR Terms and Conditions

686 AMERICAN ANTIQUITY [Vol. 74, No. 4,2009

shield would have been a means of directly mak

ing offerings to the sun. The perception of the sun's

house as a cave?places at which the sun sets and rises as it begins and ends its nightly journey through the underworld?includes specific caves

in the Pueblo landscape where offerings to the sun

are left (Ellis and Hammack 1968:32; Schaafsma

2007a). Similarly, petitions to the sun may have been placed in the symbolic kiva niche cave. The sun's warmth and ensured seasonal movement are

essential in maintaining the agricultural cycle, and

rituals are conducted to this end (Fewkes 1897:271-272; Schaafsma 2000:116-119).

The sun and the world directions are also pic tured in a sandpainting made during the aforemen

tioned Powamuya (Geertz 1987:XXVI). In this case

the sun's face is depicted bordered by four rings. Voth (1901:75 and Plate XLUI) was told that these

rings represent the perihelion of the sun or the sun's

house, again perhaps with implications of a cave.

The interrelationships suggested between rain and sun by these rings of color, essentially identical to

the rainbow enclosures previously described, are

probably best regarded as an example of the multi valent symbolism that characterizes Pueblo ritual

art. Ambiguities empower the imagery, making it

multi-referential and thus enabling multiple but

interrelated interpretations (Sekaquaptewa and

Washburn 2004; Young 1988:105-106).

Conclusions

This study of the Pueblo IV painted kiva niche has been primarily an effort to expand the understand

ing of this architectural feature and the cosmolog ical significance that it embodied. As proposed

initially, the paintings around the niche make vis

ible fundamental metaphors of Pueblo cosmology associated with an underworld that harbors many benefits essential to all life. The iconographic pro

grams surrounding the niche strongly indicate that

not only was Pueblo IV kiva ritual focused around

communication with the underworld, but that peti tions for rain were paramount. The interpretations offered add to the list of ideological relationships between the American Southwest and Mesoamer

ica recognized in previous studies. Spatial con

straints have not allowed for more than passing mention of these issues here, but certainly this dis

cussion provides direction for closer examination

of these parallels in the future. The niche paintings, along with the niche itself,

incorporate ambiguity and conflations. They simul

taneously allow for diverse and hence more pow erful evocations of meaning, to communicate the basic precepts of Pueblo worldview to the initi ated. Emerging from this study is recognition of the fundamental significance in Pueblo iconography of both the niche and the stepped cloud. In terms of Victor Turner, both may be regarded as "nuclear

symbols." Turner notes that the nuclear symbol is "found in regular association with other symbols which, like adjectives in language, modify and extend its meaning" (1967:295). He goes on to

observe that the nuclear ritual symbol has power ful synthesizing and focusing capacity, and

the greater the symbol, the simpler its form. A

simple form is capable of supplying associa tive links of a very generalized character; it dis

plays a feature or features that it shares with a

wide variety of phenomena and ideas [Turner 1967:298].

As a powerful focus for Pueblo kiva rituals, the

stepped cloud and niche meet these criteria. With the landscape cave as its natural analog,

the kiva wall niche, whether adorned or plain, assumes the meaning of a portal or passageway to a supernatural underground realm within a ritually controlled space. Moisture, abundance, and fertil

ity are all united by their association with the under

world, ritually accessed through the niche. The

simple stepped cloud functions as common "adjec tive" to the niche. The stepped form in itself embod ies a variety of meanings. It encompasses not only the natural phenomena of clouds and rain, but it,

too, is a symbol of community; clouds themselves

include allusions to ancestors and their spiritual counterparts, the kachinas. At Pottery Mound, the

conjunction of female figures with the wall niche, some seemingly emanating from the aperture (e.g.,

Figures 7 and 15), may allude to the cave/womb as

a source of earthly fertility. The underworld itself

is viewed as the source or container?like the olla or sacred mountain?of clouds, storm, abundance, and the resulting communal stability. This last adds a social dimension to the metaphors involved. Over

all, the kiva niche conflates these referents, syn thesizes their meanings, and is a focal point for the

activities portrayed in the murals at large.

This content downloaded from 129.79.13.20 on Mon, 25 Mar 2013 19:17:51 PM All use subject to JSTOR Terms and Conditions

Schaafsma] THE CAVE IN THE KIVA 687

The potential of the accumulated power that

sequential paintings would have contributed to the

kiva niche is a final aspect of this discussion. The

multi-layering of paintings around the niche and in the kiva itself would have been known to the

painters and ceremonial participants. Fixed in cer

emonial space and the focus of cumulative imagery, the simple kiva niche would have accrued mean

ing, and its power would have been enhanced

through time.

Acknowledgments. A short version of this paper was pre sented in the symposium "Dark Origins and Bright Futures:

Speleocentric Approaches to the Archaeology of Caves in

North America, Part I: Western North America" at the 73rd

Annual Meeting of the Society for American Archaeology in

Vancouver, B.C., March 2008. Thanks go to Scott Nicolay for inviting me to participate in that symposium. To Claire

Munzenrider and the Museum of Indian Arts and

Culture\Laboratory of Anthropology in Santa Fe, I am

indebted for inviting my participation in the 2007 Kuaua

Murals Restudy Project supported by the Getty Foundation.

Melissa Powell and Diane Bird at the Museum of Indian Arts

and Culture\Laboratory of Anthropology graciously facili

tated access to early records at LOA following this project. Catherine Baudoin at the Maxwell Museum of Anthropology

provided invaluable assistance with records from Pottery Mound. I also extend my gratitude to Armin W. Geertz, Curt

Schaafsma, Karl Taube, and several anonymous reviewers

for their suggestions that have greatly clarified and strength ened this essay and arguments presented therein. Shirley and

Richard Flint kindly provided the Spanish translation of the

abstract.

References Cited

Adams, E. Charles 1991 The Origin and Development of the Pueblo Katsina Cult. University of Arizona Press, Tucson.

Adler, Michael. A. 2007 The Architecture of Pottery Mound Pueblo. In New

Perspectives on Pottery Mound Pueblo, edited by Polly Schaafsma, pp. 29-53. University of New Mexico Press,

Albuquerque. Benedict, Ruth

1981 Tales of the Cochiti Indians. Reprinted. University of New Mexico Press, Albuquerque. Originally published 1931, Bulletin 98, Bureau of American Ethnology, Smith sonian Institution, Washington, D.C.

Bernal-Garcfa, Maria Elena, and Angel J. Garcia Zambrano 2006 El Altepetl Colonial y sus Antecedentes Prehisp?ni

cos: Contexto Te?rico. In Territorialidad y Paisaje en el

Altepetl del Sigh XVI, coordinado por Federico Fernan dez Christlieb y Angel Julian Garcia Zambrano. Fondo de Cultura Econ?mico. Instituto de Geografica de la Univer sidad Nacional de Mexico.

Bliss, Wesley L. ca.1935 Kuaua Kiva Mural Notes.file #93KUA.005 Archives,

Museum of Indians Arts and Culture\Laboratory of Anthro

pology, Santa, Fe.

1936 Problems of the Kuaua Mural Paintings. El Palacio XL: 16-18.

1948 Preservation of the Kuaua Mural Paintings. American

Antiquity 13(3):218-223. Bramlett, William O., Jr.

1963 Notes on Pottery Mound Kivas, Manuscript on file, Maxwell Museum of Anthropology (Cat. No. 2003.31.5),

University of New Mexico, Albuquerque. Brody, J. J.

1991 Anasazi and Pueblo Painting. School of American Research Book, University of New Mexico Press, Albu

querque. Coltman, Jeremy D., Michael Mathiowitz, Polly Schaafsma, and

Karl Taube 2008 Darts of Dawn: The Tlahuizcalpantecuhtli Venus

Complex in the Iconography of Mesoamerica and the American Southwest. Paper presented at the 73rd Annual

Meeting of the Society for American Archaeology, Van

couver, B.C.

Cosgrove, H. B. 1947 Caves of the Upper Gila and Hueco Areas in New Mexico and Texas. Papers of the Peabody Museum of American Archaeology and Ethnology, Harvard Univer

sity 24(2). Cambridge, Massachusetts.

Crotty, Helen K. 1995 Anasazi Mural Art of the Pueblo TV Period, A.D.

1300-1600: Influences, Selective Adaptation, and Cul tural Diversity in the Prehistoric Southwest. Ph.D disser

ation, Department of Art, University of California, Los

Angeles, University Microfilms, Ann Arbor. 1999 Kiva Murals and Iconography at Picuris Pueblo. In Picuris Pueblo through Time: Eight Centuries of Change at a Northern Rio Grande Pueblo, edited by Michael A. Adler and Herbert W. Dick, pp. 149-188. William P. Clements Center for Southwest Studies, Southern Methodist University, Dallas.

2007 Western Pueblo Influences and Integration in Pottery Mound Painted Kivas. In New Perspectives on Pottery Mound Pueblo, edited by Polly Schaafsma, pp. 85-107.

University of New Mexico Press, Albuquerque. David, Neil Sr., J. Brent Ricks, and Alexander E. Anthony, Jr.

1993 Kachinas: Spirit Beings of the Hopi. Avanyu Pub

lishing, Inc., Albuquerque. Dutton, Bertha P.

1963 Sun Father's Way. University of New Mexico Press,

Albuquerque. Ellis, Florence Hawley, and Laurens Hammack

1968 The Inner Sanctum of Feather Cave, A Mogollon Sun and Earth Shrine Linking Mexico and the Southwest. American Antiquity 33(l):25-43.

Ferg, Alan, and Jim I. Mead 1993 Red Cave: A Prehistoric Cave Shrine. Arizona Archae

ologist 26. Arizona Archaeological Society, Tucson.

Fewkes, Jesse Walter 1897 Tusayan Katcinas. Fifteenth Annual Report of the Bureau of American Ethnology, 1893-1894, pp. 245-313. Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C.

Friedel, David, Linda Scheie, and Joy Parker 1993 Maya Cosmos. Quill, William Morrow, New York.

Fulton, William Shirley 1941 A Ceremonial Cave in the Winchester Mountains, Ari

zona. The Amerind Foundation, Inc., Dragoon, Arizona.

Garcfa-Zambrano, Angel J. 1994 Early Colonial Evidence of Pre-Columbian Rituals of Foundation. In Seventh Palenque Round-Table, edited by Merle Green Robertson and Virginia E. Miller, pp. 217-227. The Pre-Columbian Art Institute, San Francisco.

This content downloaded from 129.79.13.20 on Mon, 25 Mar 2013 19:17:51 PM All use subject to JSTOR Terms and Conditions

688 AMERICAN ANTIQUITY [Vol. 74, No. 4,2009

Geertz, Armin W. 1984 A Reed Pierced the Sky: Hopi Indian Cosmography

on Third Mesa. Numen: International Review for the His

tory of Religions 31(2):216-241. 1987 Hopi Indian Altar Iconography. Institute of Religious

Iconography, State University Groningen. Brill, Leiden.

Geertz, Armin W., and Michael Lomatuway'ma 1987 Children of Cottonwood: Piety and Ceremonialism in

Hopi Indian Puppetry. University of Nebraska Press, Lin coln.

Geertz, Clifford 1973 Ethos, World-View and the Analysis of Sacred Sym

bols. In The Interpretation of Cultures: Selected Essays, pp. 126-41. Basic Books, New York.

Gossen, Gary H. 1986 Mesoamerican Ideas as a Foundation for Regional

Synthesis. In Symbol and Meaning Behind the Closed

Community: Essays in Mesoamerican Ideas, edited by Gary H. Gossen, pp. 1-8. Institute for Mesoamerican Stud

ies, State University of New York at Albany, Albany. Green, John (editor)

1979 Zuni: Selected Writings of Frank Hamilton Cushing. University of Nebraska Press, Lincoln.

Greer, John, and Mavis Greer 2002 Dark Zone Pictographs at Surratt Cave, Central New Mexico. In Forward into the Past: Papers in Honor of Teddy Lou and Francis Stickney, edited by R. N. Wiseman, Thomas C. O'Laughlin, and Cordelia T. Snow, pp. 37^6.

Archaeological Society of New Mexico, Albuquerque. Grove, David

2007 Cerros Sagrados Olmecs: Montanas en la cosmo

visi?n Mesoamericana. Arqueologia Mexicana 15(87): 30-35.

Harrington, John Peabody 1912 The Ethnogeography of the Tewa Indians. Twenty

ninth Annual Report of the Bureau of American Ethnog raphy, 1907-1908. Smithsonian Institution,Washington, D.C.

Haury, Emil W, and Lisa W. Huckell 1993 A Prehistoric Cotton Cache from the Pinaleno Moun

tains, Arizona. Kiva 59(2):95-145. Hays-Gilpin, Kelley, and Steven A. LeBlanc

2007 Sikyatki Style in Regional Context. In New Perspec tives on Pottery Mound Pueblo, edited by Polly Schaaf

sma, pp. 109-136. University of New Mexico Press,

Albuquerque. Hibben, Frank C.

1975 Kiva Art of the Anasazi. KC Publications, Las Vegas. Hough, Walter

1914 Culture of the Ancient Pueblos of the Upper Gila. U.S. National Museum Bulletin 87. Smithsonian Institu

tion, Washington, D.C.

Huckell, Lisa W. 1993 Plant Remains from the Pinaleno Cotton Cache, Ari

zona. Kiva 59(2): 147-203.

Hunt, Eva 1977 The Transformation of the Hummingbird: Cultural Roots of a Zincantecan Mythical Poem. Cornell Univer

sity Press, Ithaca.

James, Susan E. 2000 Some Aspects of Aztec Religion in the Hopi Kachina

Cult. Journal of the Southwest 42(4):897-926. 2002 Mimetic Rituals of Child Sacrifice in the Hopi

Kachina Cult. Journal of the Southwest 44(3):337-356. Kent, Kate Peck

1983 Pueblo Indian Textiles: A Living Tradition. School of

American Research Press, Santa Fe.

Lambert, Marjorie F., and J. Richard Ambler 1961 A Survey and Excavation of Caves in Hidalgo County, New Mexico. Monograph 25, School of American Research. Santa Fe.

Manzanilla, Linda 2000 The Construction of the Underworld in Central Mex

ico. In Mesoamerica's Classic Heritage: from Teotihua can to the Aztecs, edited by David Carrasco, Lindsay Jones, and Scott Sessions, pp. 87-116. University Press of Col

orado, Boulder.

O'Laughlin, Thomas C. 2003 A Possible Dark Area Shrine in Chavez Cave, Dona

Ana County, New Mexico. In Climbing the Rocks: Papers in Honor of Helen and Jay Crotty, edited by Regge N.

Wiseman, Thomas C. O'Laughlin, and Cordelia T. Snow

pp. 137-146. The Archaeological Society of New Mex

ico, Albuquerque. Ortiz, Alfonso

1969 The Tewa World. University of Chicago Press.

Chicago. Parsons, Elsie Clews

1932 Isleta, New Mexico. In 47th Annual Report of the Bureau of American Ethnology for the years 1929-1930, pp. 193-446. Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C.

1936 Taos Pueblo. General Series in Anthropology 2.

George Banta Publishing Company, Menasha. 1939 Pueblo Indian Religion. University of Chicago Press,

Chicago. Peckham, Stewart

1979 When is a Rio Grande Kiva? In Collected Papers in Honor of Bertha Pauline Dutton, edited by Albert Shroeder,

pp. 55-86. Papers of the Archaeological Society of New Mexico No. 4, Archaeological Society of New Mexico,

Albuquerque. Preucel, Robert W.

2000 Living on the Mesa: Hanat Koyiti, a Post-Revolt Cochiti Community in Northern New Mexico. Expedition 42(1):8-17.

Roberts, Frank H. H. 1932 The Village of the Great Kivas on the Zuni Reserva

tion New Mexico. Bureau of American Ethnology, Bulletin No. 111. Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C.

R?hn, Arthur H. 1971 Mug House. Archeological Research Series Seven-D. The National Park Service, Washington, D.C.

Sandberg, Sigfred 1950 An Anthropological Investigation of the Correo Snake

Pit. Unpublished MA thesis, Department of Anthropology, University of New Mexico, Albuquerque.

Schaafsma, Curtis F. 1994 Pueblo Ceremonialism from the Perspective of Span

ish Documents. In Kachinas in the Pueblo World, edited

by Polly Schaafsma, pp. 121-138. University of New Mex ico Press, Albuquerque.

Schaafsma, Polly 1965 Kiva Murals from Pueblo del Encierro (LA 70). El Palacio 72: 6-16.

1980 Indian Rock Art of the Southwest. School of Ameri can Research and University of New Mexico Press, Santa Fe and Albuquerque.

1999 Tlalocs, Kachinas, Sacred Bundles, and Related Sym bolism in the Southwest and Mesoamerica. In The Casas Grandes World, edited by Curtis F. Schaafsma and Car roll L. Riley, pp. 164-192. University of Utah Press, Salt Lake City.

2000 Warrior, Shield, and Star. Western Edge Press, Santa Fe.

2001 Quetzalcoatl and the Horned and Feathered Serpent

This content downloaded from 129.79.13.20 on Mon, 25 Mar 2013 19:17:51 PM All use subject to JSTOR Terms and Conditions

Schaafsma] THE CAVE IN THE KIVA 689

of the Southwest. In The Road toAztlan: Art from a Mythic Homeland, edited by Virginia M. Fields and Victor

Zamudio-Taylor, pp. 138-149. Los Angeles County Museum of Art, Los Angeles.

2002 Pottery Metaphors in Pueblo and Jornada Mogollon Rock Art. In Rock Art and Cultural Processes, edited by Solveig A. Turpin, pp. 51-66. Special Publication no. 3, The Rock Art Foundation, San Antonio, Texas.

2007a The Archaeology of U-Bar Cave, Hidalgo County, New Mexico and Its Regional Significance as a Landscape Shrine. Paper Presented at the 72nd Annual Meeting of the

Society for American Archaeology, Austin, Texas. 2007b The Pottery Mound Murals and Rock Art: Implica

tions for Regional Interaction. In New Perspectives on Pot

tery Mound Pueblo, edited by Polly Schaafsma, pp. 137-166. University of New Mexico Press, Albuquerque.

2007c The Kuaua Murals: A Reevaluation. Kuaua Murals

Restudy Project. Manuscript on file, Museum of Indians Arts and Culture\Laboratory of Anthropology, Santa Fe.

Schaafsma, Polly (editor) 2007 New Perspectives on Pottery Mound Pueblo. Univer

sity of New Mexico Press, Albuquerque. Schaafsma, Polly, and Karl A. Taube

2006 Bringing the Rain. In The Pre-Columbian World, edited by Jeffrey Quilter and Mary Miller, pp. 231-285. Dumbarton Oaks, Washington, D.C.

Schaefer, Stacey B. 1996 The Cosmos Contained. In People of the Peyote: Hui

chol Indian History, Religion, and Survival, edited by Stacey B. Schaefer and Peter T. F?rst, pp. 332-373. Uni

versity of New Mexico Press, Albuquerque. Sekaquaptewa, Emory, and Dorothy Washburn

2004 "They Go Along Singing:" Reconstructing the Hopi Past from Ritual Metaphors in Song and Image. American

Antiquity 69(3):457-486. Smith, Watson

1952 Kiva Mural Decorations at Awatovi and Kawaika-a:

Reports of the Awatovi Expedition, Report No. 5. Papers of the Peabody Museum of American Archaeology and

Ethnology 37. Harvard University, Cambridge, Massa chusetts.

Spielmann, Katherine A. (editor) 1998 The Pueblo IV Period: History of Research. In Migra

tion and Reorganization: The Pueblo TV Period in the American Southwest, pp. 1-29. Anthropological Research

Papers No. 51. Arizona State University, Tempe. Stephen, Alexander M.

1936 The Hopi Journal (2 vols.). Edited by Elsie Clews Par sons. Columbia University Contributions to Anthropol ogy 23. Columbia University Press, New York.

Stevenson, Matilda Coxe ca. 1882 Dress and Adornment of the Pueblo Indians. Bureau

of American Ethnology manuscript #2093. National

Anthropological Archives, Smithsonian Institution, Wash

ington, D.C. 1894 A Chapter of Zuni Mythology. Memoirs of the Inter

national Congress of Anthropology 1893: Chicago, pp. 312-319. Shulte Publishing Company, Chicago.

1904 The Zuni Indians. Twenty-third Annual Report of the Bureau of American Ethnology, 1889-1890. Smithsonian

Institution, Washington, D.C.

Stirling, Matthew W. 1942 Origin Myth ofAcoma and Other Records. Bureau of American Ethnology, Bulletin 135. Washington, D.C.

Stone, Andrea J. 1995 Images from the Underworld: Naj Tunich and the Tra

dition of Maya Cave Painting. University of Texas Press,

Austin.

Swentzell, Rena 1990 Pueblo Space, Form, and Mythology. In Pueblo Style

and Regional Architecture, edited by N. C. Markovich, W. F. E. Preiser, and F. G. Sturm, pp. 23-30. Van Nostrand

Reinhold, New York.

Taube, Karl A. 1986 The Teotihuacan Cave of Origin: the Iconography and Architecture of Emergence Mythology in Mesoamerica and the American Southwest. Res: Anthropology and Aes thetics 12:51-82.

1998 The Jade Hearth: Centrality, Rulership, and the Clas sic Maya Temple. In Function and Meaning in Classic

Maya Architecture, edited by Stephen D. Houston, pp. 427-78. Dumbarton Oaks, Washington, D.C.

2001 The Breath of Life: The Symbolism of Wind in Mesoamerica and the American Southwest; In The Road to Aztlan: Art from a Mythic Homeland, edited by Virginia

M. Fields and Victor Zamudio-Taylor, pp. 102-123. Los

Angeles County Museum of Art, Los Angeles. 2008 Gateways to the Other World: the Symbolism of

Supernatural Passageways in the Art and Ritual of Mesoamerica and the American Southwest. Manuscript on

file, Department of Anthropology, University of Califor

nia, Riverside.

Tedlock, Dennis 1972 Finding the Center: Narrative Poetry of the Zuni Indi

ans. The Dial Press, New York.

Titiev, Mischa 1944 Old Oraibi: A Study of the Hopi Indians of Third Mesa. Papers of the Peabody Museum of Archaeology and Ethnology 22(1), Harvard University, Cambridge.

Turner, Victor 1967 The Forest of Symbols: Aspects ofNdembu Ritual. Cor

nell University Press, London.

Tyler, Hamilton A. 1979 Pueblo Birds and Myths. University of Oklahoma

Press, Norman, Oklahoma.

Vierra, Bradley J. 1987 The Tiguex Province: A Tale of Two Cities. InSecrets

of a City: Papers on Albuquerque Area Archaeology in Honor of Richard A Bice, edited by Anne V. Poore and John

Montgomery, pp. 70-86, The Archaeological Society of New Mexico No. 13. Ancient City Press, Santa Fe.

Vivian, Patricia 2007 The Kiva Murals at Pottery Mound: A History of Dis

covery and Methods of Study: Kivas 1-10. In New Per

spectives on Pottery Mound Pueblo, edited by Polly Schaafsma, pp. 75-84. University of New Mexico Press,

Albuquerque. Vivian, R. Gwinn

2007 Frank C. Hibben and Pottery Mound: Site Research and Interpretation. In New Perspectives on Pottery Mound

Pueblo, edited by Polly Schaafsma, pp. 15-28. University of New Mexico Press, Albuquerque.

Voth, H. R. 1901 The Oraibi Powamu Ceremony. Field Columbia Museum Publication 61, Anthropological Series 3(2). Chicago.

1905 Traditions of the Hopi. Field Museum of Natural His

tory Publication 96. Anthropological Series 8. Field Museum of Natural History, Chicago.

1912 The Oraibi Marau Ceremony. Field Museum of Nat ural History, Publication 156, Anthropological Series

11(1). Field Museum of Natural History, Chicago. Wasley, William W.

1962 A Ceremonial Cave on Bonita Creek, Arizona. Amer

This content downloaded from 129.79.13.20 on Mon, 25 Mar 2013 19:17:51 PM All use subject to JSTOR Terms and Conditions

690 AMERICAN ANTIQUITY [Vol. 74, No. 4,2009]

ican Antiquity 27(3):380-394. Wilcox, David R.

2007 Discussion of the Pottery Mound Essays and Some Alternative Proposals. In New Perspectives on Pottery Mound Pueblo, edited by Polly Schaafsma, pp. 229-250.

University of New Mexico Press, Santa Fe.

Wolfman, Daniel, and Herbert W. Dick 1999 Ceremonial Caches from Picuris Pueblo. In Picuris Pueblo Through Time: Eight Centuries of Change at a Northern Rio Grande Pueblo, edited by Michael A. Adler, pp. 101-110. William P. Clements Center for Southwest

Studies, Southern Methodist University, Dallas.

Wright, Barton 1985 Kachinas of the Zuni. Northland Press, Flagstaff.

Young, M. Jane 1988 Signs from the Ancestors: Zuni Cultural Symbolism

and Perceptions of Rock Art. University of New Mexico

Press, Albuquerque. 1994 The Inter-connection Between Western Puebloan and Mesoamerican Ideology/Cosmology. In Kachinas in the Pueblo World, edited by Polly Schaafsma, pp. 107-120.

University of New Mexico Press, Albuquerque.

Notes

1. Traditionally situated in the kiva floor, this feature is

well represented in Ancestral Pueblo kivas on the Colorado

Plateau (Parsons 1939:307-311; R?hn 1971:74). See

Peckham (1979) for a discussion of the sip?apuni in Rio

Grande kivas.

2. Kiva orientation is determined by the axis of kiva fea

tures from ventilator through the hearth/deflector complex,

ending with the niche in the opposite wall (Crotty

2007:Figure 6.1). In east-oriented kivas, for example, the

ventilator is in the east wall.

3. Painted layers in kivas at both Kuaua and Pottery Mound were assigned designations?letters at Kuaua and

numbers at Pottery Mound?as they were encountered.

Therefore, "A" at Kuaua was the top and first discovered

layer with murals, and the latest one painted. Comparable is

Layer "1" at Pottery Mound for any given kiva. The numeri

cal supplements in the Kuaua designations indicate the nth

layer (i.e., "A-8" is the eighth layer down on the first mural), since not all layers had paintings.

4. The Pottery Mound data presented in these tables are

not exhaustive, but they represent those murals for which

information is currently readily available.

5. For Layer H-31 (see Figure 5) no niche was originally recorded. The Kuaua Kiva Mural Notes indicate that the

niche was dug out after the mural on Layer H-31 was painted, but on the previous layer, 1-33, the niche is the focus for the

serpents. The implication is that it was re-excavated.

Nevertheless, no niche was recorded in all of the layers below

1-33. These lower murals also lack organizational symmetry.

Why no evidence of disturbance in the earliest plaster layers caused by the later creation of the kiva niche was noted by the

original investigators is a problem we now lack the resources

to address.

6. The Sikyatki Style is a decorative style, often flamboy ant, associated primarily with Hopi yellow ware ceramics

beginning in the late fourteenth century. It was also used in

mural painting (see Hays-Gilpin and LeBlanc 2007), and it is

characterized by black and red dynamic curvilinear patterns, feathers, and sometimes birds and dragonflies.

7. For further explication of the altepetl as a political unit, and for concepts tied to native concepts of mountains, ollas, and caves related to the establishment of settlements in

Colonial Mexico, see Garcfa-Zambrano (1994:222).

Submitted August 15, 2008; Revised June 1, 2009;

Accepted August 11, 2009.

This content downloaded from 129.79.13.20 on Mon, 25 Mar 2013 19:17:51 PM All use subject to JSTOR Terms and Conditions

  • Article Contents
    • p. 664
    • p. 665
    • p. 666
    • p. 667
    • p. 668
    • p. 669
    • p. 670
    • p. 671
    • p. 672
    • p. 673
    • p. 674
    • p. 675
    • p. 676
    • p. 677
    • p. 678
    • p. 679
    • p. 680
    • p. 681
    • p. 682
    • p. 683
    • p. 684
    • p. 685
    • p. 686
    • p. 687
    • p. 688
    • p. 689
    • p. 690
  • Issue Table of Contents
    • American Antiquity, Vol. 74, No. 4 (Oct., 2009), pp. 595-784
      • Volume Information
      • Front Matter
      • Exploring Stó:Lō-Coast Salish Interaction and Identity in Ancient Houses and Settlements in the Fraser Valley, British Columbia [pp. 595-626]
      • Mounds, Myths, and Cherokee Townhouses in Southwestern North Carolina [pp. 627-663]
      • The Cave in the Kiva: The Kiva Niche and Painted Walls in the Rio Grande Valley [pp. 664-690]
      • Adoption and Intensification of Agriculture in the North American Southwest: Notes toward a Quantitative Approach [pp. 691-707]
      • Antiquity of Communal Pronghorn Hunting in the North-Central Great Basin [pp. 708-734]
      • Reports
        • The Jim Pitts Site: A Stratified Paleoindian Site in the Black Hills of South Dakota [pp. 735-758]
        • Fieldworker Experience and Single-Episode Screening as Sources of Data Recovery Bias in Archaeology: A Case Study from the Central Pacific Northwest Coast [pp. 759-779]
      • Reviews
        • Review: untitled [pp. 780-781]
      • Back Matter

Week 4 - Southwest, People of the Silence/Writing exercise 3 - People of Silence.docx

Anthropology P363/P663 Professor Laura L. Scheiber

North American Prehistory through Fiction Spring, 2018

In-Class Writing Exercise

April 3: People of the Silence

You will have 20 minutes to write about the following questions. Use the blue book provided for your answers. You can write your assessments with either pen or pencil. You can use your laptop to type your answers, as long as you are only working on this assignment, no browsing of any kind! You need not address all of the questions as long as you spend the entire time writing.

1) Who are Cornsilk and Poor Singer and who are their parents?

2) Who are the First People? the Made People? the Slaves? Give an example of characters in the book that represent each of these groups.

3) Who are the Thlatsinas? What do they do for the People? How are they represented on earth?

4) Describe a typical village of the Straight Path People.

5) What archaeological evidence would you expect to find at the village you described above?

6) What is the difference between the Sun Chief in People of the River and the Blessed Sun in People of the Silence?

1

Week 4 - Southwest, People of the Silence/Week 4 Readings - Ancestral Puebloan.docx

Anthropology P363/P663 Professor Laura L. Scheiber

North American Prehistory through Fiction Spring, 2018

Reading Assignments

Week of April 3: Ancestral Puebloan (Anasazi) and the Southwest

For Tuesday:

W. Michael Gear and Kathleen O’Neal Gear

1996 People of the Silence. Tor Books, New York.

For Thursday:

Kehoe, Alice Beck

2002 The American Southwest. In America Before the European Invasions, pp. 138-141, 148-153, 157-158. Longman, New York. (partial chapter)

Mills, Barbara J.

2002 Recent Research on Chaco: Changing Views on Economy, Ritual, and Society. Journal of Archaeological Research 10(1):65-118.

Additionally for Graduate Students:

Fagan, Brian

2005 The White House. In Chaco Canyon: Archaeologists Explore the Lives of Ancient Society, by Brian Fagan, pp. 226-229. Oxford University Press, New York.

Naranjo, Tessie

1995 Thoughts on Migration by Santa Clara Pueblo. Journal of Anthropological Archaeology 14(2):247-250.

Optional:

Crown, Patricia L. and W. Jeffrey Hurst

2009 Evidence of Cacao Use in the Prehispanic American Southwest. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences 106(7):2110-2113.

Folb, Edith A.

1986 Hopi: Songs of the Fourth World A Resource Handbook. Arizona Humanities Council in cooperation with National Endowment for the Humanities. Highly recommended!

Parsons, Elsie Clews

1996 Pueblo Indian Religion. Volume 1 and Volume 2. University of Nebraska Press, Lincoln. Originally published 1939. Chapter III: Cosmic Notions, The Emergence, and the Next World, pp. 210-218.

Lekson, Stephen H., Thomas C. Windes, John R. Stein and W. James Judge

1988 The Chaco Canyon Community. Scientific American 259(1):100-109.

Toner, Mike

2012 Chaco through a Different Lens. American Archaeology 16(4):26-32.

Schaafsma, Polly

2009 The Cave in the Kiva: The Kiva Niche and Painted Walls in the Rio Grande Valley. American Antiquity 74(4):664-690.

1

Week 4 - Southwest, People of the Silence/Toner 2012 - Chaco through a different lens.pdf

$3 .9

5 BANNER BANNER BANNER • BANNER BANNER BANNER • BANNER BANNER

Solving the MyStery of ChaCo Canyon?

american archaeology a quarterly publication of The Archaeological Conservancy Vol. 16 No. 4

WINTER 2012-13

$3 .9

5 Virtual archaeology • Studying PrehiStoric Violence • taleS of ancient textileS

Solving the MyStery of ChaCo Canyon?

2 winter • 2012-13

Li z

L o

p e

z

Mark Michel, President

Lay of the Land

Solving The Mystery Of Chaco

T he great ruins in Chaco Canyon in northwestern New Mexico, along with the more than 100 Chaco outliers that are up to 100 miles away from the center, present archae- ologists with a difficult problem. Or better said, a series of difficult prob- lems. After a century of intensive study, there is not yet a consensus as to the very nature of this “Chaco phenom- enon.” It is very different from all the other architecture of its time—bigger, grander, and more complex. Yet it now appears that the large structures of Chaco Canyon were sparsely inhabited.

In this issue of American Archae- ology (see “Chaco, Through A Differ- ent Lens,” p. 26), we focus on a new general theory for Chaco Canyon put

forth by Stephen Lekson of the Univer- sity of Colorado. Known as a brilliant researcher and controversial theorist, Lekson likes to think outside of the box. For a century, archaeologists have seen Chaco Canyon through the context of modern Pueblo people projected back in time. Lekson challenges this ethno- graphic bias. Instead he now argues, convincingly in my view, that Chaco Canyon is linked to Mexico and reflects a local adaptation of a well-established Mexican system known as the altepetl.

So how is this conflict to be resolved? Are we ever to reach a scien- tific consensus as to the nature of the Chacoan culture? The answer is to con- duct new research using the most mod- ern technology, including DNA studies

of people from Chaco Canyon. Pueblo Bonito, Chetro Ketl, and the other great houses of downtown Chaco have hardly been touched by scientists for 75 years. Research on the Chaco outli- ers is minimal. A new well-funded, long- term research project using the latest theories and technology can solve this mystery once and for all. The National Park Service, which owns Chaco Can- yon, should step up to the challenge.

26 winter • 2012-13

ChaCo, Through a Different Lens Controversy is nothing new to Southwest expert Steve Lekson. Now he’s taken an unconventional approach to demystifying Chaco Canyon.

By Mike Toner

n e

W m

e X

ic o

d e

p a

R t

m e

n t

o f

t o

u R

is m

american archaeology 27

Pueblo Bonito is one of Chaco Canyon’s remarkable great houses. Archaeologist Steve Lekson sees

a similarity between Chaco’s great houses and the elite residencies found in Mexico’s altepeme.

28 winter • 2012-13

Steve Lekson is at it again. Armed with bon mots and verbal darts, Lekson, an inveterate provocateur, is chal- lenging traditional thinking about one of Southwest archae- ology’s most treasured icons, Chaco Canyon. This time, he wants to show that, despite a century of debate, the “mys- tery” of Chaco is, perhaps, not so mysterious after all.

It’s no way to win a popularity contest in a scientific community where scores of scholars—Lekson among them—have devoted lifetimes to studying this complex of ancient ruins and roads that sprawl across northwestern New Mexico. But then iconoclasts are never popular.

A decade ago, in his book Chaco Meridian, Lekson, the curator of anthropology at the University of Colorado Museum of Natural History, stirred up a hornet’s nest when he noted that three centers of the ancient Southwest— Chaco and Aztec Ruins in New Mexico, and Paquimé in northern Chihuahua, Mexico—were built on the same line of longitude. He suggested that the alignment was part of a grand design spanning five centuries and 500 miles of desert terrain. A fellow archaeologist called the idea “a crock.”

That book is an example of the intellectual derring-do that’s made him one of the leading figures in his field.“In many ways, Steve’s ideas and publications have driven much of the intellectual agenda for Southwestern archaeology over the last 20 or more years,” the noted Southwest archaeologist

William Lipe was quoted as saying in a 2009 New York Times article about Lekson.

Four years ago in A History of the Ancient Southwest, Lekson chided his colleagues for overreliance on 20th-cen- tury ethnographic studies and “fuzzy stereotypes” of today’s Pueblo peoples that were “pasting a Pueblo present on a Chacoan past.” He said the result has clouded their under- standing of Chaco.

Now, in a forthcoming book—Lekson is publishing a chapter at a time on the Internet, inviting readers to com- ment—he says that, despite what most experts believe, Chaco did not evolve in relative isolation. Instead, the Chaco phenomenon can only be understood in a context of cross- pollinating cultures that stretched from the pre-conquest city-states of Mesoamerica to Cahokia and the Mississippian chiefdoms of the Southeast.

“Over the last century, Southwestern archaeology has been painting itself into tighter and tighter corners,” Lekson says. “Chaco and Cahokia were not petri dishes on a lab shelf. They were corners of a huge terrarium. Our failure to under- stand Chaco tells us that we have not thrown our nets out far enough. Chaco may actually be pretty easy to understand, and not that big of a deal if we just go beyond the Pueblo space, conceptually and geographically.”

In particular, he believes that Chaco was a Southwestern

s t

e v

e L

e k

s o

n /

c h

a R

Lo t

t e

h iL

L- c

o B

B

The altepetl was a small

city-state of nobles and

commoners, encompassing

both an administrative-

ceremonial center, represented

here by the area within

the white circle, and its

agricultural countryside,

shown outside the white circle.

A half-dozen noble families

built palaces, represented by

large hexagons, in the center.

Scores of minor palaces,

represented by small hexagons,

were scattered through the

countryside. Commoners lived

in thousands of small, simple

farmsteads, represented by

small dots. Chaco, Lekson

argues, is similar in that it also

had a center and countryside.

Its great houses were like

elite residences, its outliers

like minor palaces. Chaco’s

commoners resided in small

unit pueblos. Population

estimates of altepeme and

Chaco are also similar,

according to Lekson.

american archaeology 29

adaptation of an indigenous Mexican city-state known as an altepetl, a word from the Nahuatl language spoken by peo- ple in central Mexico. There is disagreement among some scholars as to when altepeme (the plural of altepetl) first appeared in Mesoamerica, but according to Kenneth Hirth, a Mesoamerican archaeologist at Penn State University, they were established by a.d. 800, just as Chaco was beginning to emerge in the San Juan Basin. “The Southwest was the northern frontier of Mesoamerica,” Lekson says. “And Chaco was an altepetl—the form, if not all the content, of the basic Mesoamerican political unit, adopted on the frontier and transformed by local idiom and ideologies. Chaco was an altepetl, or at least altepetl-like. Mystery solved.”

The issue is not so much who built Chaco, but where they looked for their inspiration, and what kind of a society emerged there. Archaeologists generally agree that it was built by the Anasazi. Most also believe Chaco’s cultural roots can be traced to the Basketmaker III era, whose pithouses dotted the Four Corners region between a.d. 450 and 750. In the face of that narrative, Lekson’s ideas have spurred deep skepticism. It has also triggered a rush to the reference books to find out, as one scholar put it, “what the hell an altepetl is.”

Experts readily acknowledge the need to understand Chaco’s place in the wider world, but many balk at the notion that it was modeled after prehistoric Mexican poli- ties a thousand miles or more away. Any similarities between Chaco and an altepetl, they insist, were purely coincidental.

“If Chaco was an altepetl because it was like an altepetl, then a rusted-out 1974 Honda Civic is a brand-new Bentley, because it’s like a brand-new Bentley,” says David Phillips, curator of archaeology at the University of New Mexico’s Maxwell Museum of Anthropology. “Both have four wheels, a motor, a windshield, and headlights. If Steve persists in this logic, I have a Bentley I want to sell him.”

Still, when Steve Lekson unleashes a new idea, he gets the attention of his colleagues.Like many of them, he was part of the Chaco Project, a National Park Service program that, over nearly a decade, excavated 118 sites and unearthed more than 100,000 artifacts from the complex. Lekson also organized the subsequent Chaco Synthesis effort, which attempted to knit the project’s discoveries into a meaningful picture of Chaco’s past.

“We still don’t have a synthesis that everyone can agree on,” says Phillips. “Trying to understand what kind of a sys- tem built Chaco is a little like trying to take a picture of a shadow after the person casting it isn’t there any more.”

“I’m not sure that consensus will ever be reached about Chaco’s place in the ancient Southwest,” says James Judge, the director of the Chaco Project “But we must applaud Steve’s propensity for periodically shaking the profession out of its lethargy. Steve is an incredibly talented archaeolo- gist, and even though some of his interpretations are contro- versial, they demand careful consideration,”

Outwardly, Chaco and the Mesoamerican altepetl seem to have little in common. Chaco, which flourished from roughly a.d. 850 to 1150, was a major center, with 15 large complexes and more than 100 outlying communities spread across some 40,000 square miles of canyons and mesas in northwest New Mexico. A network of roads linked outlying communities with Pueblo Bonito, which some experts con- sider to be Chaco’s downtown. Pueblo Bonito’s 650-room great house and circular kivas are among the best-preserved and most studied ancient sites in North America.

But despite more than a century of excavation and study, archaeologists still differ over what exactly Chaco was. Until the late 1970s, some, including Judge, thought it was a center for the storage and redistribution of food in an arid region subject to wild swings in the food supply. More recently,

Steve Lekson stands by a colonnade at Chetro Ketl, another Chaco great house. Colonnades are Mesoamerican architectural features.

g e

R a

R d

o g

u t

ie R

R e

z

30 winter • 2012-13

archaeologists have embraced the idea that Chaco central was a thinly populated pilgrimage center where thousands came to feast at certain times of the year, and then went home. New studies are now challenging that idea, too.

Chaco was unique in the Southwest, whereas altepeme were a dime a dozen throughout central Mexico. Current knowledge of them comes from archaeological evidence as well as Aztec codices. Before the Spanish conquest, altepeme were local polities of the Tula, and—post-Chaco—the Aztec empires. Commoners paid tribute to nobles, and nobles paid tribute to higher-ranking nobles, or kings. Rival altepeme warred with each other, formed alliances, then dissolved and reformed them. After the conquest, their structure was incor- porated in administrative units of Spanish rule—the colonial equivalent of city councils. Unlike Chaco, altepeme had pyramids, ball courts, and central markets, and they lacked structures like large, circular kivas.

Lekson acknowledges such differences, but he insists that there are also significant similarities between Chaco and the altepeme. He says both systems were, without a doubt, “a hierarchy of multiple noble families and associated common- ers within a defined agricultural territory.” Chaco was larger geographically, but he believes that was because it took more space to support a population in the arid Southwest.

“Noble families were distinguished by their elite resi- dences,” he says of altepeme. “Noble houses could be located in the countryside among commoner farmsteads, but palaces of the major noble families were clustered within a tight cen- tral zone.” To Lekson, that sounds a lot like Chaco. “Chaco was big. It was showy. It was expensive. It is one of the most obvious examples of stratified housing in all of archaeol- ogy,” he says. “The major great houses were markedly differ- ent from normal houses, the ubiquitous unit pueblo. If one

accepts that the great houses were palaces or noble houses, the similarity to the altepetl form becomes almost obvious.”

It’s not so obvious to others, however. “The altepetl is just not a good model for Chaco,” according to Michael Smith, an archaeologist at Arizona State University, whose specialty is the Aztec empire. Smith takes issue with several of the parallels Lekson draws between Chaco and atapeme. He says altepeme were defined not by their physical forms, but by the relations of people. “Altepeme were small, indepen- dent kingdoms,” he says. “The kings were aided by various councils of nobles, warriors, priests, and a small but grow- ing bureaucracy of judges, tax collectors, and other officials. Chaco was not an altepetl.”

The notion of kings, chiefs, or other autocrats ruling Chaco, as the altepetl model implies, is sharply at odds with traditional ideas about the peaceable, egalitarian people who built Chaco and lived in harmony with the environment and each other. “Most people who support the pilgrimage model don’t want to believe that Chaco was a hierarchy in which someone had the power of life or death over others,” says Lynne Sebastian, director of historic preservation programs for the SRI Fondation and a former president of the Society for American Archaeology.While she agrees with Lekson that “Chaco is too complex for someone not to have been in charge,” Sebastian sees no reason to assume that hierarcy had its origins in altepeme.

Life-long Chaco scholars like Gwinn Vivian, curator emeritus of the Arizona State Museum, acknowledge that Chaco’s impressive multi-story great houses and other mon- umental architecture could only have been built by a society that had both leaders and followers. “Chaco obviously had a hierarchical structure,” says Vivian, whose father was also a Chaco scholar. “Something as complex as Chaco could not have been built without someone in charge.” But he says that “someone” was most likely a priestly class of elites, a view that fits more comfortably with egalitarian Pueblo-centric ideas of Chaco as a ceremonial site.

Judge also believes that the “ritual-pilgrimage” model is more likely than the altepetl-like rule of “power-hungry elites,” but he says Chaco’s social structure could have incor- porated “a wide variety of sociopolitical structures, while retaining fundamental ritual underpinnings.”

Lekson’s view of Chaco as an altepetl-like city-state doesn’t completely exclude the possibility that it was a pil- grimage center. “There were priests at Chaco,” he says, “but there were also quite clearly kings or noble families. Thinking of Chaco as some sort of theocracy is simply extrapolating from modern Pueblo culture.” And if Chaco really was a pil- grimage center, it was apparently unique in the Southwest. That reason alone should compel researchers to look further afield for answers.And that, for him, means looking south. “Southwestern civilizations were maize based,” says Lekson. “Maize was a Mesoamerican crop. The western half of the Southwest spoke Uto-Aztecan, a Mesoamerican language. The Southwest was fundamentally Mesoamerican right from the beginning.”

Chaco has yielded artifacts, like this copper bell,

that came from Mesoamerica.

n p

s

american archaeology 31

Many archaeologists believe that the major cultures of the Southwest—Anasazi, Hohokam, and Mimbres—evolved in relative isolation. Lekson’s altepetl model challenges that long-held belief.Over the years, exca- vations at Chaco have unearthed a variety of trade goods that

c a

h o

k ia

m o

u n

d s

s ta

t e

h is

t o

R ic

s it

e .

attest to more recent Mesoamerican connec- tions: jewelry made from Pacific seashells, copper bells, scarlet macaw feathers, and cloisonné ornaments which could only have come from south of the present day border with Mexico.

Within the last decade, archaeologists have also found residues of cacao, the raw ingredient of chocolate previously found nowhere north of central Mexico, in ceram- ics from Pueblo Bonito. “There was an active flow of people, ideas, innovations, and most of the things that shaped history,” says Lek- son. “Chacoans, or at least the nobles at Chaco, had to be aware of what was going on in Mesoamerica. Ideas flowed both ways. And one of those ideas was altepetl.”

Other researchers say trade is not nec- essarily a proxy for political and cultural exchanges. Some, perhaps all, of Chaco’s foreign trade goods could have been the result of so-called “down the line” exchange, in which goods were passed on from one trade center to another before reaching Chaco. “There is no question that there is Mesoamerican stuff at Chaco,” says Thomas Windes, a Chaco expert with the University

of New Mexico. “But we don’t know how much that trade influenced the culture there.”

“Besides, you don’t have to go all the way to Mesoamer- ica to explain Chaco,” according to John Ware, director of the Amerind Foundation and Research Center in Dragoon,

Mississippian platform mounds like Cahokia’s Monks Mound resemble Mesoamerican pyramids.

A number of Mesoamerican-style artifacts have also been discovered at Cahokia.

in f

o R

m a

t io

n iL

Lu s

t R

a t

e d

This map shows Chaco and other cities, represented by dots, and their surrounding

areas of influence. Lekson believes that Chaco’s residents were in contact with

people in Mesoamerican cities like Culiacan and Tula, as well as larger regions

like Aztatlan and Huasteca. He also thinks Chacoans were in contact with people

in major cities in the Mississippian region, such as Cahokia and Spiro.

32 winter • 2012-13

Arizona. “Almost everything that is truly distinctive about Chaco has local origins in the San Juan region. Chaco has a very strong ritual flavor and there is a strong ritual continu- ity with today’s Pueblo. Many of the objects we have found at Chaco, such as bear claws, cloth wrapped cactus stalks, and wooden altar assemblages are still used in Pueblo ritu- als today.”

And Ware dismisses the notion that something as com- plex as Chaco, with its monumental architecture, roads, water catchment systems, and precise alignment of build- ings to solar and lunar cycles could only have been built by an authoritarian, altepetl-like society. That mistake is due in part to a misreading of contemporary Pueblo culture.

“Chaco was undoubtedly hierarchical, but so are the Pueblos today; outsiders just don’t get to see it,” says Ware. “The Pueblo will tell you that all consider themselves to be equals, but the Pueblos have been deeply ranked societ- ies for over a millennium.”One ethnologist, Joe Jorgensen, described the Eastern Pueblos as the “most top-down, cen- tralized, political organizations of all the tribes in western North America north of Mexico.”

Lekson maintains that hints of Chaco’s Mesoamerican connections can also be seen in the ruins of Paquimé (also called Casas Grandes), “the last and greatest city in the ancient Southwest,” in northern Chihuahua. Paquimé was a major mercantile center in the region between a.d. 1150 and 1450. Excavations there during the 1960s unearthed trade goods— copper, seashells, and macaws—similar to those found at Chaco. Lekson suggests that Paquimé could have initially been a center of contact with Mesoamerica, and later, after Chaco’s collapse in 1150, been expanded by remnant nobles from Chaco itself. Paquimé occupies the southernmost point on his so-called Chaco meridian. Much of its architecture, including kiva-like structures, four-story great houses, col- onnaded entrances, and T-shaped passages between rooms, echoes, and even surpasses, Chaco in complexity.

David Wilcox, former curator of anthropology at the Museum of Northern Arizona, says evidence of Chaco’s Mesoamerican connections may someday be found else- where below the border. “To determine whether Lekson’s proposals have merit, we need more knowledge. Western Mexico is still very understudied.”

Unlike many challenges to the paradigms of pre- history, Lekson’s ideas have not been fueled by major new archaeological discoveries.Fieldwork at Chaco has slowed since the Chaco Project was concluded three decades ago. “Native Americans are not very happy about the idea of new excavations and the government has pretty much honored their wishes,” says Windes.

With a century of archaeology—field reports, sketches, photographs, tree ring data, artifact descriptions, and maps— fully digitized and available on line in the Chaco Research Archive (www.chacoarchive.org), many archaeologists say there is no urgent need for more field work. As a result, any new thinking about Chaco’s place in the ancient Southwest

necessarily relies on the analysis of existing data. The tension between prevailing theories and new inter-

pretations is inevitable. Let’s face it,” says Ware. “As scientists, we’re not always out there searching for truth. Sometimes we’re just looking for ways to prop up our preconceptions. That’s why we need rabble-rousers like Steve Lekson to keep us from getting too comfortable.”

“We definitely need to consider other models for Chaco,” agrees Sebastian. “The only problem with Steve’s model is that he tends to pick data that fits his ideas and discard what doesn’t.”

Lekson bristles at being called a rabble-rouser. The Chaco as atepetl model, he says, “is a conclusion of 30 years of research based on data.” And he is undeterred by his crit- ics. “There is always resistance to novel interpretations. Not only do I connect the dots differently, I see different dots.“

On a map of North America, in fact, the “big picture” formed by Lekson’s dots range like measles across half the continent. He contends that both Chaco and Mesoamerica undoubtedly had contact with Mississippian chiefdoms of the Midwest, East, and Southeast. Hard evidence of such con- tact is exceedingly thin—a four-inch flaked obsidian blade from Mexico that was found at Spiro Mounds in Oklahoma in the 1930s. “Spiro was on the frontier of the Mississippian world,” says David Anderson, a Mississippian archaeologist at the University of Tennessee, Knoxville. “There probably was contact, but we don’t have a lot of evidence to support that.”

Like the Mesoamerican altepeme, most major Mississip- pian cities had pyramids. At Cahokia, a huge Mississippian settlement that was the largest city north of Mesoamerica during the rise and fall of Chaco, excavations have uncovered decorative ear spools similar to those used in Mesoamerica, a Toltec-like dagger, renderings of long-nosed deities and other figures similar to those found in Mesoamerica, and pyramid groupings that resemble those in prehistoric Mexico. “There is no proof of contact,” says University of Illinois archaeolo- gist Timothy Pauketat, “but it’s an idea that is germinating.”

For Lekson, a germinating idea is as good a place as any to start. If, as many scholars concede, the Chacoan mystery may never be fully resolved, he feels that the gaps in under- standing leave room for—perhaps even demand—new visions of Chaco’s place in the ancient world. Many of his colleagues are looking for scientific certainty, and they’re not going to find it. “We know so much about Chaco, yet we agree so little—effectively not at all—about what it was,” he says. “The Southwest was fundamentally Mesoamerican right from the beginning. We should not be surprised if it was closely engaged with Mesoamerica throughout its history.”

MIKE TONER is a Pulitzer-Prize-winning writer who lives in Atlanta, Georgia. His article “Fighting Archaeological Crime “ appeared in the Fall 2012 issue of American Archaeology.

To read the chapter “Chaco as Altepetl: Secondary States” from Steve Lekson’s new book, visit the web site http://stevelekson.com/2011/07/22/what-was-chaco